(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Xerox Manual: Xerox 5113 and 5114 and 5614"

Transmittal Page 



Product 
5614,5113,5114 


Title 

Service Manual 


Part Number 

701P09830 


Status 

REISSUE 

Replaces 701 P05010 dated 12/95 


Date 

April 1997 



Change Highlights: 

Section 2: 

The diagnostic effectiveness of Section 2 is enhanced by 
the extensive revision of the input power and DC voltage 
RAP's. This section also benefits from the addition of 
pertinent feedback received from the field. 

Section 3: 

The Copy Defect Tables and Image Defect Samples are 
consolidated into separate tables. Image Quality RAP's are 
revised to reflect the availability of new technical information 
as well as additional field input relative to problem resolution 

Section 4: 

The removal procedure for the Lens Drive Motor is revised to 
recognize a production hardware change. The registration 
adjustment procedure is revised to comprehend new 
technical information and incorporate technical comments 
from the field. 

Section 5: 

This section is revised to include sparing changes and part 
number revisions. 



Section 6: 

This section includes new information, product specs, 
additions to supplemental tools and supplies lists. 



and 



Section 7: 

Some BSD's are revised to increase circuit detail, clarify 
functionality, and add technical accuracy. 



Please use this change package to update your 
service manual. Replace the pages listed below: 



Remove and Destroy 



All 



Insert 



Ail 



www.printcopy.info 



www.printcopy.info 



The Document Company 

XEROX 



Xerox 5614, 5113, 5114 Copier 
Service Manual (50 / 60) Hz 



701P09830 
April 1997 



www.printcopy.info 



NOTICE 

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox 
external customers for informational purposes 
only. Xerox service documentation is 
intended for use by certified, product trained 
service personnel only. Xerox does not 
warrant or represent that such documentation 
is complete, nor does Xerox represent or 
warrant that it will notify or provide to such 
customer any future changes to this 
documentation. Customer performed service 
of equipment, or modules, components or 
parts of such equipment may void any 
otherwise applicable Xerox warranties. You 
should consult the applicable warranty for its 
terms regarding customer or third party 
provided service. If the customer services 
such equipment, modules, components or 
parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox 
from any and all liability for the customer 
actions, and the customer agrees to 
indemnify, defend and hold Xerox harmless 
from any third party claims which arise 
directly or indirectly from such service. 



FCC COMPLIANCE 

This equipment has been tested and found to 
comply with the limits for a Class A digital 
device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules. 
These limits are designed to provide 
reasonable protection against harmful 
interference when the equipment is operated 
in a commercial environment. This equipment 
generates, uses, and can radiate radio 
frequency energy and, if not installed and 
used in accordance with the instruction 
manual, may cause harmful interference to 
radio communication. Operation of this 
equipment in a residential area is likely to 
cause harmful interference, in which case the 
user will be required to correct the 
interference at his own expense. If necessary, 
the user should consult the dealer or an 
experienced radio/television technician for 
additional suggestions. The user may find the 
Federal Communications Commission helpful: 

How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV 
Interference Problems 



While every care has been taken in the 
preparation of this manual, no liability will be 
accepted by Xerox Corporation arising out of 
any inaccuracies or omissions. 



Stock number: 004-000-00345-4 

This booklet is available from the U.S. 
Government Printing Office, Washington, 
D.C. * 20402 



Prepared by: 

Multinational Customer and Service Education 

Xerox Corporation, Rochester, New York 14644 

Copyright© 1996, 1997 by Xerox Corporation. All rights 
reserved. XEROX and all product names and number 
names are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION.Other 
company trademarks are also acknowledged. Printed in 
U.S.A. 



www.printcopy.info 
ii 



Revision Control List 



Production 
5614,5113,5114 


Title 

Service 
Manual 


Part Number 
701P09830 


Date 
April 1997 



Page 



Title 

ii 

Hi 

iv 

v 

vi 

vii 

viii 

ix 

x 

1-1 

1-2 

1-3 

1-4 

1-5 

1-6 

1-7 

1-8 

1-9 

1-10 

1-11 

1-12 



Rev 



4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 



Page 



2-1 


4/97 


2-2 


4/97 


2-3 


4/97 


2-4 


4/97 


2-5 


4/97 


2-6 


4/97 


2-7 


4/97 


2-8 


4/97 


2-9 


4/97 


2-10 


4/97 


2-11 


4/97 


2-12 


4/97 


2-13 


4/97 


2-14 


4/97 


2-15 


4/97 


2-16 


4/97 


2-17 


4/97 


2-18 


4/97 


2-19 


4/97 


2-20 


4/97 


2-21 


4/97 


2-22 


4/97 


2-23 


4/97 


2-24 


4/97 


2-25 


4/97 


2-26 


4/97 


2-27 


4/97 


2-28 


4/97 


2-29 


4/97 


2-30 


4/97 


2-31 


4/97 


2-32 


4/97 


2-33 


4/97 


2-34 


4/97 


2-35 


4/97 


2-36 


4/97 


2-37 


4/97 


2-38 


4/97 


2-39 


4/97 


2-40 


4/97 


2-41 


4/97 


2-42 


4/97 



Rev 



Page 


Rev 


2-43 


4/97 


2-44 


4/97 


2-45 


4/97 


2-46 


4/97 


2-47 


4/97 


2-48 


4/97 


2-49 


4/97 


2-50 


4/97 


2-51 


4/97 


2-52 


4/97 


2-53 


4/97 


2-54 


4/97 


2-55 


4/97 


2-56 


4/97 


2-57 


4/97 


2-58 


4/97 


2-59 


4/97 


2-60 


4/97 


2-61 


4/97 


2-62 


4/97 


2-63 


4/97 


2-64 


4/97 


2-65 


4/97 


2-66 


4/97 


2-67 


4/97 


2-68 


4/97 


2-69 


4/97 


2-70 


4/97 


2-71 


4/97 


2-72 


4/97 


2-73 


4/97 


2-74 


4/97 


2-75 


4/97 


2-76 


4/97 


2-77 


4/97 


2-78 


4/97 


2-79 


4/97 


2-80 


4/97 


2-81 


4/97 


2-82 


4/97 


2-83 


4/97 


2-84 


4/97 



Page 



2-85 
2-86 
2-87 
2-88 
2-89 
2-90 



Rev 



4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 



Page 


Rev 


3-1 


4/97 


3-2 


4/97 


3-3 


4/97 


3-4 


4/97 


3-5 


4/97 


3-6 


4/97 


3-7 


4/97 


3-8 


4/97 


3-9 


4/97 


3-10 


4/97 


3-11 


4/97 


3-12 


4/97 


3-13 


4/97 


3-14 


4/97 


3-15 


4/97 


3-16 


4/97 


3-17 


4/97 


3-18 


4/97 


3-19 


4/97 


3-20 


4/97 


3-21 


4/97 


3-22 


4/97 


3-23 


4/97 


3-24 


4/97 


3-25 


4/97 


3-26 


4/97 


3-27 


4/97 


3-28 


4/97 


3-29 


4/97 


3-30 


4/97 



Page 


Rev 


4-1 


4/97 


4-2 


4/97 


4-3 


4/97 


4-4 


4/97 


4-5 


4/97 


4-6 


4/97 


4-7 


4/97 


4-8 


4/97 


4-9 


4/97 


4-10 


4/97 


4-11 


4/97 


4-12 


4/97 


4-13 


4/97 


4-14 


4/97 


4-15 


4/97 


4-16 


4/97 


4-17 


4/97 


4-18 


4/97 


4-19 


4/97 


4-20 


4/97 


4-21 


4/97 


4-22 


4/97 


4-23 


4/97 


4-24 


4/97 


4-25 


4/97 


4-26 


4/97 


4-27 


4/97 


4-28 


4/97 


4-29 


4/97 


4-30 


4/97 


4-31 


4/97 


4-32 


4/97 


4-33 


4/97 


4-34 


4/97 


4-35 


4/97 


4-36 


4/97 


4-37 


4/97 


4-38 


4/97 


4-39 


4/97 


4-40 


4/97 


4-41 


4/97 


4-42 


4/97 



Page 



4-43 
4-44 
4-45 
4-46 
4-47 
4-48 
4-49 
4-50 
4-51 
4-52 
4-53 
4-54 
4-55 
4-56 
4-57 
4-58 
4-59 
4-60 
4-61 
4-62 
4-63 
4-64 



Rev 



4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 



Page 


Rev 


5-1 


4/97 


5-2 


4/97 


5-3 


4/97 


5-4 


4/97 


5-5 


4/97 


5-6 


4/97 


5-7 


4/97 


5-8 


4/97 


5-9 


4/97 


5-10 


4/97 


5-11 


4/97 


5-12 


4/97 


5-13 


4/97 


5-14 


4/97 


5-15 


4/97 


5-16 


4/97 


5-17 


4/97 


5-18 


4/97 


5-19 


4/97 


5-20 


4/97 


5-21 


4/97 


5-22 


4/97 


5-23 


4/97 


5-24 


4/97 


5-25 


4/97 


5-26 


4/97 


5-27 


4/97 


5-28 


4/97 


5-29 


4/97 


5-30 


4/97 


5-31 


4/97 


5-32 


4/97 


5-33 


4/97 


5-34 


4/97 


5-35 


4/97 


5-36 


4/97 


5-37 


4/97 


5-38 


4/97 


5-39 


4/97 


5-40 


4/97 


5-41 


4/97 


5-42 


4/97 



www.printcoipy.info 



Page 

5-43 
5-44 
5-45 
5-46 
5-47 
5-48 
5-49 
5-50 



Rev 

4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 



Page 


Rev 


6-1 


4/97 


6-2 


4/97 


6-3 


4/97 


6-4 


4/97 


6-5 


4/97 


6-6 


4/97 


6-7 


4/97 


6-8 


4/97 


6-9 


4/97 


6-10 


4/97 


6-11 


4/97 


6-12 


4/97 


6-13 


4/97 


6-14 


4/97 


6-15 


4/97 


6-16 


4/97 


6-17 


4/97 


6-18 


4/97 


6-19 


4/97 


6-20 


4/97 


6-21 


4/97 


6-22 


4/97 


6-23 


4/97 


6-24 


4/97 


6-25 


4/97 


6-26 


4/97 


6-27 


4/97 


6-28 


4/97 


6-29 


4/97 


6-30 


4/97 


6-31 


4/97 


6-32 


4/97 


6-33 


4/97 


6-34 


4/97 


6-35 


4/97 


6-36 


4/97 


6-37 


4/97 


6-38 


4/97 


6-39 


4/97 


6-40 


4/97 


6-41 


4/97 


6-42 


4/97 


6-43 


4/97 


6-44 


4/97 


6-45 


4/97 


6-46 


4/97 


6-47 


4/97 


6-48 


4/97 



Page 

6-49 
6-50 
6-51 
6-52 
6-53 
6-54 
6-55 
6-56 
6-57 
6-58 



Rev 

4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 
4/97 



Page 


Rev 


7-1 


4/97 


7-2 


4/97 


7-3 


4/97 


7-4 


4/97 


7-5 


4/97 


7-6 


4/97 


7-7 


4/97 


7-8 


4/97 


7-9 


4/97 


7-10 


4/97 


7-11 


4/97 


7-12 


4/97 


7-13 


4/97 


7-14 


4/97 


7-15 


4/97 


7-16 


4/97 


7-17 


4/97 


7-18 


4/97 


7-19 


4/97 


7-20 


4/97 


7-21 


4/97 


7-22 


4/97 


7-23 


4/97 


7-24 


4/97 


7-25 


4/97 


7-26 


4/97 


7-27 


4/97 


7-28 


4/97 


7-29 


4/97 


7-30 


4/97 


7-31 


4/97 


7-32 


4/97 


7-33 


4/97 


7-34 


4/97 


7-35 


4/97 


7-36 


4/97 


7-37 


4/97 


7-38 


4/97 


7-39 


4/97 


7-40 


4/97 


7-41 


4/97 


7-42 


4/97 



Page 



Rev 



Page 



Rev 



Page 



Rev 



Page 



Rev 



www.printcqijy.into 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Title Page 

INTRODUCTION 

About This Manual vi 

Organization vii 

How to Use This Manual viii 

Reference Symbology ix 

SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES 

Section Contents 1-1 

STATUS INDICATOR RAPs 

Section Contents 2-1 

IMAGE QUALITY RAPs 

Section Contents 3-1 

REPAIR/ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 

Section Contents 4-1 

PARTS LIST 

Section Contents 5-1 

GENERAL PROCEDURES/INFORMATION 

Section Contents 6-1 

WIRING DATA 

Section Contents 7-1 

ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS 

This section is not used at this time. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcopy.info 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



INTRODUCTION 



ABOUT THIS MANUAL 

Documentation Design and Purpose 

The 5614/51 13/51 14 Service Manual is part of a 
multinational documentation system that has 
been developed by the Xerox Corporation, 
Multinational Customer and Service Education 
(MC&SE), 780 Salt Road, Webster, New York, 
14580. 

This service manual contains diagnostic, repair, 
and maintenance information, which is 
designed to assist the Service Representative in 
the isolation and repair of faults as well as 
maintenance of the 5614/51 13/51 14 copier. 

This manual assumes that the user is familiar 
with the electrical and mechanical standards 
that are commonly used throughout industry, 
as well as certain Xerox design and 
documentation conventions. This manual also 
assumes that the user has successfully 
completed any required training and is 
familiar with the use of any special tools that 
are required in the servicing of this product. 



Applicability 

This manual contains information that applies 
to units built for United States Operations 
(USO), Americas Operations (AO), Xerox 
Canada Limited (XCL), and Rank Xerox (RX). 
Normally, the diagnostic, repair, and 
adjustment procedures found in this manual 
apply equally to all 50 Hz and 60 Hz machine 
versions. Some procedures, however, may be 
identified as being applicable to a specific 
version or machine configuration. 



Limitations 

This service manual does not support specific 
electrical, mechanical, or operational 
considerations of any accessory device or 
machine modification not authorized by Xerox 
Corporation for this product. 



Service Manual Revisions 

This service manual may be subject to reissue 
or partial revision in order to reflect any 
changes in electrical or mechanical hardware, 
as well as any possible additions or corrections 
necessary to ensure the technical accuracy of 
the manual. 



Temporary Service Information 

(Yellow Pages) 

When appropriate, temporary service 
information in the form of yellow pages will 
be distributed and should be incorporated 
into this service manual. Temporary Service 
Information may include bulletin information, 
Tag and Kit information, page revisions, or 
current top problems relative to the repair and 
maintenance of the machine. 



Field Service Bulletins 

Field service information specifically 
applicable to the machine may occasionally be 
issued in the form of bulletins. Because 
bulletins contain important information, they 
should always be retained within this service 
manual for quick reference. 

Publication Comment Sheet 

A Publication Comment Sheet (PCS) is 
provided at the end of this service manual. The 
PCS form is used to communicate pertinent 
information to Multination Customer & 
Service Education regarding the effectiveness 
and technical accuracy of this manual. 



INTRODUCTION 



4/97 

www.printcojijy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



INTRODUCTION 

ORGANIZATION 

This Service Manual is divided into eight 
sections. In addition to the Introduction, the 
following sections are contained within this 
manual: 

• Section 1 -Service Call Procedures 

• Section 2 - Status Indicator RAPs 

• Section 3 - ImageQuality RAPs 

• Section 4 - Repair/Adjustment Procedures 

• Section 5 - Parts Lists 

• Section 6 - General Procedures/Information 

• Secti on 7 - Wi ri ng Data 

• Section 8 - Accessories 



A detailed description of the information 
contained within each service manual section 
is included in this section. 



Section 1 : Service Call Procedures 

This section contains the 
information: 



following 



• Call Flow Diagram 

The Call Flow Diagram is a map of the 
procedures to follow for each service call. 

• Initial Action 

The Initial Actions identify how to collect 
the necessary information required, and 
how to verify, to classify, and to proceed 
with the service call. 

• Maintenance Activities 

The Maintenance Activities lists the items 
that have to be serviced based on the type 
of call to be performed, either Normal Call 
or Call Back. 

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPS 

This section contains the Repair Analysis 
Procedures (RAPs) that are necessary to repair 
machine faults other than image quality 
defects. When using a RAP, stop the repairs 
when the fault is fixed. Do not perform the 
remaining steps. 

Section 3: ImageQuality RAPS 

This section contains a listing of image quality 
defects and samples to assist in classifying the 
machine problem. When the defect has been 
classified, a checklist is then used to repair the 
cause of the defect. The checklists are 
arranged in the sequence of most probable to 
least probable cause with the corresponding 
corrective action for each. 



Section 4: Repairs/aAdjustments Procedures 

This section contains the Repairs and 
Adj ustments for the copier. 

Section 5. Parts List 

This section contains the detailed parts lists for 
the copier. 



Section 6: General Procedures/ Information 

This section contains the Diagnostic 
Procedures, Product Specifications, 
Supplemental Tools and Supplies, Installation 
and Removal procedures, and other 
information. 



Section 7: Wiring Data 

This section contains the Plug/Jack Locational 
Drawings, Electrical Component Wiring 
Connections Drawings, and a set of 
Component Drawings. 



Section 8: Accessories/ Options 

This section is not currently applicable to 
5614/5113/5114. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printooJDy.info 



INTRODUCTION 



INTRODUCTION 

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL 

Always begin with the Service Call Procedures, 
Section 1. Perform Initial Actions to identify 
and to classify the problem. 

Then proceed to one of the following sections 
of the manual to correct the problem. 

Section 2 contains the Status Indicator RAPs. 
Use these RAPs if the copier is not operational, 
such as when a Status Code is displayed or 
there is an incorrect indication, etc. 

Section 3 is used to troubleshoot Image 
Quality problems. If you are not sure of the 
type of image quality defect that is occurring, 
use the contents page in Section 3 to find a 
defect that best represents the type of defect 
that is on the copy. 

When using Section 2 or Section 3, you may be 
directed to Section 4 to perform repair or 
adjustment procedures, or to Section 5, Parts 
List. 

Next, perform the Normal Call procedures. 

After performing Normal Call or Call Back, 
perform Final Actions to ensure that the copier 
meets the copy specifications. 



Multinational Configuration Differences 

This manual contains information that applies 
to USCO (USA), AO (Latin America), XCL 
(Canada), and RX (Rank Xerox and Xerox 
Engineering Systems Europe). UCSO references 
usually apply to XCL and AO. If a USA, AO, XCL 
or RX copier configuration is different, the 
specific USO, XCL, AO or RX information will 
be shown by itself. 

Phrases and Terms 

Dry Ink means the same as Toner and Tag 
means the same as Mod. 

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 

A RAP is a series of steps that is designed to 
lead you to the cause of a problem. In each 
step, you will perform an action or observe an 
occurrence. At each step, a statement is made 
that has a Yes (Y) or No (N) answer. 

If the answer is No, perform the action 
following the No. If the answer is Yes, proceed 
to the next step. 

When several items are listed, perform them in 
the sequence that is listed. 

Proceed through the steps only until the 
problem is solved. There is no need to 
continue with the RAP after the problem is 
corrected. 



Repairs/ Adjustments Procedures 

The repair procedures provide the detailed 
steps for removing and replacing components. 
The adjustment procedures provide the 
detailed steps for checking and adjusting 
components. Some copiers have been 
modified by various design changes. Each 
change or modification is labeled with a 
Tag/MOD (modification) number. The 
Tag/MOD numbers are identified in the 
Change Tag/MOD Index in Section 6 of this 
Service Manual. 

When a modification affects how a particular 
procedure is performed, the procedure or 
steps are identified with either a W/ Tag/MOD 
or a W/O Tag/MOD statement. Each procedure 
or step that is affected by a modification is 
identified with the statement, W/ Tag/MOD 
followed by the modification number. The W/ 
in the statement indicates that this step must 
be performed on copiers that are assembled 
with that specific modification. 

When the procedure or steps are not affected 
by a particular modification, they are 
identified with the statement, W/O Tag/MOD, 
followed by the modification number. The 
W/O in the statement indicates that this step 
must be performed on copiers that are 
assembled without that specific modification. 



INTRODUCTION 



4/97 

www. printccypjy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



REFERENCE SYMBOLOGY 

The following symbols are used in this 
document: 



o 



Note 

This symbol is used to refer to 
notes, usually on the same page. 



& 



Flags 

This symbol is used on the circuit 
diagrams and is pointing to a 
wirenet that has to be examined 
for a short circuit to frame or for 
an open circuit. 



Switches and Relay Contacts 



Safety 
^V^open. 



interlock switch that is 



-O v O— v 



A 



+ 5VDC 



A1 



Voltage Source 

This is an indication of the source 
voltage that is used for operation 
of a component. This voltage is 
distributed in the PWB. 



Status Code 

The status code is represented by a 
box in the control logic section of 
the circuit diagram. This example 
is the code for the Roll 1 position 
sensor. 



Component Control 

[4-3] The code [4-3] is the output 
diagnostic test for the copier 
drum/developer motor. 



Parts List 

PL 1.1 This is the reference to the parts 

list exploded drawing where the 
spared component is found. 



Safety interlock switch that is 

-5^6- closed - 



Switch/ relay contacts with 
__q^<^ momentary contacts shown 
normally open. 



Switch/ relay contacts with 
momentary contacts shown 
'normally closed. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcoDy.info 



INTRODUCTION 



WARNING 

A warning is used to alert the 
personnel to an operating or 
maintenance procedure, practice, 
or condition that, if not strictly 
observed, could result in injury or 
loss of life. 



CAUTION 

A caution is used to alert the 
personnel to an operating or 
maintenance procedure, practice, 
or condition that, if not strictly 
observed, could result in damage 
to, or destruction of, equipment 



<-> CAUTION 

y|^ l—| This symbol is used when 
-i_ components in the copier are 
susceptible to damage from 
electrostatic discharge. Observe 
ESD procedures to avoid 
component damage 



^U^ 



D 




« 



«■ 



Signal Flow 

This symbol is used on circuit 
diagrams to indicate an 
interrupted signal in the 
horizontal direction. 



Signal Flow 

This symbol is used on circuit 
diagrams to indicate an 
interrupted signal in the 
vertical direction. 



This symbol is used on circuit 
diagrams to indicate a 
recirculating signal. 



This symbol is used on circuit 
diagrams to indicate a 
feedback signal. 



Signal Name 

The signal line is given a name that indicates 
the condition of the signal when the signal is 
present. 



INTERLOCK CLOSED (U + 5 VDC 



Signal name. 



Voltage level when the 
signal is present. The 
state of the signal. 



Source voltage. 



DC Voltage Specifications 



Voltage 


Specification 


Test Point 
Main PWB 


+ 5 VDC 


4.75 TO 5.25 VDC 


JP1 


+ 24VDC 


22 TO 26 VDC 


JP3 


+ 32 VDC 


28 TO 39 VDC 


JP47 


DC COM 


0.0 TO +0.8 VDC 


JP2 


(L)(H) 


See note below 








SDF PWB 


+ 30 VDC 


28 TO 30 VDC 


F301 



NOTE: 

A change of 0.5 VDC indicates a change of signal level 

from Hi to Low or from Low to Hi. This is a minimum 

change. A change of signal level of 4.5VDC may also be 

measured on some circuits. 

For example, 4.5 VDC is the (L) if 5 VDC is the (H). Or, 4.5 

VDC is the (H) if 4 VDC is the (L). Another example is 1 .5 

VDC is the (H) if 0.5 VDC is the (L). When checking the 

voltage while actuating a component, a change in 

voltage level is what to check for, not the actual voltage, 

unless a specific voltage is identified. 

A change of 0.5 VDC is a good voltage level change on 

some circuits. 



INTRODUCTION 



4/97 

www.printcooy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



1. SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES 



SECTION CONTENTS 

TITLE PAGE 

Introduction 1-3 

Call Flow Diagram 1-4 

Status Code/Other Fault Listing 1-5 

Periodic Maintenance 1-8 

Maintenance Procedures .... 1-9 

Initial Actions 1-11 

Corrective Actions 1-11 

Final Actions 1-12 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printGppy.info 



Section Contents 



This page is blank. 



4/97 

Section Contents www.prmtc^.info 5614 5113/511 4 



Introduction 

Use the Service Call Procedures as a 
maintenance guide when performing any 
service on the 5614, 51 13/51 14 Copier. The 
procedure has been designed to be used with 
the 5614, 5113/51 14Service Manual and isthe 
entry level for alt service calls. 

• Call Flow Diagram 

This diagram identifies and classifies the 
copier problem and refers you to the 
appropriate RAP in order to repair the 
problem. When the problems have been 
repaired, perform the Final Actions. 

• Status Code/Other Fault Listing 

This section contains a listing of alt the 
status codes with a brief description of the 
code. 

• Periodic Maintenance 

This section contains a schedule of periodic 
maintenance to be performed when the 
copier copy count has reached significant 
checkpoints. 

• Maintenance Procedures 

This section contains a list of the copier 
subsystem components to be cleaned and 
the cleaning materials to be used, when 
that subsystem is accessed during a repair. 

• Initial Actions 

This section contains the detail steps to 
perform when diagnosing the copier 
faults. 



Corrective Actions 

This section contains the detail steps to 
follow when repairing the faults found in 
the copier. 

Final Action 

This procedure should be completed at the 
end of every service call to ensure that the 
copy paper and the document are being 
transported properly, and to ensure that 
the copy quality is within specification. 



5614 5113/5114 



■ + 4/97 f 

www.printcooy.info 



Introduction 



Call Flow Diagram 



INITIAL ACTIONS 



On the Telephone 

• Call the Customer. 

• Attempt to correct the problem. 

• Give the Customer your estimated time of 
arrival. 

• Ask the Customer to save some problem copies. 



At the Account 

Check that the space requirements are met. 

Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

Discuss the problem with the Customer. If unable to duplicate the symptoms, ask the 
Customer to operate the copier in an attempt to duplicate the problem. Ask about 
additional problems. 

Make a record of the copy meter and the status code. 

Check the Service Log and the Change Tag Matrixtosee if they relate to symptoms 
thatthe Customer is describing. 

Inspect and evaluate the problem copies. 



I 



CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 



Status Codes 



Copy Quality Problems 



Other Faults 



Go to the Status Code / Other Fault Listing 

chart in this section. 



Go to the CQ1, Copy Defect Entry RAP, in 

Section 3. 



Go to the Status Code / Other Fault Listing 

chart in this section. . 



I 



More than 2000 copies have been made, or more 
than 20 days have elapsed since the last service call 



NO 



£ 



Go to the Periodic Maintenance procedures 

(in this section) and perform the actions 

listed. 

Also, go to the Maintenance Procedures (in 

this section) and perform the actions listed. 



I 



FINAL ACTIONS 



Run the copier in all modes and from atl trays to ensure the correct operation. 
Make 4 copies of side A of the copy quality test pattern. Ensure that the copies 
meet the copy quality specifications in section 3 of the service manual. 
Clean the copier covers and the area around the copier. 
Update the Change Tag Matrix as required. 
Record all service actions in the Service Log. 

Give appropriate copy credits to the Customer. Ensure that the customer 
shakes a new Dry Ink cartridg before installing it. 



Call Flow Diagram 



4/97 

www.printcopv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



STATUS CODE / OTHER FAULT LISTING 



DESCRIPTION 


CORRECTIVE ACTION 


A1, Document jam: refeed one document 


A1/A2 RAP 


A2, Document jam: refeed more than one document 


A1/A2 RAP 


C1,Tray 1 misfeed 


C1 RAP 


C2, Tray 2 misfeed, Transport Cover open, Bypass Tray disconnected 


C2RAP 


C3, BypassTray misfeed 


C3RAP 


EE - EL, Auto developer adjustment-overtoned 


EE-ELRAP 


EE - EL), Auto developer adjustment-undertoned 


EE-EU RAP 


E 1 , Paper feed sensor jam 


E1 RAP 


E3, Exit Sensor post Fuser paper path jam 


E3RAP 


JO, Auto developer setup in progress (initial install only) 


Allow 3 minutes for the developer setup 


J1, Low Dry Ink concentration ratio 


Add Dry Ink/ J1 RAP 


J3, CRU not seated or inserted properly 


J3RAP 


J7, Replace copy cartridge (CRU copies remaining = 0) 


Install a new Copy Cartridge 


J8, Incorrect Copy Cartridge, or power switched off and on after a J7 was declared. 


Install a new Copy Cartridge 


L6, Key counter not inserted or foreign accessory is inoperative. 


L6RAP 



(Continued on the next page) 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printopQy.info 



Status Code / Other Fault Listing 



STATUS CODE / OTHER FAULT LISTING (continued) 



DESCRIPTION 


CORRECTIVE ACTION 


U1, Main Drive Motor failure 


U1 RAP 


U2, Full Rate Carriage scan problem 


U2RAP 


U3, Lens Position Problem 


U3RAP 


U4, 01, Open Heat Roll Thermistor 


U4-01 RAP 


U4 - 02, Fuser Roll Overtemperature 


U4-02 RAP 


U4- 03, Fuser Roll Undertemperature 


U4-03 RAP 


U5 - Tray 1 Lift Motor failure (500 sheet tary) 


U5RAP 


U6, Main PWB communications failure 


U6RAP 


U7, SDF Document Glass overheat 


U7RAP 


U8, Customer supplied power or exposure problem 


U8RAP 


U9, Auto developer setup - No Developer 


U9RAP 


Copy Counter (mechanical) problem 


OF 3.4 Copy Counter RAP 


Auditron/Coin Op/ Foreign Interface problem 


L6RAP 


Cooling Fans inoperative 


OF 1.6, Cooling Fan(s) RAP 


Control Panel problem or no Control Panel lights 


OF 2.1 , Copier Display/ Dead Copier RAP 


Control Panel buttons inoperative 


OF 2.1, Copier Display/ Dead Copier RAP 



(Continued on the next page) 



Status Code / Other Fault Listing 



4/97 

www.printcofw.info 



5614 5113/5114 



STATUS CODE / OTHER FAULT LISTING (continued) 



DESCRIPTION 


CORRECTIVE ACTION 


Copies per minute too slow 


OF 3. 1 , Copies per Minute / SDF Interlock RAP 


Copier dead cycles too long before making a copy 


OF 3.2, Copier Dead Cycles/ FCOT RAP 


Copier does not slow down when the SDF is raised while copying 


OF 3. 1 , Copies per Minute / SDF Interlock RAP 


SDF document jam clearance reset requires power off/on 


OF 3.1 y Copies per Minute /SDF Interlock RAP 


SDF is inoperative 


OF 5.1, SDF RAP 


SDF Document Present Lamp problem 


OF 5.1, SDF RAP 


SDF documents are damaged 


OF 5.3, Document Damage RAP 


Exposure Lamp problem 


OF 6.2, Exposure Lamp RAP 


Multifeeds in the Copier 


OF 7.3, Multifeed RAP 


Z Folds 


OF 8.1, Paper Drives RAP 


500 sheet Tray 1 problems 


U5RAP 


250 sheet Tray 1 problems 


OF 7. 1 , Tray 1 Paper Indicator RAP 


Tray 2 problems 


OF 7.2, Tray 2 Paper Indicator RAP 


Tray 2 cannot be selected 


OF 7.2, Tray 2 Paper Indicator RAP 


Noise is excessive or unusual 


OF 16.1, Noise /Odor RAP 


Odor is excessive or unusual 


OF 16.1, Noise /Odor RAP 


Intermittent problems 


General Service Notes in Section 6 



5614 5113/5114 



www.pnntco|w.info 



Status Code / Other Fault Listing 



Periodic Maintenance 

These activities are to be performed if 2K 
copies or 20 days have elapsed since the last 
service call, unless indicated otherwise. 

Procedure 

In this section, the periodic maintenance and 
cleaning activities to be performed are 
described. 

1. On Every Call, perform the following: 

a. Clean the Transfer Corotron and Shield 
with a brush. 

b. Remove and clean the Developer 
Module. 

c. Clean both sides of the Document 
Glass and the Lens. Clean the white 
reflective strip that is located adjacent 
to the Document Glass, under the 
frame that suports the Registration 
Guide. 

Copiers with an SDF: Clean the SDF 
Document Glass. 

Use the following materials: 

USO: Lens and-Mirror Cleaner (43H12) 
on a Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372). 

RX: Lens and Mirror Cleaner (8R90178) 
on a Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372). 

d. Clean the Scan Rails with a dry cloth. 
Apply thin film of grease to the Scan 

Rails. 



e. Remove any dry ink or other 
contaminants from the interior of the 
copier (including the Discharge Lamp 
and the Edge Erase Lamp, and 
Transport Belts). 

f. Clean the Registration Idler Roll and 
the Registration Roll with Film 
Remover. 

g. Clean the Tray 1 , Tray 2, and the Bypass 
Tray Feed Rolls and Retard Rolls with 
Film Remover. 

h. Copiers with an SDF: Clean the SDF 
Feed Roll and Retard Rolls with Film 
Remover. 

Every 40K copies: Replace the Fuser 
Cleaning Roller (PL6.2). Clean the Fuser 
Roll, the Pressure Roll, Exit Roller, Fuser 
Roll Stripper Fingers, Pressure Roll Stripper 
Fingers, and the Fuser Cleaning Blade (REP 
10.9) with Film Remover. 



Periodic Maintenance 



4/97 

www.printcojDv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Maintenance Procedures 
Procedure 

Clean or lubricate the following components as 
necessary in order to maintain proper copier 
operation. In addition, always clean any component 
that appears contaminated with dirt, paper dust, or 
dry ink whenever the component is made accessible 
during the repair of the copier. 



ACTIVITY 


USCO MATERIALS 


RX MATERIALS 


OPTICS 

Clean both sides of the Document Glass, the 
Mirrors 1 through 6, and the Lens. 

Clean the Exposure Lamp Reflector. 

Clean/lubricate the Scan Rails. 

Clean the Exposure Lamp and the Reflective 
Strip on the underside of the Registration 
Strip. 


Lens and Mirror Cleaner (43H12), Lint-Free 
Cloth (600S4372), Antistatic Fluid 8R90273 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) Grease (70P53) 

Film Remover (43P45), Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 


Lens and Mirror Cleaner (8R901 78), Lint-Free 
Cloth (600S4372) 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 
Grease (600T90429) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176), Lint- 
Free Cloth (600S4372) 


PAPER FEED AND REGISTRATION 

Clean the Feed Rolls. 

Clean the Registration Idler Roll and the 
Registration Roll. 

Clean the Retard Rolls. 


Film Remover (43P45), Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 

Film Remover (43P45), Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 

Film Remover (43P45), Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 


General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176), Lint- 
Free Cloth (600S4372) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176), Lint- 
Free Cloth (600S4372) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176), Lint- 
Free Cloth (600S4372) 



(Continued on the next page) 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpnv.info 



Maintenance Procedures 



Maintenance Procedures (continued) 



ACTIVITY 


USCO MATERIALS 


RX MATERIALS 


XEROGRAPHICS 

Clean the Transfer / Detack Corotron with a 
soft brush to remove Dry Ink and Film 
Remover/ General Cleaning Solvent on a 
Lint-Free Cloth to clean the wire 

Clean the Discharge / Edge Erase Lamp 


Soft brush 

Film Remover (43P45) 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 


Soft brush 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176) 

Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 


COPY TRANSPORTATION AND FUSING 

Clean the Pressure Roll and the Pressure Roll 
Stripper Fingers 

Clean the Fuser Heat Roll, the Thermistor, 
the Fuser Roll Cleaning Blade, and the Fuser 
Heat Roll Stripper Fingers 

Clean the Exit Rollers, the Transport Belts, 
and the Exit Pinch Roller 


Film Remover (43P45) and a Heavy-Duty 
Towel (35P3 191) 

Film Remover (43P45) and a Heavy-Duty 
Towel (35P31 91) 

Film Remover (43P45) and a Heavy-Duty 
Towel (35P3191) 


General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176) and a 
Cleaning Cloth (8R90019) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176) and a 
Cleaning Cloth (8R90019) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176) and a 
Cleaning Cloth (8R90019) 


SET DOCUMENT FEEDER (SDF) 

Clean the Nudger Rolls, the Takeaway Rolls, 
the Takeaway Pinch Rolls, and the Exit Rolls 

Clean the Document Glass Cover Pad (foam) 


Film Remover (43P45) and a Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 

Film Remover (43P45) and a Lint-Free Cloth 
(600S4372) 


General Cleaning Solvent (8R901 76) and a 
Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 

General Cleaning Solvent (8R90176) and a 
Lint-Free Cloth (600S4372) 


COVERS 

Clean the covers as necessary 


Formula A (43P48) and a Heavy-Duty Towel 
(35P3191) 


All Prupose Cleaner (8R901 75) and a 
Cleaning Cloth (8R90019) 



Maintenance Procedures 



♦ 4/97 * 

www.pnntcoDv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Initial Actions 

On the Telephone 

1 . Call the Customer and attempt to correct 
the problem over the telephone. 

2. If the problem cannot be resolved over the 
telephone, give the Customer your 
estimated time of arrival. 

3. Ask the Customer to save copies of 
problems being experienced while using 
the copier. 

At the Account 

1. Check that the space requirements for the 
copier are met. 

2. Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

3. Ask the operator or Customer to describe 
the problem. If possible, ask the Customer 
to demonstrate the problem. Also ask 
about any additional problems being 
encountered with the copier. 

4. Make a record of the copy meter and the 
Status Code. 

5. Check the copier service log history and 
the tag matrix to see if they relate to the 
problem. 

6. Inspect the sample copies provided by the 
Customer. 

7. If a new copy cartridge has been installed 
by the Customer, and the problem was not 
corrected, remove the new copy cartridge. 
Reinstall the old copy cartridge, and then 
run 10 copies. 

8. Switch off the power and then switch on 
the power. 

9. Load 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) paper (SEF) into 
Tray 1 . Select a quantity of 5 copies. 



10. Load document(s). 

a. SDF Only: Load two 8.5 x 1 1 inch (A4) 
documents (SEF) into the SDF. 

b. Without SDF: Place side A of the 
Standard Test Pattern on the 
Document Glass. 

11. Press the Start button. 

12. After the copy job is complete, load 8.5 x 
14 inch (B4) paper (SEF) into Tray 2, if 
available. 

13. Select the Tray 2. Select a quantity of 2 
copies. 

14. SDF Only: Using the copies from the first 
run, put 10 documents (SEF) in the SDF. 

15. Press the Start button. 

16. After the copy job is complete, load 8.5 x 
11 inch (A4) paper (SEF) into the Bypass 
Tray. 

17. Select the Bypass Tray. Select a quantity of 
2 copies. 

18. SDF Only: Put 10 documents (SEF) in the 
SDF. 

19. Press the Start button. 

20. Proceed to Corrective Actions in order to 
troubleshoot the problems that were 
found during the Initial Actions. 



Corrective Actions 

1. If a status code is displayed on the control 
console (you may need to press the 
button in order to display a secondary 
status code) go to the Status Code / Other 
Fault Listing chart in this section. 

2. If the call is for a copy quality defect, go to 
the CQ1. Copy Defect Entry RAP, in Section 
3. 

3. For all other faults, go to the Status Code / 
Other Fault Listing chart in this section. 

4. If no problems are found, troubleshoot the 
problems identified by the Customer. 

5. If more than 2000 copies have been made 
or if 20 days have elapsed since the last 
service call, go to the Periodic 
Maintenance procedures (in this section) 
and to the Maintenance Procedures (in 
this section) and perform the actions listed 
after making the repairs. Then, go to the 
Final Actions. 

6. If less than 2000 copies have been made, or 
if 20 days have not elapsed since the last 
service call, go directly to the Final Actions 
to complete the call. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printooipy.info 



Initial Actions/Corrective Actions 



Final Actions 

Procedure 

In this section, you will make sure that the 6. 
copier is feeding paper properly, making 
copies free of defects, and operating to j 
specification. You will also make sure that the 
copier appearance is satisfactory and that the 
administrative tasks necessary to close out a 
service call are performed. 

If the copier will not feed paper from all of the o 
paper trays, or if the copier makes blank or 
unfused copies, or if it displays a status code, 
return to the Corrective Actions section and 
make the necessary repairs. 

1. Load 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) paper (SEF) into 
Tray 1. Load 8.5 x 14 inch (B4) paper (SEF) 
into Tray 2, if available. g 

2. Load document(s). 

a. SDF Only: Load two Service Call Letters 
(or CAM test patterns) documents (SEF) 
into the SDF. 

b. Without SDF: Place side A of the 
Standard Test Pattern on the 
Document Glass. 

3. Select the Tray 1 . Select a copy count of 1 . 
Then, press the Start button. 

4. Select the Tray 2, if available. Select a copy 
count of 1 . Then, press the Start button. 1 1 

5. When the copy job is complete, load 8.5 x 
14 inch (B4) paper (SEF) into the Bypass 
Tray. 



Select the Bypass Tray, 5 copies, and press 
the Start button. 

Make 4 copies of side A of the copy quality 
test pattern. Examine the copies for 
obvious copy quality defects. Ensure that 
the copies meet the copy quality 
specifications in Section 3. 

If a new copy cartridge had been installed 
in the copier, and it did not correct the 
problem, ensure that the old copy 
cartridge has been reinstalled in the 
copier. Put the new copy cartridge in the 
foil packaging, and ask the Customer to 
store the cartridge. 

Clean the copier covers and the area 
around the copier, using the following 
materials: 

USO: Formula A and a Towel. 



10. 



RX: All 

Cloth. 



Purpose Cleaner and a Cleaning 



Make two copies of the Service Call Letter. 
Check that the copy count meter has 
advanced. Show the copies to the operator 
or Customer, and discuss any operation 
problems. 

Instruct the customer to shake the new Dry 
Ink Cartridge before installing it. Provide 
any necessary operator training. 



12. Give a copy of the Service Call Letter to the 
operator or Customer, and place the 
remaining copy with the Service Log. 

13. Update the Change Tag Matrix as 
required. 

14. Give appropriate copy credits to the 
customer. 

15. Make a record of the copy count meter in 
the service log. Make a record in the 
Service Log of all necessary actions 
performed during this service call. Also, 
record any changes that were made to the 
NVM. 



Final Actions 



4/97 

www.printcop^info 



5614 5113/5114 



SECTION CONTENTS 



2, STATUS INDICATOR / OTH ER FAULT Repair Analysis Procedures 



TITLE 



PAGE 



TITLE 



PAGE 



TITLE 



PAGE 



STATUS INDICATOR RAPS 

A1 RAP 2-2 

A2 RAP 2-2 

C1 RAP 2-6 

C2 RAP 2-8 

C3RAP 2-10 

EE-ELRAP 2-12 

EE-EURAP 2-12 

E1 RAP 2-14 

E3RAP 2-16 

JO RAP 2-17 

J1 RAP 2-18 

J3RAP 2-21 

J7 RAP 2-22 

J8 RAP 2-22 

L6 RAP 2-24 

U1 RAP 2-26 

U2RAP 2-28 

U3RAP 2-30 

U4-01 RAP 2-32 

U4-02/U4-03RAP 2-32 

U5RAP 2-34 

U6 RAP 2-36 

U7RAP 2-37 

U8RAP 2-38 

U9 RAP 2-39 



OTHER FAULTS 

Standby Power 

OF 1.1 AC Power RAP 2-40 

OF 1 .2 DC Power Entry RAP 2-42 

OF 1.3 +5 VDC RAP 2-45 

OF 1.4 +24 VDC RAP 2-48 

OF 1.5 +32 VDC RAP 2-51 

OF 1 .6 Cooling Fans RAP 2-54 

User Interface 

OF 2.1 Copier Display /Dead Copier 

RAP 2-57 

Run Control 

OF 3.1 Copies Per Minute/ 

SDF Interlock RAP 2-58 

OF 3.2 Copier Dead Cycles/ FCOT RAP 2-60 

OF 3.3 Communications RAP 2-61 

OF 3.4 Copy Counter RAP 2-62 

SDF 

OF 5.1 SDF RAP 2-64 

OF 5.2 SDF Drive Motor RAP 2-66 

OF 5.3 Document Damage RAP 2-68 

Optics 

OF 6.1 Optics Overheat RAP 2-69 

OF 6.2 Exposure Lamp RAP 2-70 



Paper Feed and Registration 

OF 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Indicator RAP . . . 2-72 

OF 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Indicator RAP . . . 2-74 

OF 7.3 Multifeed RAP 2-76 

Paper Transportation 

OF 8. 1 Paper Drives RAP 2-77 

Xerographic 

OF 9. 1 Discharge Lamp RAP 2-78 

OF 9.2 HVPSRAP 2-80 

OF 9.3 Developer Bias RAP 2-82 

OF 9.4 Edge Erase RAP 2-83 

OF 9.5 Dry Ink Sensor RAP 2-84 

OF 9.6 Dry Ink Motor RAP 2-85 

OF 9.7 Stripper Finger Solenoid RAP . 2-86 

Noise /Odor 

OF 16.1 Noise/Odor RAP 2-88 



5614 5113/5114 



1/97 

www. printcopy. info 



Status Indicator / Other Fault RAPs 

Section Contents 



A1/A2RAP 

A1:The control logic senses a jam in the SDF 

while one document is copied. 
A2:The control logic senses a jam in the SDF 

while more than one document is copied. 

PROCEDURE 

Ensure that the Ground Wire is secured to the 
frame. Close the Front Cover or cheat the 
interlock. There is + 24 VDC f rom J323 on the 
SDF PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 
There is +24 VDC from CNB-10 on the 
Main PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 
Go to the OF 1.2 DC Power Entry 
RAP. 

Go to Flag 7 and check the wire for an 
open circuit. If the wire is good, replace 
theSDFPWB(PL8.1). 

There is +30 VDC from CNC-2 on the SDF 
PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 
There is +32 VDC from CNB-8 on the 
Main PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 1.2 DC Power Entry 
RAP. 

Check the fuse F301 on the SDF PWB. If 
the fuse is good, go to Flag 8 and check 
the wire for an open circuit. If the wire is 
good, replace the SDF PWB (PL 8.1). 

Enter [5-1]. Actuate and deactuate the SDF 
Registration Sensor. The Copier Jam light on 
the control panel switches on and off. 

Y N 
A B 



B 

There is + 5 VDC from pin 3 to pin 1 on 
the SDF Registration Sensor. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1 and check the wires for 
an open circuit If the wires are 
good, replace the SDF PWB (PL 8.1). 

Disconnect the SDF Registration Sensor 
P/J. There is + 5 VDC from CNB-3 on the 
Main PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 2 and check the wires for 
a short circuit to the copier frame. 
If the wires are good, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Go to Flag 2 and check the wire for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. If the wire is good, replace 
the SDF Registration Sensor (PL 8.4). 



Actuate and deactuate the SDF Exit Sensor. 
The CRU light on the control panel switches 
on and off. 
Y N 

There is + 5 VDC from pin 3 to pin 1 on 
the SDF Exit Sensor. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 10 and check the wires 
for an open circuit. If the wires are 
good, replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 

Go to Flag 11. Check the wire for an 
open circuit. If the wire is good, replace 
the SDF Exit Sensor (PL 8.4). 



C 

Enter [5-4]. Press the Start button. The SDF 
Registration Clutch energizes. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CNB-12 on the Main PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check that the wire is 
not shorted to the copier frame. 
Go to Flag 3 and Flag 4. Check the 
wires and the clutch for an open 
circuit. If the components are 
good, replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 



Press the Start button. The voltage 
changes from + 24 VDC to + 1 VDC. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3 and Flag 4. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted together 
and replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) 
(PL 1.2). 

Replace the SDF Registration Clutch (REP 
5.8) (PL 8.4). 



A1/A2RAP 



4/97 

www.printcojpjf.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Press the Stop button. Enter [5-3]. Press the 
Start button. The SDF Nudger Solenoid 
energizes. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CNB-7 on the Main PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 5. Check that the wire is 
not shorted to the copier frame. Go 
to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Check the 
wires and solenoid for an open 
circuit. If the components are 
good, replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 



Press the Start button. The voltage 
changes from +24 VDC to +1VDC 
Y N 

Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted together and 
then replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Replace the SDF Nudger Solenoid (REP 
5.9) (PL 8.3). 



Check the following: 

• Check that the Tab is installed correctly 
(SDF Registration Guide, REP 5.10). 

• Check that the rubber pads are in the 
correct position to support the Document 
Glass (REP6.1). 

• If the SDF Registration Clutch or the SDF 
Nudger Solenoid is energized, go to Flag 
3 or Flag 5. Check the wires for a short 
circuit. If the wires are good, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Enter [5 - 2] and press the Start button. 
Manually actuate the SDF Nudger 
Solenoid for a few seconds. The gate 
should move up and the Nudger Rolls 
should move down. Repair the 

components as required (PL 8.2, PL 8.3). 
Enter [5 - 4] and press the Start button. 
Manually rotate the SDF Drive Motor. 
Check that the drive rolls rotate. Check 
that the Registration Rolls rotate. Repair 
as required (PL 8.3, PL 8.4). 
If the copy image is advanced on some or 
all the copies, ensure that the SDF 
Registration Clutch has a brown label (PL 
8.4). Replace the clutch if the label on the 
clutch is not brown. 

Check the SDF document path for 
obstructions, burrs, or damaged 
components. Ensure that the rollers and 
the idlers rotate freely and that they are 
free from wear and binding. 
If the SDF Drive Motor appears to operate 
at high speed, or a document appears to 
feed too fast, go to the OF 5.2, SDF Drive 
Motor RAP. 

If documents do not exit the SDF, perform 
the following, remove the Exit Cover (REP 
5.3). Install 0.02 inch shim stock between 
the Exit Cover and Exit Guides where the 
Exit Guides are mounted. 




SDF DRIVE 
MOTOR MOT2 



SDF INTERLOCK 
SWITCH S3 



SDF REGISTRATION 
SENSOR Q2 



SDF NUDGER 
SOLENOID SOL1 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcopy. info 



A1/A2RAP 




J303 
3 F301 


CNB E^i ^H CNA 


™J323 


CNC 

i 


1 


SDF 

PWB 

CNE 


□ 




D 


CND 







CNJ [] 



0' 
D 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



A1/A2RAP 



4/97 

www.printcQQv.info 



5614 5113/5114 






SDF 

REGISTRATION 

CLUTCH 

CL1 

PL 8.4 










[ BLK 








BLK 











SDF 

NUDGER 
SOLENOID 
SOLI 
PL 8.3 










1 ■ 

1 RED 








RED 









SDF REGISTRATION 
SENSOR Q2 



SDF NUDGER 
SOLENOID SOL1 




SDF EXIT 
SENSOR 



SDF REGISTRATION 
CLUTCH CL1 



3 


J303 


CNB W$M VMM CNA 


F301 


™"J323 


CNC 

I 


i 


SDF 
PWB 

CNE 


D 




□ 


CND 







CNA 



0' 
D 



CNJ [] 







CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcofw.info 



A1/A2RAP 



C1 RAP 

The control logic senses that a sheet of paper 
fed from Tray 1, did not reach the Paper Feed 
Sensor (Q10) within the appropriate amount 
of time. 

INITIALACTION 

Ensure that the machine configuration codes 
are correct for the configuration of the copier 
(General Procedures in Section 6). 

PROCEDURE 

Make a copy using the Bypass Tray, and also 
Tray 2 (if installed). The Bypass Tray and Tray 
2 (if installed) operate correctly. 

Y N 
Ensure the Front Cover is closed or cheat 
the interlock. There is +24 VDC from 
CNA-9 on the Lower PWB to the machine 
frame. 

Y N 
Go to the OF 1.2 DC Power Entry 
RAP. 

There is + 5 VDC from CNA-6 on the 
Lower PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

Go to the OF 1.2 DC Power Entry 
RAP. 

Go to the OF 8.1 Paper Drives RAP. 

Open the copier. Enter [8-7]. Press the Start 
button. The Tray 1 Feed Clutch energizes. 

Y N 
Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CNB-1 on the Lower PWB to the 
machine frame. 

Y N 
There is + 24 VDC from CNB-2 on 
the Lower PWB to the machine 
frame. 
Y N 
C D 



There is + 24 VDC from CNA-9 
on the Lower PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

I Go to the OF 1.2 DC 
| Power Entry RAP. 

Replace the Lower PWB (REP 
1.6) (PL1.3). 

Go to Flag 5. Check that the wire is 
not shorted to copier frame. Goto 
Flag 4 and Flag 5. Check the wires 
for an open circuit. If the wires are 
good, replace the Tray 1 Feed 
Clutch (PL4.5). 

Press the Start button. The voltage goes 
from + 24 VDC to + 1 VDC. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 4 and Flag 5. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted together and 
then replace the Lower PWB (REP 
1.6) (PL 1.3). 

Replace the Tray 1 Feed Clutch (PL 4.5). 



Enter [7-1]. Actuate and deactuate the 
Paper Feed Sensor. The copier jam lamp on 
the Control Panel switches on and off. 
Y N 

Actuate and deactuate the Tray 1 Empty 
Sensor. The Tray 1 Lamp (Tray 1 250 
sheet) or the Tray 2 Lamp (Tray 1 500 
sheet) switches on and off. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 7.1 Tray 1 Paper 
Indicator RAP. 
F 



Go to Flag 1. Check the wires between 
the sensor and the Lower PWB for an 
open circuit. Check the circuit on the 
Lower PWB from CNB-4 to CNA-5 for an 
open circuit. Trayl is 500 sheet capacity 
Y N 

I Replace the Paper Size / Feed PWB 
(PL 4.5). 

GototheUSRAP. 



Actuate and deactuate the Tray 1 Empty 
Sensor for the 500 sheet or 250 sheet Tray 1. 
The Tray 1 lamp (250 sheet) or the Tray 2 
lamp (500 sheet) switches on and off. 
Y N 

I Go to the OF 7.1, Tray 1 Paper Indicator 
RAP. 

Perform the following as required. 

• Remove the tray and check that the 
Nudger Roll can be pulled down and 
moves up when released. Check that the 
Nudger Roll moves down during paper 
feed. Repair as required (PL 4.6). 

• Check the Feed Roller, the Nudger Roller, 
the Transport Roller, and the Idler Rolls 
for wear, damage, or contamination. 
Clean or replace the rolls as required (PL 
4.6). 

• Clean the Feeder Drive Shaft and the 
components on the shaft. 

• Check the condition of the drive gears 
that are adjacent to the Tray 1 Feed 
Clutch. Replace as required (PL 4.5). 

• If the problem continues, replace the Tray 
1 Feed Clutch (PL 4.5). 



C1 RAP 



4/97 

www. printcx)jgy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 




[7-1] 

PAPER FEED 
SENSED 
(L)1.5VDC 
TRANSITION 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 



27— ZRZZZ^ 



MT 31 . 




+ 5VDC 



BLU 



^L RED 

+ 24VDC 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 




3 — 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 




■ 


1 



I . 



X . 



I 



-5VDC 

I ^ 

+ 24VDC 



[8-7] 

FEED 
CLUTCH 
ON(L) 
CNB +24VDC 



RED A 



TRAY1 
FEED 
CLUTCH 
CL2 
PL 4.5 




3 

1 

1 — 






1 







TRAY 1 EMPTY SENSOR 

Q4 

(500 SHEET TRAY 1) 




TRAY 1 EMPTY SENSOR 

Q4 

(250 SHEET TRAY 1) 



- 1 CNE 



CND 



CNF 



I I 





Q 
D 



CNA 



CNB 



CNC 



CNC *- 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



□ 



CNj □ 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcapy.info 



C1RAP 



C2RAP 

The control logic senses that a sheet of paper 
did not reach the Tray 2 Jam Sensor (Q7) 
within the appropriate amount of time, or 
the Bypass Tray is not securely installed. 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the Tray 2 Transport Cover 
closes securely. 

• Ensure that the Bypass Tray is installed 
securely (REP 7.2). 

• If a C1 fault occurs using Tray 1, and a C3 
fault occurs using the Bypass Tray, go to 
the OF 8. 1 , Paper Drives RAP. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [7-2]. Actuate and deactuate the Tray 2 
Jam Sensor. The copier jam lamp on the 
Control Panel switches on and off. 

Y N 
With paper in Tray 2, open and close 
Tray 2. The Tray 1 lamp switches off and 
on. 
Y N 

I Go to the OF 7.2, Tray 2 Paper 
Indicator RAP. 

Go to Flags 2 and 3. Check the wires for 
an open ciecuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. Check the diode on the 
Lower PWB between CNF-1 to CNA-4. 
The diode should indicate infinite 
resistance in one direction and low 
resistance (0.6 Kohms) in the other 
direction. Replace the Lower PWB (PL 
1.3) if the diode is failed. Otherwise, 
replace the Tray 2 Jam Sensor (PL 4.7). 

Open and close the Tray 2 Transport Cover. 
The Dry Ink lamp switches on and off. 

Y N 
A B 



B 

Open and close Tray 1 while measuring 
the voltage from CNA-5 on the Lower 
PWB to the copier frame. The voltage 
drops by at least 0.5 VDC when Tray 1 is 
opened. 
Y N 

Go to Flags 5 and 6. Check the 
wires for an open or a short circuit 
to the copier frame. If the wires 
are good, replace the Transport 
Open Sensor (PL 4.4). If the 
problem continues, replace the 
Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 

Go to Flag 8 and check the wire for an 
open circuit. If the wire is good, replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



Enter [8-3]. Remove Tray 2. Open the Tray 2 
Transport Cover. Press the Start button and 
rotate the Nudger Roll in the direction of 
paper movement. While rotating the Nudger 
Roll, the Takeaway Roll rotates in the 
direction of paper movement, after a small 
delay. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CNF-1 2 on the Lower PWB to the 
machine frame. 

Y N 
Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) 
(PL 1.3). 

Ensure that [8-3] is entered. Press the 
Start button. There is approximately 1 
VDC from CNF-9 on the Lower PWB to 
the machine frame. 

Y N 
D E 



D E 

Go to Flag 7. Check the wires for 
an open circuit. If the components 
are good, replace the Tray 2 Feed 
Clutch (PL 4.7). 



Remove Tray 2 (REP 7.3). Check the 
drives components (PL 4.4, PL 4.7). If the 
components are good, replace the Tray 2 
Feed Clutch (PL 4.7). 



There is approximately VDC from CND-2 on 
the Main PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

1 Go to the C3 RAP. 

Check or perform the following: 

• If a C2 is displayed and both the Tray 1 
and red paper symbol lamps are flashing, 
go to Flag 8 and check the wire for a short 
circuit. 

• Remove the tray and check that the 
Nudger Roll can be pulled down and 
moves up when released. Check that the 
Nudger Roll moves down during paper 
feed. Repair as required (REP 7.3) (PL 4.7). 

• Check the Feed Roller, the Nudger Roller, 
and the Idler Rolls for wear, damage, or 
contamination. Clean or replace the rolls 
as required (PL4.7). 

• Clean the Feeder Drive Shaft and the 
components on the shaft. Ensure that the 
Spring that is on the Feed Support is not 
folded (PL4.7). 

• Check the condition of the drive gears 
that are adjacent to the Tray 2 Feed 
Clutch. Replace as required (PL 4.4). 

• Ensure that the Tray 2 Transport Cover 
closes securely. 

• Replace the Tray 2 Feed Clutch (PL 4.7). 

• If a C2 fault is displayed and the copier 
does not have a Tray 2, go to the OF 3.3, 
Communication RAP. 



C2RAP 



4/97 

www.printcyw.info 



5614 5113/5114 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 




CNF 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



■H- 



[7-2] 

TRAY 2 JAM 
(D0.5VDC 
CNA TRANSITION 



J I 



-H- 




CNF 



ORN | 
I 



T-8 [<-"- 5 



LTBLU 

[7-1] 
TRAY 1 
POSITION 
SENSOR Q5 



E>^ 




PIN 1 OF 
TRAY 2 PLUG 



1=1 




n CNA 


CNJ □ 


|_|CNB 




n 


MAIN PWB 


D- 


CNI II 


gaCND 




1 CNE 


CNF CNG CNH 


m ,__, 


CZD □ □ 



CNC 



CND 



CNB 



CNA 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



CNF 



□ 



H-' 



-H- 



LTBLU 




TRAY 2 EMPTY 
SENSOR Q6 



[7-2] 

TRAY 2 TRANSPORT 

COVER OPEN 

(L)0.5VDC 

TRANSITION 

BRN 



TRAY 2 

TRANSPORT 

COVER 



RIGHT REAR VIEW OF TRAY 2 FEED COMPONENTS 



TRAY 2 FEED 
CLUTCH CL3 




TRAY 2 

TRANSPORT 

COVER 



TRAY 2 JAM 
SENSOR Q7 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97. £ 

www.pnntcopy.info 



C2RAP 



C3RAP 

The control logic senses a paper misfeed from 
the Bypass Tray, or that the Bypass Tray is not 
seated correctly, or that the Bypass Tray is out 
of paper after the Start print button is 
pressed. 

INITIAL ACTION 

If entry to this RAP is from the C2 RAP, go to 
Flag 8 and check the wire for an open circuit. 
If the wire is good, replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

PROCEDURE 

Make a copy using Tray 1, and also Tray 2 (if 

installed). Tray 1 and Tray 2 (if installed) 

operate correctly. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 8. 1 Paper Drives RAP. 



Enter [8-5]. Press the Start button. The 
Nudger Roller in the Bypass Tray moves 
down. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CND-7 on the Main PWB to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CND-9 on 
the Main PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 1, Flag 2, Flag 3, 
Flag 6, and Flag 7. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted to the 
copier frame. Then replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 3. Check the 
wires for an open circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Bypass 
Nudger Solenoid (PL 4.9). 



A B 

Press the Start button. 
changes to +1 VDC. 
Y N 



The voltage 



Go to Flag 1 , Flag 3, Flag 4, and Flag 
5. Ensure the wires are not shorted 
together and replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Remove the Bypass Tray (REP 7.2). Check 
or perform the following: 

• Check the components that are 
actuated by the Bypass Nudger 
Solenoid (PL 4.9) are free to move. 

• Check that the Bypass gate moves up 
and down freely (PL 4.1 OB). Replace 
the Support Frame (PL 4.9) if the 
gate does not move freely. 

• If no problems are found, replace 
the Bypass Nudger Solenoid (PL 4.9). 

Press the Stop button. There is +24 VDC 
from CND-5 on the Main PWB to the machine 
frame. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 2, Flag 6, and Flag 7. Check 
the wires and solenoid for an open 
circuit. If the components are good, 
replace the Bypass Feed Solenoid (PL 
4.10). 

Enter [8-4]. Press the Start button. The 
voltage changes to approximately + 1 VDC. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1, Flag 2, Flag 6, and Flag 7. 
Ensure that the wires are not shorted 
together and replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Check or perform the following: 

• Remove the Bypass Tray (REP 7.2). Check 
the Bypass Feea Solenoid for mechanical 
binding. 

• The main drives for a mechanical problem 

• The Feed Roller, the Nudger Roller, the 
Retard Roller, and the Idler Rolls for wear, 
damage, or contamination. Clean or 
replace the rolls as required (PL 4.9). 

• If the problem continues, replace the 
clutch components that are actuated by 
the Bypass Feed Solenoid (PL 4.9). 



C3RAP 



4/97 . 

www.pnntcopy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



BYPASS TRAY 
INSTALLED 
(L) + 5 VDC ( 

/ BRN 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




1- 3 VU\. 



- [8-4] — 5 




BYPASS FEED 
SOLENOID ON 
CND f (L) +24 VDC 



CONNECTOR 

PWB 

PL 4. 10 



JT 



- [8-5] 



PNK 




BYPASS NUDGER 
SOLENOID ON 
(L) +24 VDC 



BRN 



E^ 



*F 



VIO 



^ 


BYPASS 

FEED 

SOLENOID 

SOLS 

PL4.10A 




if 








I BLU 




BLU A 











' PL 1 

RED 



~\ 


BYPASS 
NUDGER 
SOLENOID 
SOL3 
PL 4.9 




1 








1 BLU 




BLU A 









TRAY 1 PAPER 
BAFFLE ON BYPASS 



GRY ASSEMBLY 




BYPASS TRAY 
DRIVE 



a 


1=3 

CNA 

CNB 






< 


:nj □ 









MAIN PWB 






CNC 








-0 


1 


CND 










1 


CNE 

czn 


CNF 
CZ3 




CN6 
C=l 


CNH 
1=1 




BYPASS NUDGER 
SOLENOID SOL3 



BYPASS FEED 
SOLENOID SOLS 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print<2k1by.info 



C3RAP 



EE-EL/EE-EURAP 

EE-EL: The control logic senses an overtoned 
condition during the auto developer 
setup. 

EE-EU: The control logic senses an 
undertoned condition during the 
auto developer setup. 

PROCEDURE 

• Insure that the copier has Tag 2. 

• Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 
Ensure that five drive gears on the 
Developer Assembly are free of damage (PL 
5.3). 

• Check the developer drive. 

• Check that the Developer Assembly 
contains Developer material. 

• Check the label on the Dry Ink Sensor. A 
yellow label indicates the sensor does not 
need a shim. A white label indicates the 
sensor needs a shim (PL 5.2A). 

• Change developer (REP 9.8) (PL5.2A). 

• Go to the OF 9.5 Dry Ink Sensor RAP. 





DRY INK 
SENSOR 
Q15 



EE-EL/EE-EURAP 



4/97 

www.printGppv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printc g _ % info 



E1RAP 

The control logic senses that a sheet of paper 
did not reach the Exit Sensor, Q14, after the 
sheet actuated Paper Feed Sensor, Q10. 

INITIAL ACTION 

• If the problem occurs while making two- 
sided copies from the Bypass Tray, ensure 
the side-one copy is loaded with the lead 
edge to the right. Ensure that the paper is 
at least 80 gm*/ 20 lb. 

• If the E1 fault occurs only while using Tray 
1, go to the C1 RAP, or if only while using 
Tray 2, go to the C2 RAP, or if only while 
using the Bypass Tray, go to the C3 RAP. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [7-1]. Actuate and deactuate the Exit 
Sensor. The CRU lamp on the Control Panel 
switches on and off. 
Y N 

Actuate and deactuate the Exit Sensor. 
The voltage drops from 4.8 VDC to 
VDC from CNH-9 on the Main PWB to 
the copier frame. 
Y N 

Disconnect J2. The voltage is 4.8 
VDC from CNH-9 on the Main PWB 
to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wire 
for a short circuit to copier 
frame or DC common. If the 
wire is good, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



There is + 5 VDC from CNH-26 to 
the copier frame. 
Y N 

Ensure that there is no short 
circuit in the wire from CNH- 
26 to the sensor and replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 



Go to Flags 1, 2, and 3. Check the 
wires for an open circuit or a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. If the wires are good, 
replace the Exit Sensor (PL 1.2). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



Ensure that the actuator on the Feed Sensor is 

free to move. Actuate and deactuate the Feed 

Sensor. The Copier Jam lamp on the Control 

Panel switches on and off. 

Y N 

I Go to the C1 RAP. 



Rotate the gear on the Registration Clutch 
clockwise as viewed from the rear. The 
Registration Roll remains stationary. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 6. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to the copier frame. If the wires 
are good, replace the Registration 
Clutch (PL 4.11). 



Enter [8-8]. Press the Start button. Rotate the 
gear on the Registration Clutch clockwise as 
viewed from the rear. The Registration Roll 
rotates in the direction of paper travel. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is + 24 VDC 
from CNE-3 on the Lower PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

There is +24 VDC from CNE-1 on 
the Lower PWB to the machine 
frame. 
Y N 

I Replace the Lower PWB 
(PL1.3). 

Go to Flag 6. Check that the wire is 
not shorted to copier frame or DC 
common. Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. 
Check the wires for an open circuit. 
If the wires are good, replace the 
Registration Clutch (PL4.1 1). 



Press the Start button. The voltage 
changes to approximately + 1 VDC. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted together and 
replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) 
(PL 1.3). 

Replace the Registration Clutch (REP 5.8) 
(PL 4.11). 



Enter [8-6]. Press the Start button. The Feed / 

Transport Clutch actuates. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 8. 1 , Paper Drives RAP. 

Check the following components for wear, 
damage, contamination, obstructions, or 
binding. Repair or replace the components as 
required. 

• Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 
Check the Stripper Fingers for the Pressure 
Roll and Fuser Roll. Replace as required (PL 
6.1, PL 6.2). 

• The Registration Roll, the Plastic Paper 
Guide over the Registration Roll, the Drive 
Belt at the front end of the Registration 
Roll, and the Idler Roll (PL 4. 1 1) 

• The Drive Gear on the Fuser Assembly 
(PL6.1) and the adjacent drive gears (PL 2.2, 
6.2) 

• Check the upper and lower transport guides 
for burrs or foreign objects in the paper 
path (PL 4. 1 1 , PL 4. 1 2, PL 5.6, PL 6. 1 , or PL 
6.2). 

• Check the Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1) 

• Replace the Feed/Transport Clutch (PL 2.3). 

• Check the Bypass Guides (PL 4. 10A) 

• If the problem continues, replace the 
Registration Clutch (REP 5.8) (PL4.1 1). 



E1 RAP 



4/97 

www.printroou.info 



5614 5113/5114 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print2GRy.info 



E1RAP 



E3RAP 

The control logic senses that the Exit Sensor, 
Q14, is always Hi. 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the Exit Sensor, Q14, is securely 
connected, and that the sensor is clean. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [7- 1] . Actuate and deactuate the Exit 
Sensor. The Copy Cartridge light switches on 
and off. 
Y N 

There is + 5 VDC from CNH-26 to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wire for a 
short circuit to the copier frame, 
then replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Go to Flag 1, Flag 2, and Flag 3. Check 
the wires for an open circuit. If the wires 
are good, replace the Exit Sensor (PL 
1.2). If the problem continues, replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1 .2). 

Perform the following or check the following 
components for wear, damage, 

contamination, obstructions, or binding. 
Repair or replace the components as 
required. 

• Exit Sensor (PL 1 .2) and Actuator 

• Exit Roller (PL 6.2) and the Exit Roller 
Idlers 

• The drives for the Fuser exit components 
(PL6.2,PL1.3,PL2.1). 



• Output Tray (PL 7.2). 

• Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 
Check the Stripper Fingers for the 
Pressure Roll and Fuser Roll. Replace as 
required (PL 6.1, PL 6.2). Check the Fuser 
Cleaning Roll. Replace as required (REP 
10.7) (PL 6.2). 



17-1] 

COPY AT EXIT 
SENSOR 
(H) + 5 VDC 



CNH 



E>^ 



VIO 





EXIT SENSOR 

Q14 

PL 1.2 



(&D 



CNJ □ 



0' 
D 



CNI 



D 



CNO 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



EXIT ROLLER 
AND IDLERS 




E3RAP 



4/97 

www.printroj^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



JO RAP 

The control logic senses that an automatic 
developer setup is in progress. 

This code is displayed when the copier is 
switched on for the first time to perform 
automatic developer setup. This process 
takes approximately 3 to 5 minutes to 
complete. 

PROCEDURE 

If the automatic developer process is not 
complete in approximately 3 to 5 minutes, go 
to the RAP if a status code is displayed. If no 
status code is displayed, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). If the problem 
continues, go to the OF 9.5 Dry Ink Sensor 
RAP. 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printop_iyy.info JO RAP 



J1RAP 

The Main PWB senses that the Dry 
Concentration is below the specification. 



Ink 



INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure there is Dry ink in the Dry Ink 
Cartridge. 

• Shake the Dry Ink Cartridge. 

• Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

• Check the Tag Matrix. 

• Ensure Tag 1 or 43 is installed and Tag 2 
has been performed. If the copier does 
not have Tag 1 or 43, install the Toner 
Auger Repair Kit. 

• Ensure Tag 2 is installed. If not, perform 
Developer Housing Guide Pin Procedure 
(General Service Note in Section 6). 

• Ensure Tag 4 is installed. 

• Ensure Tag 5 is installed. 

• Check the Customer Documents. J1's will 
result under the following conditions: 

• Continuous copying of documents with 
area coverage of 30% or more 

• Copying with the document cover open 

• Color documents 

To recover from a J1 Status Code resulting 
from these conditions, open and close the 
front cover. It may be necessary to initiate 
the tone up procedure by opening and 
closing the front cover several times. 

PROCEDURE 

NOTE: In the next service action, a small 
amount of Dry Ink may spray out. Keep away 
from the Dispenser Housing while observing 
the Dry Ink Dispense Gear. 
Remove the Dry ink Cartridge and return the 
dispenser to the normal operating position. 
Enter [9-8]. Press the Start button. Check 
that the Dry Ink Dispense Gear rotates and 
press the Stop button. The Dry Ink Dispense 
Gear rotates. 
Y N 
A B 



A B 

I Go to the OF 9.6, Dry Ink Motor RAP. 

The two flanges on the face of the Dry Ink 
Dispense Gear are present and undamaged. 

Y N 

I Repair as required (PL 5.4). 

If Tag 43 was just installed, follow the Y path. 
Continue here if Tag 43 was installed before 
this service call. With [9-8] still entered, press 
the Start button. Observe Dry Ink in the 
opening in the Dry Ink Dispenser Housing and 
then press the Stop button. The Dry Ink 
moves or sprays out freely. 

Y N 
Check for blockages in the Toner Hopper 
Auger Area. 

Ensure that the seal that is around the 
opening in the Dispenser Housing is not 
loose or damaged (PL 5.4). 
Perform the following to check the 
operation of the Auger Scraper: 

• Remove the Toner Hopper (REP 9.6). 

• Remove the screw and gear from the 
front of the hopper. 

• Rotate the Toner Auger clockwise 
from the rear. The Mixer on the 
Toner Auger should be audible and 
the Plastic Fingers of the Auger 
Scraper should move in and out of the 
spaces i n the Toner Auger. 

• Repair or replace as necessary (PL 5.4). 



Press the Locking Tab and rotate the Collar of 
the Dry Ink Cartridge to open the cartridge. 
The opening is free of obstruction. 
Y N 
C D 



C D 

I Remove the obstruction or replace the 
Dry Ink Cartridge. 

Open the copier. Move the Dispenser 
Housing to the open position. Make a 15 mm 
wide strip of paper, any length. Position 
approximately 25 mm of the paper into the 
interface between the Mag Roll Spacer and 
the photoreceptor. Move the Dispenser 
Housing to the operating position. Pull out 
the paper. The paper should be difficult to 
pull out. The paper is difficult to pull out. 
Y N 

Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 
9.3) and perform the following: 

• Rotate the Dispenser Housing back 
and forth while observing the Pins (2). 
If the Pins do not move fully in the 
slots, repair as required (PL 5.2B). 

• Check that the slots in the copier 
where the pins engage the slots are 
free of foreign material. 

• Check that the Developer Drive 
Support, located behind the Main 
Drive Motor, can be pulled to the left 
and returns to the rignt (PL 2. 1 ). 

• Reinstall the Developer Assembly and 
Dry Ink Bottle and ensure that the 
Green Panel on the Dispenser 
Housing is pushed in until it stops. 



ji 



4/97 

www.print«>Qwinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



J1 RAP (continued) 

E 

Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 
Ensure that all 6 gears are free from wear, 
damage, contamination, and binding. The 
gears are good. 

Y N 

I Replace the gears as required (PL5.3). 

Reinstall the Developer Assembly. Do not 
install the Dry Ink Cartridge. There is O ohms 
from the Dispenser Support to the machine 
frame, 

Y N 
Check that the Developer Assembly 
Installation Screw is fully screwed into 
the frame. 
Clean or repair the ground strap. 



Reinstall the Dry Ink Cartridge. Enter [4-1] 
and press the Start button. Check that the 
hex values that are displayed on the control 
panel can be found in Table 1. The displayed 
values are in the Table 1 . 
Y N 

Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 

5.2A). 

NOTE: After replacing Developer, a [20- 

1] routine should be run. A step to run 

[20-1] is included in the Developer 

replacement instructions. Do not do it 

twice. 

After replacing the Developer, repeat 

the check with [4-1]. If the displayed 

values are still not found in Table 1, go 

to the OF 9.5 Dry Ink Sensor RAP. 



Make 3 copies of the test pattern. The .7 
density block of the copy is as dark or darker 
than the 1 .0 density block of the test pattern. 
Y N 

Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 

5.2A). 

NOTE: After replacing Developer, a [20- 

1] routine should be run. A step to run 

[20- 1] is included in the Developer 

replacement instructions. Do not do it 

twice. 



The checkout is complete. 



Hex 
Values 


5D 


75 


8C 


5E 


5E 


8D 


5F 


76 


8E 


60 


77 


8F 


61 


78 


90 


62 


79 


91 


63 


7A 


92 


64 


7B 


93 


65 


7C 


94 


66 


7D 


95 


67 


7E 


96 


68 


7F 


97 


69 


80 


98 


6A 


81 


99 


6B 


82 


9A 


6C 


83 


9B 


6D 


84 


9C 


6E 


85 


9D 


6F 


86 


9E 


70 


87 


9F 


71 


88 


A0 


72 


89 


A1 


73 


8A 


A2 


74 


8B 


A3 



Table 1 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcxjQKinfo 



J1 



SHAKING THE 
DRY INK 



DRY 
INK 
GEAR 



MAIN PWB 
I CMC CNI 



CNG CNH 




DISPENSER 
SUPPORT 



GROUND 
SPRING 



J1 



4/97 

www.printcoKuunfo 



5614 5113/5114 



J3RAP 

The Main PWB senses that the copy cartridge 
is not installed correctly. 

PROCEDURE 

Pull out the copy cartridge and then push in 
the copy cartridge. Ensure that the copy 
cartridge is latched securely. The problem 
continues. 

Y N 

Remove the copy cartridge and clean the 
connector at the rear of the copy 
cartridge. Also, clean the plug on the 
rear of the copier frame. Reinstall the 
copy cartridge. 

If the problem continues, replace the 
copy cartridge. 



Enter [3-3]. A display of 4 indicates a hard- 
stop copy cartridge in 18,000 copies. A 
display of 7 indicates a cartridge that will 
operate until copy quality becomes unusable. 
The value is 0. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. Ensure that P/J CNI is 
connected securely. 

If the problem continues, replace the 
Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 

If the problem continues, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an open 
circuit or a short circuit to the copier frame. If 
the wires are good, replace the Copy 
Cartridge (PL 5.5). If the problem continues, 
replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 




MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




COPY 

CARTRIDGE 




D 

D 
D 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 
CNC CNI 



i 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 
CZ3 C^l 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcx)^. info 



J3 



J7/J8RAP 

J7: The control logic senses that the copy 
cartridge has reached its end of life. 

J8: The control logic senses that an incorrect 
copy cartridge has been installed, or the 
power was switched off and on after a 
J7 was declared. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [3 - 2] and record the value. Add 000 to 
the number. This number is the quantity of 
copies made on the copy cartridge. Enter [3 - 
3] . A 4 in the display indicates a 18,000 copy 
cartridge. A 7 indicates a 64,000 copy 
cartridge. Compare the value in [3-3] with 
the recorded value. The copy cartridge made 
the required number of copies. 
Y N 

Remove the copy cartridge and clean the 
the electrical connection at the rear of 
the copy cartridge. Install the copy 
cartridge and ensure that the copy 
cartridge is latched securely. Trie 
problem continues. 

Y N 
I The checkout is complete. 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. The wires are good. 

Y N 

I Exit diagnostics and return to 
service call procedures.. 
B 



A B 

Enter [3-6]. An 18 in the display 
indicates that the copier is setup for a 
copy cartridge that is capable of making 
18,000 copies. A 64 indicates that the 
copier is setup for a cartridge that is 
capable of making 64,000 copies. The 
value in [3-6] indicates the same copy 
capability as the value in [3 - 3]. 
Y N 

Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 



Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL1 .2). 



Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 


I 




1 

~ [3-2] — 1 




+ 5VDC 


3 

1 

DC COM j 



LT> 



A 



CNI M 


1 BLU 




[ BLK 

1 ^ 



COPY CARTRIDGE 



4 [3-3] 



GRY 



COPY 
CARTRIDGE 




D 
D 



CNA 



CNB 



CNJ [] 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



1 



CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 

IZZI IZZ1 IZZI UZ3 



J7/J8RAP 



4/97 

www. printcgj^k info 



5614 5113/5114 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printc2>f2$.info 



L6RAP 

The Control Logic senses that the Key Counter 
is not plugged in, or the Coin-Op requires a 
coin before making a copy. 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the Key Counter is 24 VDC. 



PROCEDURE 

Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP 14.4). 
Disconnect P/J5 (adjacent to the transformer). 
Enter [50-1], enter and press the Start 
button. Switch the copier off and on. The 
copier is ready to copy. 

Y N 
Go to Flags 1 and 2 and check the wires 
for an open circuit or a short circuit to 
the copier frame. If the wires are good, 
Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL1 .2). 

There is + 24 VDC from P/J5-2 to P/J5-5. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wires for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. 

Enter [50-1], enter 1, and press the Start 
button. Switch the copier off and on. There 
is + 5 VDC from CNH-1 7 to the copier frame. 

Y N 
Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to the copier frame. Then replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



Connect P/J 5. Insert the Auditron Key 
Counter or enable the coin-op using the 
bypass key. There is +5 VDC from CNH-1 7 to 
the copier frame. 
Y N 
A B 



A B 

Check/perform the foil owing: 

• If the copier has an Auditron only, 
check he Auditron wire harness. If 
the wi res are good, replace the 
Auditron (PL 7.2). 

• If the copier has a Foreign Interface 
PWB, check the Foreign Interface 
PWB fuse. Ensure that the switches 
are set to open. Disconnect J1 and 
also J3 if present. Apply a short circuit 
to J 1-8. If the copier is ready, the 
problem is in the accessory. If the 
copier is not ready, replace the 
Foreign Interface PWB (PL 9.2). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL1 .2). 



L6RAP 



4/97 

www.printoDDy.info 



5614 5113/5114 




COPY 
CNH COUNTED 

(L) + 24 VDC 



# 




W LT BL 



PNK 

COPIER 
ENABLED 
5 VDC 



BLU A 

EX 



GRY 



^ 



P5 J2 



AUDITRON 
KEY 

COUNTER 
PL 7.2 












CNA 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 
CNC CN , 

CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 



o 





USCO 
AUDITRON 


RX 
COPYTRON 


US 
COINOP 


SW1 


OPEN 


OPEN 


OPEN 


SW2 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 


SW3 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 


SW4 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print^W-inf 



L6RAP 



U1 RAP 

The main PWB senses that the Main Drive 
Motor did not energize, or that the motor did 
not operate at the correct speed. 

PROCEDURE 

Open the copier. Cheat the Interlock Switch. 
Switch off the power, and then switch on the 
power while observing the upper drives. The 
Main Drive Motor energizes. 
Y N y 

CAUTION 
In the next step, the housing of the Main 
Drive Motor may rotate. 
Remove the Main Drive Motor without 
disconnecting the P/Js (2) (REP 4. 1 ). Hold 
the Main Drive Motor. Switch on the 
power, and then switch off the power. 
The Main Drive Motor energizes. 
Y N 

Check that +32 VDC is measured 
from CNG-9 and -10 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. Check 
that +5 VDC is measured from 
CNG-5 on the Main PWB to the 
copier frame. The voltages are 
present. 

Y N 
Go to the OF 1.2, DC Power 
Entry RAP. 

Enter [4-1]. Measure the voltage 
from CNG-3 on the Main PWB to 
the machine frame and then press 
the Start button. The voltage goes 
from +5 VDC to +2.5 VDC. 

Y N 
C D 



D 

Go to Flag 1 and check the 
wires for an open circuit or 
short circuit to the copier 
frame. If the wires are good, 
replace the Main Drive Motor 
(PL 2.3). 



Enter [4-1] and press the Start 
button. The voltage changes from 
+ 5 VDC to + 2.5 VDC from CNG-3 
to the copier frame. 
Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Replace the Main Drive Motor (PL 
2.3). 

There is a binding problem in the drives. 
Check the upper drives and the lower 
drives for worn, damaged, 
contaminated, or binding components. 
Also, check the module components 
driven by the Main Drive Motor. Repair 
or replace the components as required. 



The Main Drive Motor appears to be 
operating correctly. Check that the P/J's are 
secure. Check the upper drives and the lower 
drives for worn, damaged, contaminated, or 
binding components. Also, check the module 
components driven by the Main Drive Motor. 
Repair or replace the components as 
required. 



U1 RAP 



4/97 

www.printcgriv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



m 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



U1 

mm 




DC COM 



OM I 



AT 

t-5VDC 



1 ,„//... 


BRN 


V < 


1 \\ 


LTBLU 






ORN 


t ! 


[ ORN A [ 


1 GRY f 1 




GRY 


t ■ 


! GRY I I 







D 
D 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



CNB 



CNC 



CND 

CNE CNF 







CNG CNH 



FUSER DRIVE 




MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR 
MOT 1 



REGISTRATION 
CLUTCH CL6 



TRAY 1 DRIVE 

AND 

TRAY 2 DRIVE 



FEED /TRANSPORT 
CLUTCH CL4 




TRAY 2 
DRIVE 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printGDQ%.info 



U1RAP 



U2 RAP 

The Main PWB senses that the Full Rate 
Carriage did not move, or that the carriage 
did not return to the home position. 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the shipping screw that locks 
the half-rate carriage has been removed. 

• Check for a broken Scan Cable. If a broken 
cable is found, replace the cable (REP 6.4) 
(PL 3.1 A). 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [6-2]. Block and unblock the Carriage 
Home Sensor. The copy cartridge lamp on the 
Control Panel switches on and off. 
Y N 

Disconnect the Carriage Home Sensor. 
There is +5 VDC from CNH-25 on the 
Main PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wire for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame, then replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



There is + 5 VDC from pin 3 to pin 2 on 
the connector for the Carriage Home 
Sensor. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wires for 
an open circuit or short circuit to 
the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Replace the Carriage Home Sensor (PL 
3.1 A). 



Enter [6-1]. Press the Start button and check 
the scan of the mirror. The mirror carriages 
scan correctly. 
Y N 

Disconnect CNC on the Main PWB. 

There is + 32 VDC from both CNC-5 and 

CNC-6 on the Main PWB to the copier 

frame. 

Y N 
The voltage is measured on just 
one of the pins. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 1.2, DC Power 
Entry RAP. 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to the copier frame. 
Then replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Connect CNC on the Main PWB. There is 
+ 32 VDC from CNC-1, CNC-2, CNC-3, 
and CNC-4 on the Main PWB to the 
copier frame. 

Y N 
Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for 
an open circuit or a short circuit to 
the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Scan Drive Motor 
(PL3.1B). 

Check the scan components for binding 
of loose hardware. Repair or replace as 
required (PL3.1A, PL3.1B). 



B 

Check the Cable Pulleys (PL 3.1A, PL 3.1B) for 
wear, damage, contamination, or binding. 

Check the scan components for binding. 
Repair or replace as required (PL 3.1 A, PL 
3.1B). 

If the problem continues, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



U2RAP 



4/97 

www.printcgj^info 



5614 5113/5114 




CARRIAGE HOME 
SENSOR Q12 
PL3.1A 



CARRIAGE AT 
HOME POSITION 
(H) + 5 VDC 




i 


* 



SCAN DRIVE 
MOTOR MOTS 
PL 3.1 B 




LTBLU 



CNH 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



. 25 . 



3-™-wzm. 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 




m 







CZ3 
CNA 



CNB 



CNJ [] 



MAIN PWB 
CNC CN| 



p-CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 



D 



CARRIAGE HOME 
SENSOR Q12 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 
www. printc^gsr. info 



U2RAP 



U3RAP 

The Main PWB senses that the Lens is not in 
the correct position. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [6-2]. Press the Start button. Block and 
unblock the Lens Home Sensor. The Dry Ink 
lamp on the Control Panel switches on and 
off. 

Y N 

Disconnect the Lens Home Sensor. There 
is +5 VDC from CNH-30 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wire for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. Then replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



There is + 5 VDC from pin 3 to pin 2 on 
the connector for the Carriage Home 
Sensor. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wires for 
an open circuit or short circuit to 
the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Replace the Carriage Home Sensor (PL 
3.1 A). 



Disconnect CNE on the Main PWfif There is 
+ 24 VDC from CNE-5 on the Main PWB to the 

machine frame. 
N 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wire for a short 
circuit. If the wire is good, go to the OF 
1 .2, DC Power Entry RAP. 



Connect CNE on the Main PWB. There is +24 
VDC from CNE-1, CNE-2, CNE-3, and CNE-4 on 
the Main PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Lens Drive Motor (REP 6.4) 
(PL3.2A). 



Enter [6-3]. Press the Start button. The lens 
moves and then stops momentarily at each of 
the reduction and enlargement positions 
shown on the control panel. 
Y N 

Check the Lens drive components for 
wear, damage, obstructions, binding, 
contamination, or loose hardware. 



Check the pins in the connectors CNE and 
CNH on the Main PWB for damage. Ensure 
that the P/J's are tight when connected. 



U3RAP 



4/97 

www. printogg^ info 



5614 5113/5114 



LENS HOME 
SENSOR 
Q13 
PL3.2A 



Q^lD 





0. 



D 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 
CNC CN , 

CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 







LENS/ MIRROR 
HOME SENSOR 
Q13 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printaDoy.info 



U3RAP 



U4-01 RAP 

The control logic has not received a signal 
from the Fuser Thermistor (RT1). 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the connector for the 
Thermistor is connected securely. 

• If the copier is below room temperature as 
a result of storage and transportation in 
temperatures below room temperature, 
and the problem occurs after initial 
installation, switch off the copier and try 
again in a few hours. 

PROCEDURE 

NOTE: With a good Thermistor, the resistance 
can be observed, on the DMM, to increase as 
the temperature of the Fuser Heat Roll 
decreases. 

Disconnect the Thermistor connector. 
Measure the resistance across the Thermistor 
at the connector (J4-1 to J4-2). There is 
approximately 2 Kohms (hot Thermistor) to 
200 Kohms (cold Thermistor) measured. 
Y N 

There is infinite resistance measured. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wires for a 
short circuit to the copier frame. 
If the check of the wires is good, 
replace the Thermistor (PL 6. 1). 
If the problem continues, replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL1 .2). 

Replace the Thermistor (PL 6. 1). 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an open 
circuit or a short circuit to the copier frame. 
If the check of the wires is good, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



U4-02/U4-03RAP 

U4-02: The control logic senses that an 
overtemperature condition exists. 

U4-03: The control logic senses that an 
undertemperature condition exists. 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Clear the code by entering [20-52]. 

• After the repair, replace all components 
that were damaged by too much heat. 

• Ensure that the rear vents of the copier are 
free from obstruction. 

PROCEDURE 

Remove the Fuser Assembly. Reset the 
Overtemperature Thermostat (if required). 
Check that the Thermistor is clean and free 
from damage, and that the Thermistor is 
touching the Fuser Heat Roll. The checks are 
good. 
Y N 

I Clean, repair, or replace the Thermistor 
(PL6.1). 



Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to the copier frame. The check of the 
wires is good. 
Y N 

Repair the wires. 



Reinstall the Fuser Assembly. Connect the 
meter from CNC-1 on the Input Power PWB to 
the copier frame. Switch on the copier. There 
is approximately +1.2 VDC measured. 

Y N 
Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an open 
circuit or a short circuit to the copier 
frame. 

If the wire and the connectors are good, 
replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL1 .2). 

Connect the meter from CNC-4 on the Input 
Power PWB to the copier frame. There is 
approximately +24 VDC measured. 

Y N 
A B 



A B 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wire for an open 

circuit or a short circuit to the copier 

frame. 

If the wire and the connectors are good, 

replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL1 .2). 

Disconnect the J3 connector at the front of 
the copier to the Fuser Assembly. Enter [10-1]. 
There is 115/220/240 VAC measured across 
the connector (the non-Fuser Assembly side) 
when the Start button is pressed. 

Y N 
Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Input Power PWB (PL1 .3). 

Measure the continuity across the two pins of 
the other side of the connector. There is 
continuity. 

Y N 
Remove the Fuser Assembly. Measure 
the continuity of the Fuser Heat Rod. 
There is continuity. 

N 

Replace the Fuser Heat Rod (PL 6. 1 ). 



r 



Measure the continuity of the 

Overtemperature Thermostat. There is 

continuity. 

t N 

I Replace the Overtemperature 

I Thermostat (PL 6.1). 

Go to Flag 5. Check the wires for an 

open circuit. 

Check the Fuser Temperature (ADJ 1 0. 1). 



Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for an open 

circuit. 

Check the Fuser Temperature (ADJ 1 0. 1 ). 



U4-01,U4-02/U4-03RAP 



4/97 

www.printcgj^info 



5614 5113/5114 



E>H 



FUSER 

THERMISTOR 

RT1 

PL6.1 






^ 











J2 CNH 



GRY GRY 




FUSER HEAT 
ROD ON 
U( H)+1.2VDC CMC 

BRN J 



POWER 
RELAY ON 
(H) +24VDC 



THERMISTOR 
RT1 



VIO A 



E> 





D. 
D 



CNA 



CNI 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



I ) 

CNE 



HLL 



CLL 



F505 

0- 



F504 



S □ 

Lo 
CND I — I 



™, i — l INp UT 

F503 £J L2 p0WER 

£^l 1=1 CNA PWB 



I 



N1 

F501 □ 

OFG 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printc^gv. info 



U4-01,U4-02/U4-03RAP 



U5RAP 

The control logic senses that the Tray 1 Empty 
Sensor does not actuate within a few seconds 
after the Tray 1 Lift Motor energizes. 

INITIAL ACTIONS 

• Ensure that the configurations codes are 
correct (Configuration Codes chart in 
Diagnostics in Section 6). 

• The paper in the tray must be toward the 
right front corner of the paper tray. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [7-1]. Actuate and deactuate the Tray 1 
Empty Sensor. The Tray 2 lamp in the Copier 
Diagram switches on and off. 
Y N 

Repair the actuator if its not free to 
move (PL 4.5). If the actuator moves 
freely, go to the OF 7.1 Tray 1 Paper 
Indicator RAP. 



Remove Tray 1 . Check the Lift Gear, that is on 
the rear of the Tray 1, for damage. The Lift 
Gear teeth should be up (PL 4.1). Manually 
rotate the gear counterclockwise, as viewed 
from the front, to check that the Lift Plate 
moves up. Repair any problems (PL 4.1). 
Reinstall Tray 1. With [7-1] entered, pull out 
and push in Tray 1 to deactuate and actuate 
the Tray 1 Position Sensor. The Tray 1 lamp in 
the Copier Diagram switches off and on. 
Y N 

Check the voltage from CNA-5 on the 

Lower PWB to the copier frame. Actuate 

and deactuate the Paper Feed Sensor. 

The voltage changes by approximately 2 

VDC. 

Y N 

B C 



C 

There is +5 VDC from CND-3 to 
CND-2 on the Lower PWB. 
Y N 

I Replace the Lower PWB (REP 
1.6) (PL 1.3). 

Goto Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Tray 1 Position Sensor. 
If the problem continues, replace 
the Lower PWB (PL 1.3). 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an open 
circuit. If the wire is good, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Remove Tray 1. Block the Tray 1 Position 
Sensor that is located at the rear of the Tray 1 
opening and observe the adjacent gear. 
Switch the copier off and switch it on. The 
gear rotates. 
Y N 

Disconnect CND from the Lower PWB. 
Enter [8-2] and press the Start button. 
The voltage from CND-4 to the copier 
frame ana from CND-5 to the copier 
frame is 11 VAC. 
Y N 

Ensure that the correct value is 
loaded in [20-16] (Configuration 
Codes in General Procedures in 
Section 6). If the problem 
continues, replace the Lower PWB 
(PL 1.3). 

Replace the Tray 1 Lift Motor (REP 7.5 for 
the assembly) (PL 4.2). 



Go to the OF 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Indicator RAP. 



U5RAP 



4/97 

www.printcjig4.inf0 



5614 5113/5114 




DC COM 




17-2] 

TRAY 2 JAM SENSOR 
Q7 
VIA LOWER PWB 



[8-2] 

TRAY 1 LIFT 
MOTOR ON 
(H) 1 1 VAC 



BLK 

[8-2] 

TRAY 1 LIFT 
MOTOR ON 
(H) 1 1 VAC 



J BLK 



TRAY 1 LIFT MOTOR 

MOT3 

PL4.2 




[7-1] 

TRAY 1 
CLOSED 
(H) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



+ 5 VDC 



BRN 



*3-w. 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



zzzzzz 

1^1 



% 




TRAY 1 
EMPTY 
SENSOR 



o, 







CNA 



CNJ Q 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



PAPER TRA Y 1 

FEED LfFT 

SENSOR M0T0R 



-* CNE 



CNC 



CND 







CNA 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



CNF 
I I 



a 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printraav.info 



U5RAP 



U6RAP 

The control logic senses that the memory has 
a communications fault. 

PROCEDURE 

Enter [20-96]. The U6 code is still present. 
Y N 

Check the following: 

The Transfer/Detack corotron and 

electrical connections are clean 

(REP 9.1 ,9.4). 

The electrical contacts on the HVPS 

are clean. 

The connectors on the Input Power 

PWB, Main PWB, and the Lower 

PWB are secure. 

The connectors on the Power 

Switch, Interlock Switch, and front 

end of the Fuser are secure. 

The harnesses to the Control 

Console and the Copy Cartridge are 

secure. 

Check all the connectors on the Main PWB are 
connected securely. 

If the problem continues, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



4/97 
U6 www.printcjSfiinfo 5614 5113/5114 



U7RAP 

The control logic senses that the SDF 
Document Glass is overheated. 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the vents at the rear of the copier 
are free from obstruction. 



PROCEDURE 

Enter [5-1]. Open and close the SDF. The SDF 
Jam lamp switches on and off. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 5.1 SDF RAP. 



Enter [5-5] and press the Start button. The 
Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) energizes. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 1.3, Cooling Fan(s) RAP. 

Switch the copier off. Disconnect CND from 
the SDF PWB. There is 12k ohms between pin 
1 and pin 2 of CND on the harness. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check the wires 
for an open circuit, if the wires are 
good, replace the SDF Document Glass 
Overheat Thermister (PL 8.2). 

Open the SDF to allow the thermister to cool. 
There is less than 1k ohms between pin 1 and 
pin 2 of CND on the harness. 

Y N 
A B 



A B 
Y N 

Check that the cooling ducts for the 

Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) are connected 

and are unobstructed (PL 3.1 A). 

If no problems are found, go to Flag 1 

and Flag 2 and check the wires for an 

open circuit or a short circuit to the 

copier frame. 

If the wires are good, replace the SDF 

Document Glass Overheat Thermistor 

(PL 8.2). 

If the problem continues, replace Main 

PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Replace the SDF Document Glass Overheat 
Thermister (PL 8.2). 



SDF 
THERMISTER 





SDF 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



CNB 



0' 




CNI 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



SDF 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 



SDF PWB 
CNB I PL8-1 
12 



SDF DOCUMENT 
GLASS OVERHEAT 
THERMISTOR 

PL82 Ol. 




E 

- 2 

- 1 


P18 f CND 




1 VVV 1 


BLK 


1 1 

1 BRN 1 

! 1 ! 






BLK 


BLU 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



rrs^ 



\ +5VD 

IMA I CNB 'V' 



+ 5VDC 



CNA 
, ! T 

I I VIO 

1 I 

2 J 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



1 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



W 22 ^/ 



U7 ^ 



Y/ fcm< 



BLU 



+ 5VDC 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcx>jau.info 



U7RAP 



U8RAP 

The control logic senses a problem with the 
source of power that is supplied by the 
customer, or the Auto Exposure Sensor did 
not detect light at the appropriate time. 

INITIALACTION 

Ensure that the underside of the SDF or 
Document Cover is clean. 



PROCEDURE 

The U8 was declared while performing ADJ 

6.1 Exposure Level. 

Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNJ-1 on the 
Main PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNE-5 on 
the Input Power PWB to the copier 
frame. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 1.1 AC Power 
RAP. 



Go to Flag 2. 

circuit. 



Repair the open 



Ensure that the Document Cover or the 
SDF is closed. Enter [20-5] and press the 
Start button twice. A U8 status code is 
displayed. 
N Y 
B C 



C 

If the Exposure Lamp does not 

illuminate, go to the OF 6.2 

Exposure Lamp RAP. 

If the Exposure Lamp illuminates 

briefly, go to Flag 1. Check the 

wires for an open circuit or a short 

circuit to the copier frame. 

If the wires are good, replace the 

Auto Exposure Sensor (PL 3.1 A). 

If the problem continues, replace 

the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 

Record the value in the display. Register 
a document with more text and close the 
SDF or Document Cover. Press the Start 
button again. Record the value that is 
displayed a few seconds after the 
Exposure Lamp deenergizes. During this 
part of the checkout, if a U8 is displayed, 
the document is too dark. Use a 
document with less text. The two 
recorded values are different. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wires for an 
open circuit or a short circuit to the 
copier frame. If the wires are good, 
replace the Auto Exposure Sensor 
(PL3.1A). If the problem continues, 
replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 



D E 

I The Auto Exposure sensor is working. 
Connect the copier power cord to 
another power source. 
Perform the following until the problem is 
resolved. 

• Enter [6-4] and press the Start button. If 
the Exposure Lamp does not illuminate, go 
to the OF 6.2 Exposure Lamp RAP. 

• Clean the mirrors and the Auto Exposure 
Sensor. 

• Go to Flag 1. Check the circuit of the Auto 
Exposure Sensor for an intermittent short 
circuit or open circuit. 

• Ensure that the Exposure Lamp Reflector is 
in position (PL 3.3). 

• Ensure that the mirrors are in position (PL 
3.3,3.4,3.5). 

• Replace the Auto Exposure Sensor (PL 
3.1A). 

• Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



U8RAP 



4/97 

www. print^gj^. info 



5614 5113/5114 




U9RAP 

The control logic senses that there is no 
Developer during the auto developer setup. 

PROCEDURE 

If no Developer Cartridge is present, install a 
new Developer Cartridge (PL5.2A). 

If the Developer Cartridge is present, ensure 
developer is present in the Developer 
Material Inspection (REP 9.7). 

If no developer is present, replace the 
Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 5.2A). If the problem 
continues, go to the OF 9.5, Dry Ink Sensor 
RAP. 



D 






CNB 



CNC 



CNJ 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNI 



CNG CNH 



AUTO 
EXPOSURE 
SENSOR 
Q11 




EXPOSURE 

LAMP 

REFLECTOR 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^)j|^.info 



U8, U9 RAP 



OF 1.1, AC POWER RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the power source for the 
copier measures 1 1 5/220/240 VAC. 

• Ensure that the tab that engages the 
interlock switch is not broken off of the 
Front Cover (PL 7.2). Ensure that the 
interlock switch is actuated when the 
Front Cover is closed. 



PROCEDURE 

Ensure that the Front Cover is closed or that 
the Interlock Switch is cheated. Ensure that 
the copier is switched on. There is 
115/220/240 VAC from L2 to either wire of 
CND on the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

There is 115/220/240 VAC from Lo to No 
on the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

Check the fuse F501 that is on the 
Input Power PWB. Check the fuse 
F502, if present, that is on the Input 
Power PWB.The fuses are good. 
Y N 

Replace the fuses (REP 1 .8). 
If a fuse blows again, go to 
Flags 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 and 
check the wires for a short 
circuit to the copier frame. 

Go to Flags 1 and 3. Check the 
wires, L1 and N1 on the Input 
Power PWB, and the power cord 
(PL 1.3) for an open circuit or a 
short circuit to the copier frame. 



B 

There is 115/220/240 VAC from pin 3 on 

the Main Power Switch to No on the 

Input Power PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an 
open circuit. Also, check the 
connection at pin 2 of the Main 
Power Switch. 

If no problems are found, replace 
the Main Power Switch (REP 1.1) 
(PL 1.2). 

Go to Flags 5, 6, 7, and 8. Check the wires 
for an open circuit. 

If the wires are good, replace the 
Interlock Switch (REP 1 .3) (PL 1 .2). 



There is 1 1 5/220/240 VAC from CNA-3 to CNA- 
1 on the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

Check the fuse F503 that is on the Input 

Power PWB. The fuse is good. 

Y N 

Replace the fuse (REP 1 .8). 

If the fuse blows again, go to Flags 

9 and 10 and check the wires for a 

short circuit. 

If the wires are good, replace the 

Main Transformer (REP 1 .4) (PL 1 .3). 

Check the connections L2 and CND that 
are on the Input Power PWB. 
If no problems are found, replace the 
Input Power PWB (PL 1.3). 



C 

Check the voltages from CNB-5 to CNB-6, 
from CNB-1 to CNB-2, and from CNB-3 to CNB- 
4 on the Input Power PWB for the voltages 
that are shown on the circuit diagram. The 
voltages are present. 
Y N 

Go to Flags 9 and 1 0. Check the wires for 
an open circuit. Also, check the 
connections CNA and CNB. 
If no problems are found, replace the 
Main Transformer (REP 1 .4) (PL 1 .3). 



Go to the OF 1 .2, DC Power Entry RAP. 



OF 1.1 AC Power RAP 



4/97 

www. printGjQjjjy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



li <rvo- 




J> TO OPTICS 



rz L ,° 






F502 

220/240 VAC 
ONLY 




MAIN 

TRANSFORMER 
T1 
PL 1.3 



CNB 



RED 
9 VAC 



ORN 



ORN 
26 VAC 



BLU 




10 




INTERLOCK 
ASSEMBLY 



INPUT 

POWER 

PWB 



^U 



HLL 



F504 
CNB \7\ CND 



CNC ^ CLL 

u □ 

LO 



F503 ^ L2 

CNA 



L1 

D 



NI 

F501 □ 

O F502 



INPUT " 
POWER 
PWB 




MAIN 
TRANSFORMER 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcoDv.info 



OF 1.1 AC Power RAP 



OF 1 .2 DC POWER ENTRY RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

• If the problem occurs intermittently, 
check that the pins in connectors CNI, 
CNH, and CNB on the Main PWB, and CNE 
on the Input Power PWB are not broken. 
Check that the wires do not push out of 
the plug when they are connected to the 
PWB. Check that they are connected 
securely. 



PROCEDURE 

There is + 5 VDC from JP-1 on the Main PWB 

to the copier frame. 

Y N 

There is 9 VAC between CNB-1 and CNB- 

2 on the Input Power PWB. 

Y N 
I Go to the OF 1.1 AC Power RAP. 

There is VAC across the fuse F505 on 
the Input Power PWB (the fuse is good). 

Y N 

Switch the copier off. Replace the 

fuse (REP 1 .8). Switch on the copier. 

There is VAC across the fuse F505 

(the fuse is good). 

Y N 

There may be a short circuit in 
the +5 VDC distribution. Go 
to Flag 3 and check the wire 
for a short circuit to copier 
frame. If the wire is good, go 
to the OF 1.3 +5 VDC RAP. 



B 



There was an intermittent short 

circuit. 

If the problem continues, go to 

Flag 3 and check the wire for a 

short circuit to copier frame. If the 

wire is good, go to the OF 1.3 +5 

VDC RAP. 

There is + 12 VDC from CNE-7 to CNE-8 
on the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

I Replace the Input Power PWB (REP 
1.2) (PL 1.3). 



There is +12 VDC from CNJ-3 to CNJ-6 
on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3 and Flag 4 and check 
the wires for an open circuit. 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



There is +32 VDC from CNI-25 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame, CNI-26 to the copier 
frame, and CNI-28 to the copier frame. 
Y N 

There is 28 VAC between CNB-5 and 
CNB-6 on the Input Power PWB. 

Y N 
j Go to the OF 1 . 1 AC Power RAP. 

There is VAC across the fuse F504 on 
the Input Power PWB (the fuse is good). 

Y N 
E F 



Switch the copier off. Replace the 
fuse F504 (REP 1.8). Switch the 
copier on. There is VAC across 
the fuse F504 (the fuse is good). 
Y N 

There may be a short circuit in 
the +32 VDC or +24 VDC 
power distribution. Switch 
off the copier power. Replace 
the fuse F504 (REP 1.8). Goto 
Flag 1 and check the wire for a 
short circuit to copier frame or 
DC common. If the wire is 
good, remove pins 25, 26, and 
28 from connector CNI. 
Connect CNI. Switch the 
copier on. There is VAC 
across the fuse F504 (the fuse 
is good). 
Y N 

I Go to the OF 1.4 +24 
VDC RAP. 

Reinstall pins 25, 26, and 28 in 
connector CNI. Go to the OF 
1.5 +32 VDC RAP. 



OF 1.2 DC POWER ENTRY RAP 



4/97 

www. printcg^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



There was an intermittent short 
circuit. 

If the problem continues, switch off 
the copier power. Go to Flag 1 and 
check the wire for a short circuit to 
copier frame. If the wire is good 
and the problem continues, 
remove pins 25, 26, and 28 from 
connector CNI. Connect CNI. 
Switch the copier on. There is 
VAC across the fuse F504 (the fuse 
is good). 
Y N 

Go to the OF 1.4 +24 VDC 

RAP. 

Go to the OF 1 .5 + 32 VDC RAP. 



There is +32 VDC from CNE-1 on the 
Input Power PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Input Power PWB (REP 
1.2) (PL 1.3). 



There is + 32 VDC from CNJ-7 to CNJ-4 
on the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

I Go to Flag 1 and Flag 6 and repair 
the open circuit. 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



There is 26 VAC between CNB-3 and CNB-4 on 
the Input Power PWB. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 1 . 1 AC Power RAP. 



There is +24 VDC from CNE-5 on the Input 
Power PWB to the copier frame. 

Y N 

I Replace the Input Power PWB (REP 1.2) 
(PL 1.3). 

There is +24 VDC from CNJ-1 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an open 
I circuit. 



There is + 5 VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main 

PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. 



Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Check the wires for 
an open circuit. 




CNJ 



CNI 



CNG CNH 



F504 



□ □ 

LO 
[~| NO 

CMIi [M CND I I 

. . INPUT 

■ F503 ■ I I L2 POWER 

P^O| i— ,™ A PWB 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printCDm4.inf0 



OF 1.2 DC POWER ENTRY RAP 



+ 32 VDC 



INPUT POWER PWB 
PL1.3 



RED 
28 VAC 



5 -CTN>(> BRIDGE - 1 



I 



26 VAC 



BLU 
28 VAC 



BRIDGE j — 5 
RECTIFIER 



9 VAC 



CNB 



ORN 
9 VAC 



1 F505 



ORN 



BRIDGE 
RECTIFIER 








+ 5 VDC 
POWER 


JP1 










' 




m 


SUPPLY 








JP2 










,r 








*" 


*• 




DCC 


OM 









13 r 

' I 

14 L 

' ( 
26 

I 

27 

I 

28 



BLU 
+ 5 VDC 



BLU 
+ 5 VDC 



BLU ' 

+ 5 VDC 



BLU v 

+ 5 VDC ) 



CNA 



BLU v 

+ 5 VDC J 



BLU ^ 

+ 5 VDC \ 



CNG 



BLU ' 

+ 5 VDC 



I 2 ™ J 

BLU V 



OF 1.2 DC POWER ENTRY RAP 



4/97 

www.printrogy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 1.3 +5VDCRAP 

NOTE : This RAP is only used to find a short 
circuit If the Main PWB cannot generate + 5 
VDC, the service documentation will direct 
diagnostic actions be performed in the OF 1.2 
DC Power RAP. This will restore the + 5 VDC 
to the Main PWB. If there is an open circuit 
between a component and the +5 VDC that 
is generated on the Main PWB, a fault code 
RAP or a OF RAP will identify the problem. 

PROCEDURE 

Switch off the copier power. Disconnect the 

following P/J's on the Main PWB: 

CNA 

CNB (if SDF is present) 

CND 

CNG 

CNH 

CNI 

Disconnect the following P/J's on the Lower 

PWB: 

CNB 

CND 

CNF (if Tray 2 is present) 

If an SDF is present, disconnect the following 

P/J's on the SDF PWB. 

CNA 

CNB 

CND 

CNE 

Ensure that fuse F505 on the Input Power 

PWB is good. Switch on the copier power. 

Check that there is + 5 VDC from JP1 toJP2on 

the Main PWB. If the voltage is not measured, 

go to Flag 1 5 and check that the wire is secure 

from the Main PWB to the copier frame. If 

the wire is good, replace the Main PWB (REP 

1.5) (PL 1.2). 

A 



Connect CNA on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 



Connect CND on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 2. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 

Connect CNG on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 3. Check the wires for a short 
I circuit to copier frame. 



Connect CNH on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 

Connect CNI on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 5. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) 
(PL 1.3). 

Connect CNA on the Lower PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 
Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) (PL 
1.3). 

B 



B 

Connect CNB on the Lower PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 7. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 

Connect CND on the Lower PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 8. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 



The copier has a SDF. 
Y N 

The copier has a Tray 2. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 1 3 and Flag 1 5 and check 
the wires for an open circuit. 

Connect CNF on the Lower PWB. There 
is + 5 VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main 
PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 9. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame. 

Go to Flag 1 3 and Flag 1 5 and check the 
wires for an open circuit. 



Connect CNB on the Main PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

I Go to Flag 6. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 
C 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^j^.info 



OF 1.3 +5 VDC RAP 



Connect CNA on the SDF PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 

Connect CNB on the SDF PWB. There is +5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 10. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame. 



Connect CND on the SDF PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 11. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame. 

Connect CNE on the SDF PWB. There is +5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Mai n PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 12. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame. 



The copier has a Tray 2. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 13, Flag 14, and Flag 15 and 
check the wires for an open circuit. 



Connect CNF on the Lower PWB. There is + 5 
VDC from JP1 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

I Go to Flag 9. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame. 

Go to Flag 13, Flag 14, and Flag 15 and check 
the wires for an open circuit. 




CNJ 



MAIN PWB 



I 



CNG CNH 



-J ruF 



CNC 



CND 



LOWER PWB 



□ 



MAIN 
PWB 



3 


J303 


CNB EMS 


HI CNA 


F301 




™J323 


CNC 

D 


1 


CNE 


SDF PWB 


i 




I 




CND 









HLL 



F505 



F504 



CNC rn CLL 

Lo 



MB_^1 CND L_l 

™ h=T fNPUT 

P503 [_J L2 p0WER 

lo^oi i 1 rtlA PWB 



1 



CNA 

N1 
F501 O 

o 




OF 1.3 +5 VDC RAP 



4/97 

www.printqpgg.info 



5614 5113/5114 




MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



0>>c 



+ 5VDC 
POWER 
SUPPLY 



X. 



-X 



■ 28 





LTBLU 


CND 


E>> 




BLU 


CNG 


LL>nrcN 1 




BLU 


CNH 


J2 


BLU BLU k 


CNH 


li>-^ 




BLU 1 


CNH 


\ 




BLU 


CNI 






BLU k 


CNI 


nA 



CONTROL PANEL PWB 



BYPASS TRAY - NOT USED 



MAIN DRIVE MOTOR 



500 SHEET TRAY 1 



EXIT SENSOR 



CARRIAGE HOME SENSOR 



LENS HOME SENSOR 



COPY CARTRIDGE CRUM 



BLU BLU 



EDGE ERASE LAMP 



CNI 



J GRY 



DC COM 






GRY 



E>^ 



GRY 



GRY 




E>-x 




PL8.1 



+ 5VDC 



BLU 



CNA 



CNB 


1 


i 


CNB 


BLU 

1 


* 




BLU 





REGISTRATION SENSOR 



EXIT SENSOR 



CNB 






DOCUMENT PRESENT SENSOR 




CND P18 

1 3 *" 3 I DOCUMENT GLASS OVERHEAT THERMISTER 

BLU BLK 



B>"> 



ENCODER SENSOR 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print^gy.info 



OF 1.3 +5VDCRAP 



OF 1.4 +24VDCRAP 

NOTE: This RAP is only used to find a short 
circuit in the +24 VDC power distribution. If 
the Main PWB cannot generate +24 VDC, the 
service documentation will direct diagnostic 
actions be performed in the OF 1.2 DC Power 
Entry RAP. This will restore the +24 VDC to 
the Main PWB. If there is an open circuit 
between a component and the +24 VDC that 
is generated on the Main PWB, a fault code 
RAP or an OF RAP will identify the problem. 

PROCEDURE 

Switch off the copier power. Disconnect the 

following P/J's on the Main PWB: 

CNA 

CNB (if SDF is present) 

CND 

CNE 

CNF 

CNG 

CNH 

CNI 

Disconnect the following P/J's on the Lower 

PWB: 

CNA 

CNB 

CNE 

CNF (if Tray 2 is present) 

If an SDF is present, disconnect the following 

P/J's on the SDF PWB. 

CNA 

CNB 

Ensure that fuse F504 on the Input Power 

PWB is good. Switch on the copier power. 

Check that there is + 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 

on the Main PWB. If the voltage is not 

measured, go to Flag 20. Check the wire is 

secure from the Main PWB to the copier 

frame. If the wire is good, replace the Main 

PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

A 



Connect CNI on the Main PWB. There is + 24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1, Flag 2, and Flag 4. Check 
the wires for a short circuit to copier 
frame or DC common. 

Connect CNA on the Main PWB. There is +24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Check the wires 
for a short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 

Connect CND on the Main PWB. There is + 24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Goto Flag 7 and Flag 8. Check the wires 
for a short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 

Connect CNE on the Main PWB. There is +24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 9. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 

Connect CNG on the Main PWB. There is + 24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 
Go to Flag 11 and Flag 12. Check the 
wires for a short circuit to copier frame 
or DC common. 



Connect CNH on the Main PWB. There is + 24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

I Go to Flag 13. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 
B 



B 

Connect CNA on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wire for a short 
circuit. If the wire is good, replace the 
Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 

Connect CNB on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 1 5. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 

Connect CNE on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

I Goto Flag 16. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 

The copier has a SDF. 

Y N 
The copier has a Tray 2. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 1 3 and Flag 1 5 and check 
the wires for an open circuit. 

Connect CNF on the Lower PWB. There 
is + 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the 
Main PWB. 

Y N 

Goto Flag 17. Check the wire for a 
short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 

Go to Flag 18, Flag 19, and Flag 20 and 
check the wi res for an open circuit. 



OF 1.4 +24 VDC RAP 



4/97 

www.print<3pfl8f.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Connect CNA on the SDF PWB. There is + 24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. If 
the wire is good, replace the SDF PWB 
(PL 8.1). 

Connect CNB on the SDF PWB. There is +24 
VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 14. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 



The copier has a Tray 2. 
Y N 

I Go to Flag 1 3 and Flag 1 5 and check the 
wires for an open circuit. 



Connect CNF on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 24 VDC from JP43 to JP2 on the Main PWB. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 17. Check the wires for a 
short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 



Go to Flag 18, Flag 19, and Flag 20. Check the 
wires for an open circuit. 







( 


w<^y cnj ° / 

I CNB / 




MAIN PWB 




CNC CN , H 




i m CND 

1 U CNE CNF CNG CNH 
"■ ebmm mwwi E2E3 ESSS3 





% 


J303 
F301 


CNB Bl Hi CNA 
^J323 


CNC 

D 
D 

CND 


^ 




IsJ 


SDF PWB 

CNE 

□ 



HLL 



CNC r^n CLL 

LO 



CNC 



CNE 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



CNF 



CNA 

EJEjg |_J 



m 4 D No 

m - Wi CND UJ 

L_J |NpUT 

F503 [_J L2 p0WER 

^ 1=1 CNA PWB 
N1 

F501 n 

o 



L1 2 



MAIN 
PW6 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printogijg.info 



OF 1.4 +24 VDC RAP 



X 




MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



+ 24 VDC 
POWER 
SUPPLY 



JP4 3 



GRY 



JP2 



-I 



DC COM 



16 



EX) 



DISCHARGE LAMP 



BLU 
J16 



STRIPPER FINGER SOLENOID 



EDGE ERASE LAMP 



CNI CNH 

I i 7— r 

I RED A I 



MAIN PWB 

PL1.2 CNA 
10 



EX) 



I — VLT BLU | 

|_/~"X CONNECTOR 



CONTROL PANEL PWB 



CNB f 



BILLING COUNTER 





BYPASS FEED SOLENOID 


1 

BLU 




BYPASS NUDGER SOLENOID 


1 

BLU 




JP2 

v 



12 
I 
10 l 



R 



BLU 



REGISTRATION CLUTCH 



EX) 



VIO 



TRAY 2 FEED CLUTCH 



DC COM 



OF 1.4 +24 VDC RAP 



4/97 

www.printcjy5g.inf0 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 1.5 + 32 VDC RAP 

NOTE : This RAP is only used to find a short 
circuit in the + 32 VDC power distribution. If 
the Main PWB cannot generate + 32 VDC, the 
service documentation will direct diagnostic 
actions be performed in the OF 1.2 DC Power 
Entry RAP. This will restore the +32 VDC to 
the Main PWB. If there is an open circuit 
between a component and the + 32 VDC that 
is generated on the Main PWB, a fault code 
RAP or an OF RAP will identify the problem. 

PROCEDURE 

Switch off the copier power. Disconnect the 

following P/J's on the Main PWB: 

CNB (if SDF is present) 

CNC 

CNG 

CNI 

Disconnect the following P/J's on the Lower 

PWB: 

CNA 

CNC 

If an SDF is present, disconnect the following 

P/J's on the SDF PWB. 

CNA 

CNC 

Ensure that fuse F504 on the Input Power 

PWB is good. Switch on the copier power. 

Check that there is +32 VDC from CNI-25 to 

JP2 on the Main PWB, + 32 VDC from CNI-26 

to JP2, and +32 VDC from CNI-28 to JP2. If 

the voltages are not measured, go to Flag 1 

and check that the wire is secure from the 

Main PWB to the copier frame. If the wire is 

good, replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 

A 



Connect CNI on the Main PWB. There is + 32 
VDC from CNI-25 to JP2 on the Main PWB, 
+ 32 VDC from CNI-26 to JP2, and + 32 VDC 
from CNI-28 to JP2. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 2, and Flag 3. Check the wires 
for a short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. 



Connect CNH on the Main PWB. There is + 32 
VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 

Connect CNG on the Main PWB. There is + 32 
VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 4. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 



Connect CNC on the Main PWB. There is + 32 

VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 5. Check the wires for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 



Connect CNA on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 32VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

I Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) (PL 
13) 

Connect CNC on the Lower PWB. There is 
+ 32VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 7. Check the wire for a short 
circuit. If the wire is good, replace the 
High Voltage Power Supply. 
B 



B 

The copier has a SDF. 

Y N 

I Go to Flag 8 and Flag 9 and check the 
wires for an open circuit. 

Connect CNB on the Main PWB. There is + 32 
VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 6. Check the wire for a short 
circuit to copier frame or DC common. 

Connect CNA on the SDF PWB. There is + 32 
VDCfromJP47toJP2. 

Y N 

! Replace the SDF PWB (PL 1 .3). 

Go to Flag 8 and Flag 9 and check the wires 
for an open circuit. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printGggy.info 



OF 1.5 +32 VDC RAP 




MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



47 



+ 32VDC 



-I 



DC COM 




MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



JP47 




I I GRY \ 
n 6 -« *- 




DCCOM 




MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR PWB 



► 32VDC 



EX 

CNB I 



SCAN DRIVE 
MOTOR 



CNA 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



ORN 



+ 30VDC 
POWER 
SUPPLY 



HT\>0-; 



F301 



CNC 



SDF DRIVE MOTOR 



3. 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



10 




HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY 



1 



DC COM 



OF 1.5 +32VDCRAP 



4/97 

www.print^Qgjf.info 



5614 5113/5114 



MAIN 
PWB 




JP2 
JP47 



1 
-^1 




CNJ □ 



CNI 



I 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CND 



CNE 



D 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



CNA 



% 


J303 






CNB 1 


1 MM CNA 


F301 




™ J323 


CNC 

i 


B 






L?J 




SDF PWB 


□ 

CND 




CNE 
I 





CNE 



HLL 



CNC pV CLL 

LO 



■ CD rn 

CNB Mi CND I I 



rrno TZZf INPUT 

F503 |_| L2 p 0WER 

fr^* I 1 ™* PWB 



L1 

D 



I 



CNA 

N1 
F501 O 

o 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printGgg^. info 



OF 1.5 +32VDCRAP 



OF 1.6 COOLING FANS RAP 

Ensure that the interlock is cheated or the 
Front Cover is closed. One or more of the of 
the fans operates at high speed while the 
copier is in the standby mode. 
Y N 

Enter [6 -4]. Press the Start button. The 
Optics Cooling Fan energizes. 
Y N 

Press the Stop button. There is 
+ 24 VDC from CNH-5 on the Main 
PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNH-6 
on the Main PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Go to Flag 3 and Flag 4. Check 
the wires for an open circuit. 
If the wires are good, replace 
the Optics Cooling Fan (PL 
3.1B). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 



Press the Stop button. Fuser Cooling 
Fan MOT 8 operates at slow speed. 
Y N 

There is +24 VDC from CNH-12 to 

CNH-23 on the Main PWB to the 

machine frame. 

Y N 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 
B C 



If the Slow Speed PWB is present, 
go to Flag 4 and Flag 5 and check 
the wires for an open circuit. If the 
Slow Speed PWB is not present, go 
to Flag 6 and Flag 7 and check the 
wires for an open circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Fuser 
Cooling Fan (PL 1.2). 

Enter [10-2]. Press the Start button. 
Both of the Fuser Cooling Fans energize. 
Y N 

Fuser Cooling Fan MOT 9 is 

energized. 

Y N 

Press the Stop button. There 
is +24 VDC from CNH-13 on 
the Main PWB to the machine 
frame. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from 
CNH-14 on the Main 
PWB to the machine 
frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. 
Check the wires for an 
open circuit. If the wires 
are good, replace the 
Fuser Cooling Fan (PL 
1.2). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL 1.2). 



E 

Press the Stop button. There is 

+ 24 VDC from CNH-13 on the Main 

PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNH- 
14 on the Main PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Go to Flag 5 and Flag 6. Check 
the wires for an open circuit. 
If the wires are good, replace 
the Fuser Cooling Fan (PL 1 .2). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 



The copier has an SDF. 

Y N 

The cool i ng fans a re operati ng 
correctly. Ensure that the vents 
that are in the copier covers for the 
fans are free from obstructions. 
Refer to the space requirements in 
Section 6. 

Enter [5 -5]. Press the Start button. The 
Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) energizes. 

Y N 
Press the Stop button. There is 
+ 24 VDC from CNH-1 5 on the Main 
PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 
G H 



OF 1.6 Cooling Fan(s) RAP 



4/97 

www. printqftgj. info 



5614 5113/5114 



H 

Press the Stop button. There 
is + 24 VDC from CIMH-15 on 
the Main PWB to the machine 
frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Goto Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check 
the wires for an open circuit. 
If the wires are good, replace 
the Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) 
(PL 3.1 A). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 
1.2). 



The cooling fans are operating correctly. 
Ensure that the vents that are in the 
copier covers for the fans are free from 
obstructions. Refer to the space 
requirements in Section 6. 



The Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) operates at high 
speed while the copier is in the standby 
mode. 
Y N 

The Optics Cooling Fan operates at high 
speed while the copier is in the standby 
mode. 
Y N 

The Fuser Cooling Fan (MOT 9) 
operates at high speed while the 
copier is in the standby mode. 
Y N 
L M 



M 

If the Slow Speed PWB is 
present, go to Flag 8 and 
repair the short circuit to 
copier frame or DC common. 
If the Slow Speed PWB is not 
present, go to Flag 11 and 
repair the short circuit to 
copier frame or DC common. 

Go to Flag 5 and repair the short 
circuit to the copier frame or DC 
common. 



OPTICS 

COOLING FAN 
MOT7 



i 



Go to Flag 3 and repair the short circuit • , 
to the copier frame or DC common. ^ 



Go to Flag 1 and repair the short circuit to the 
copier frame or DC common. 








CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



□ 



CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 

I'" I \ , I I " "I Kv MK- J 



MOT 9 



FUSER COOLING FANS 




INTERLOCK 
ASSEMBLY 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print&$y.info 



OF 1.6 Cooling Fan(s) RAP 




MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 




4-24 VDC 



ICNH h 

15 T — 

. I VIO 

l jE>H 

10 J * — 



► 24 VDC 



DC COM 



CNH ^ 
5 -t !» 

II LT BLU 



[5-5] 

OPTICS COOLING 
FAN (SDF) ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 


OPTICS COOLING 
FAN (SDF) 
MOT6 
PL3.1A 


BLK 





RED 








[6-4] 

OPTICS COOLING 

FAN ON 

(L) + 24 VDC 


OPTICS COOLING 

FAN 

MOT7 

PL3.1B 


BLK 


f MOT J 


RED 





J13 



I — V LTVIO k 



[10-2] 

3 FUSER COOLING 
FAN ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 

2 



BLK 



+24 VDC 



^ 



FUSER 

COOLING FAN 
MOT9 
PL1.2 

f MOT ] 



DC COM 



23 ■ 



E>V„ 



GRY 



LTBLU 



^T 12 



DC COM 



23 



e^,„ 



SLOW 
SPEED 
PWB 
PL 1.2 



[10-2] 

FUSER COOLING 

FAN ON 

(L) + 24 VDC 



E>^ 



E>^ 



RED L_ 



FUSER 

COOLING FAN 
MOT8 
PL1.2 

f MOT j 



CNH 



FUSER 

COOLING FAN 
MOT8 
PL 1.2 



[10-2] 

FUSER COOLING FAN ON 

(L) + 24 VDC 



LTBLU 



Q>> 



+ 24 VDC 



RED 



~^J 



[ MOT 1 



FUSER COOLING 
FAN MOTS 
WITH SLOW 
SPEED PWB 



FUSER COOLING 
FAN MOT8 
WITHOUT SLOW 
SPEED PWB 



OPTICS 

COOLING FAN 
MOT7 








CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



FUSERCOOLINGFANS 




INTERLOCK 
ASSEMBLY 



OF 1.6 Cooling Fan(s) RAP 



4/97 

www.printQpsig'.info 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 2.1 COPIER DISPLAY /DEAD COPIER RAP 

• Ensure the power source for the copier 
measures 1 1 5/220/240 VAC. 

• Ensure the tab on the Front Cover that 
actuates the Interlock Switch is present (PL 
7.2). 

• Ensure the Interlock Switch is actuated 
when the Front Cover is closed or cheat the 
interlock switch. 

One of the Fuser Cooling fans is operating 

slowly. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 1 .2, DC Power Entry RAP. 



The Control Panel lights are flashing on and 

off. 

Y N 

There is +5 VDC from CNA-9 on the 
Main PWB to the copier frame. 

Y N 
Go to the OF 1,2, DC Power Entry 
RAP. 

Switch off the copier. There is less than 
0.5 ohms from CNA-5 on the Main PWB 
to the copier frame. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 1.2, DC Power Entry 
I RAP. 
B 



B 

Check the following: 

• Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1) 
and check that the Ground Tab is 
installed on the PWB and touches the 
frame when the Control Panel is 
installed. 

• Check that the gray ground wire is 
secured to the Ground Tab. 

• Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit or a short circuit. 

• Enter [2-2] and actuate the control 
panel buttons. If any button does not 
operate, replace the Control Panel 
PWB (REP 1.7) (PL 1.1). 

• If the problem continues, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Go to the OF 1 .2, DC Power Entry RAP. 




CONTROL PANEL PWB 

BOTTOM VIEW 




CNA 



T^X. 




CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



D 



CNG CNH 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printa3Dv.info 



OF 2.1 Copier Display / Dead Copier RAP 



OF 3.1 COPIES PER MINUTE / SDF INTERLOCK 
RAP 

The copier has an SDF. 
Y N 

Enter [6-6]. Open and close the 
Document Cover. The CRU lamp switches 
on and off. 
Y N 

Open the Document Cover. There is 
+ 5 VDC from CNB-1 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 3. Check the wires 
for an open circuit or a short 
circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5)(PL1.2). 



Close the Document Cover. There is 
VDC from CNB-1 on the Main PWB 
to the copier frame. 
Y N 

• Ensure that all the shipping 
material is removed from 
the Document Cover. 

• Ensure the Right Support 
and Counterbalance are not 
broken (PL3.1B,7.1). 

• Check that the Magnet (PL 
7.1) is present It is located 
under the cover above the 
switch. 

• Go to Flag 3. Check the 
wires for an open or short 
circuit. If the wires are 
good, replace the 
Document Cover Open 
Switch (PL 3. 1B). 



I Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) 
(PL1.2). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL1 .2). 

Enter [5-1]. Open and close the SDF. The SDF 
Jam lamp switches on and off. 
Y N 

Disconnnect CNB from the Main PWB. 
There is + 5 VDC from CNB-1 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) 
(PL1.2). 



Disconnect CNB from the SDF PWB. Close 
the SDF. There is ohms between CNB- 
12 and CNB-13 on the SDF harness. 
Y N 

Goto Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the SDF Interlock Switch (PL 
8.1). 



There is ohms between CNB-1 2 and 
CNB-13 on the SDF harness. 

Y N 

I Replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an open 
circuit or a short circuit. The wire is 
good. 

Y N 

I Repair the wire. 



D E 

Perform the following: 

• Check that the Magnet (PL 7.2) is 
present. It is located under the cover 
that is below the switch. 

• Check that the SDF is aligned with the 
copier. Check that the Left Support 
and Counterbalance is not broken (PL 
3.1B,PL8.1). 

• Ensure that the shipping material is 
removed from the SDF. 

• Check that the correct value is stored 
in [20-16]. Refer to the Configuration 
Code chart in Section 6. 

• Ensure that Tag 3 is installed. 

• Ensure that the SDF Registration Guide 
is installed correctly (REP 5.10). 



GototheOF5.1,SDFRAP. 



4/97 



OF 3.1 Copies Per Minute/SDF Interlock RAP www.phntqpi5jj.inf0 



5614 5113/5114 



SDF 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 




SDF INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 

PL8.1 



[MAGNET | 




CNB 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 

1 


CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 


'/////< 



Ti' 

T I 1 



731 



BLU BLU 

SDF EXIT SENSOR £ 10 VW^ > Df CQM 

8 — ^^ 



DOCUMENT PRESENT SENSOR 



[5-1] 

SDF INTERLOCK 

SWITCH CLOSED 

(L) + 5 VDC 

0.5 VDC 

TRANSITION 



CNB 




MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 

+ 5 VDC 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



35 




DOCUMENT 
COVER OPEN 
SWITCH 
S5 
PL3.1B 

JMAGNET J 



■Po- 




[6-6] 

DOCUMENT 
COVER OPEN 
SWITCH CLOSED 
(L) + 5 VDC 




",^H 



" 1 -;-^l 




^ 


J303 


CNB kwShJbi KSraSBBa CNA 


F301 


™J323 


CNC 

D 


1 


SDF 
PWB 

CNE 


D 




D 


CND 









- Z=l CNA 




















( 


:nj □ 






CNB 












D 

i r 


CNC 
-ICND 




MAIN PWB 




CNI 


D 


1 


CNE 


CNF 




CNG 


CNH 




L 


J , 1 


cm 




UZ2 


LZZ1 





5614 5113/5114 



4/97 



www. 



printoggjj.info F 3.1 Copies Per Minute/SDF Interlock RAP 



OF 3.2 COPIER DEAD CYCLES /FCOT RAP 

There is + 5 VDC from CNA-6 on the Lower 
PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 1 .2 DC Power Entry RAP. 

The problem occurs after copying documents 
with high solid area coverage, or solid area 
coverage that is 23% or higner (see Dry Ink 
Cartridge yield in Section 6). 

Y N 
Perform the following: 

• Switch off the copier. Disconnect and 
connect the P/Js on the Main PWB and 
the Lower PWB. 

• If the problem continues, go to the J1 
RAP and return here if the problem 
continues. 

• Go to the OF 3.3, Communications 
RAP. 



The copier is stabilizing the Dry Ink 
concentration. The copier is designed to copy 
documents with up to 6% solid area coverage 
without requiring dead cycle time to stabilize 
the Dry Ink concentration. Open and close 
the Front Cover. The copier dead cycles (in 
the tone up mode) for more than 4 minutes. 
Y N 

Perform the following: 

• Check that the Dry Ink Cartridge 
contains Dry Ink. 

• Open and close the Front Cover and 
allow the copier to dead cycle. 

• Repeat opening and closing the Front 
Cover once to allow the copier to 
operate in the dead cycle mode. 

• Repeat this action again. The amount 
of dead cycle time should get smaller. 
Change Developer (REP 9.8) if the 
dead cycle ti me does not change. 



Go to the J 1 RAP. 




u 

D 
■0 



I CNA 

CNB 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 
CMC CN , 

CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 

czi c=i izzi czn 



- 1 CNE 



CZ3 

CND 



CNC 



□ 



LOWER PWB 



CNB 



CNA 8,AS HVPS 

CNF EE3 G O 



OF 3.2 Copier Dead Cycles / FCOT RAP 



4/97 

www.printci>)60.info 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 3.3 COMMUNICATIONS RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an open 
circuit or a short circuit. Check the voltages 
from the Main PWB to the copier frame for 
the voltages shown in the chart. If the correct 
voltages are not measured, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 





CNI I CNA 


1 PNK 1 

! v ! 


■ ! 

1 BRN 1 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 


3 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 


1 

1 — 

1 

2 

• 


Wfflfffr 



MAIN 
PWB 

PIN 


VOLTAGE (VDC) 


STAND 
BY 


9-2 


9-5 


31 


4.8 


3.8 


4.5 


30 


0.12 


0.31 


1.6 


32 


4.3 


3.6 


4.1 




Tn I CNA 

CNB 



n. 



CNJ □ 




'0 



CNC 
CND 



CNE CNF CNG CNH 

C=3 O 



CNC 



D 



CNB 



CNF 
I I 



CNE 



CNA 



LOWER PWB 
BIAS 



□ 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcyjay.info 



OF 3.3 Communications RAP 



OF 3.4 COPY COUNTER RAP 

There is +24 VDC from CNA-1 on the Main 
PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNA-9 on the 

Main PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
12). 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires and the 
Control Panel PWB (REP 1.7) for an open 
circuit or short circuit to the copier 
frame. If the circuits are good, replace 
the Copy Counter (PL 7.2). 

While measuring the voltage from CNA-1 on 
the Main PWB to the machine frame, press 
the Start button. The voltage momentarily 
goes to approximately VDC after the Start 
button is pressed. 
N 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 
Check the diode D407 that is on the 
Control Panel PWB. The diode should 
indicate more than 1 meg ohm 
resistance in one direction and low 
resistance (0.6 Kohms) in the other 
direction. Replace the Control Panel 
PWB if the diode is failed (REP 1.7) (PL 
1.1). 



Replace the Copy Counter (PL 7.2). 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 


— 1 




I 


A. 

+ 24 VDC 


9 

I 




CNB w 


COPY 

COUNTER 

PL7.2 


I BLK 


' 


I ) 


MINI 






BLK 





BOTTOM VIEW OF 
CONTROL PANEL PWB 




CONTROL PANEL PWB 




DIODE 
D407 



PIN 10 



MM6M 
"p I CNA 

LJcNB 

'0' 



CNJ □ 



CNI 







CNE CNF 




COPY 
COUNTER 



OF 3.4 Copy Counter RAP 



4/97 

www.printqpgjunfo 



5614 5113/5114 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printc^.info 



OF 5.1 SDFRAP 



INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the machine configuration 
codes are correct for the configuration of 
the copier (General Procedures in Section 
6). 

• If there appears to be problems with the 
SDF Drive Motor, go to the OF 5.2 SDF Drive 
Motor RAP. 

PROCEDURE 

Ensure that the interlock cheater is installed or 
that the Front Cover is closed. Enter [5-1]. 
Open and close the SDF. The SDF Jam light 
switches on and off. 

Y N 

I Go to the OF 3.1 Copies Per Minute / SDF 
Interlock RAP. 

Actuate and deactuate the Document Present 
Sensor. The Dry Ink Light switches on and off. 

Y N 
Actuate and deactuate the Document 
Present Sensor while measuring the 
voltage from CNB-8 to the copier frame. 
The voltage changes by 0.5 VDC 
Y N 

There is + 5 VDC from CNB-9 to the 

copier frame. 

Y N 

I ReplacetheSDFPWB(PL8.1). 

Go to Flag 1 , Check the wi res for an 
open circuit. Go to Flag 2. Check 
the wire for an open or short circuit 
to the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Document 
Present Sensor (PL 8.2). 

Replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 



Actuate and deactuate the SDF Exit Sensor. 
The CRU Light switches on and off. 
Y N 

Actuate and deactuate the SDF Exit 
Sensor while measuring the voltage from 
CNB-10 to the copier frame. The voltage 
changes by 0.5 VDC. 
Y N 

There is + 5 VDC from CNB-7 to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

Replace the SDF PWB (PL 8. 1 ). 



Go to Flag 3. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. Go to Flag 4. Check 
the wire for an open or short circuit 
to the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the SDF Exit Sensor 
(PL 8.2). 

Replace the SDF PWB (PL 8.4). 



Enter [5-2]. Press the Start button. The SDF 
Motor energizes. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 5.2, SDF Drive Motor RAP. 



GototheA1/A2RAP. 



OF 5.1 SDFRAP 



4/97 

www.printqgg4.inf0 



5614 5113/5114 



SDF PWB 
PL 8.1 




DOCUMENT 
PRESENT SENSOR 
Q1 
PL 8-2 



DOCUMENT 
PRESENT 
(L) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 



s> 





DOCUMENT AT 
EXIT SENSOR 
(L) +5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 




SDF INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 

PL 8.1 








MAGNET 








^7n 










"O O^ 


BLU | 

1 

• 






BLU 



BLU 





1 


1=1 

CNA 




< 


:nj Q 


1 




I 


CNB 










0« 




MAIN PWB 


cni 





d- s 


CNF 


CNG 
1=1 


CNH 
1=1 





BLU 

SDF CLOSED 
(L) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 



PNK 



SDF PWB 
PL 8.1 

>-vws 



CNA 



io -VW~° 



'i 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



22. 



J303 


CNB Bjgj&ggl 


WM CNA 


3 ' 


30 


1 


~ J323 


CNC 

I 


1 


CNE 


SDF 
PWB 


D 




D 




CND 









MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 






CONTROL 
LOGIC 



r° 



A1 

A2 r/ yy 



1 



DOCUMENT PRESENT 
SENSOR Q1 



SDF REGISTRATION 
SENSOR Q2 




SDF EXIT 
SENSOR Q3 



SDF REGISTRATION 
CLUTCH CL1 




SDF PWB 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printrojgv.info 



OF 5.1 SDF RAP 



OF 5,2 SDF Drive Motor RAP 



PROCEDURE 

The SDF Drive Motor is idle when the copier 

is in standby. 

Y N 

Go to Flags 4, Flag 5 and Flag 7. Check 
the wires for an open circuit or a short 
circuit to the copier frame. The check of 
the wires is good. 
Y N 

Repair the wires. 



Replace the SDF PWB (PL8. 1 ). 

If the problem continues, replace the 

Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL1. 2). 

Enter [5-2]. Press the Start button. The SDF 
Drive Motor energizes. 
Y N 

There is + 30 VDC from CNC-1 of the SDF 
PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 

There is + 30 VDC from CNC-2 of 
the SDF PWB to the machine frame. 
Y N 

Check the fuse F301. The fuse 
is good. 
Y N 

Replace the fuse. 
If the fuse fails again, go 
to Flags 1 and 2. Check 
the wires for a short 
circuit to the copier 
frame. 

If the fuse fails again, 
replace the SDF Drive 
Motor (PL8.3). 
BCD 



D 

There is + 32 VDC from CNB-8 
of the Main PWB to the 
machine frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB 
(REP1.5)(PL1.2). 



Go to Flag 1. Check the wire 
for an open circuit. If the wire 
is good, replace the SDF PWB 
(PL8.1). 



Replace the SDF Drive Motor (PL 
8.3). 



Go to Flag 3, Flag 5, and Flag 7. Check 

the wires for an open circuit. 

If the wires are good, replace the SDF 

PWB (PL 8.1). 

If the problem continues, replace the 

SDF Drive Motor (PL 8.3). 

If the problem continues, replace the 

Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

During a copy job, the SDF appears to 
operate at high speed, or the document 
appears to feed at high speed . 
Y N 

Manually rotate the SDF Drive Motor 
while measuring the voltage from CNE-2 
to the copier frame. The voltage 
changes between approximately + 5 
VDC and 1 VDC. 
Y N 
F G 



G 

There is + 5 VDC from CNE-1 to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

ReplacetheSDFPWB(PL8.1). 



Go to Flag 6. Check the wires for 
an open circuit or a short circuit to 
the copier frame. If the wires are 
good, replace the Encoder Sensor 
(PL 8.3). 

Goto Flag 3 and Flag 7. Check the wires 
for an open circuit or short circuit to the 
copier frame. 

Check the SDF drives (PL 8.2, PL 8.3). 
Ensure that they are free from wear, 
damage, contamination, obstructions, 
or binding. 

If the problem continues, replace the 
SDFPWB(PL8.1). 

If the problem continues, replace the 
Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL1. 2). 



Go to Flag 6 and check the circuit of the 
Encoder Sensor PWB. If the circuit is good, 
replace the Encoder Sensor PWB (PL 8.3). 



OF 5.2 SDF Drive Motor RAP 



4/97 

www.printqpgg.info 



5614 5113/5114 




CNA 



CNB 



0' 
D 



MAIN PWB 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNJ □ 



CNI 



D 



CNG CNH 



3 


J303 


CNB 1 1 1 1 CNA 


F301 


-J323 


CNC 

I 


1 


SDF 
PWB 

CNE 


u 




□ 


CND 







SDF DRIVE 
MOTOR MOT2 




5614 5113/5114 



4/g7 

www.printaDpy.info 



OF 5.2 SDF Drive Motor RAP 



OF 5.3 DOCUMENT DAMAGE RAI* 



INITIAL ACTION 

• If the SDF appears to operate at high 
speed, or the document appears to feed at 
high speed, go to Flag 6 in the OF 5.2, SDF 
Drive Motor RAP. 

• Ensure that Tag 3 is installed. 



Check that the SDF Registration Pinch Roll 
can be pushed down and returns to form 
a nip with the SDF Registration Roll (PL 
8.4). Ensure that the front and rear 
springs are in position on the bearings. 



PROCEDURE 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved: 

1. Ensure that there are no obstructions in 
the document path. 

2. Check that the bearings for the SDF 
Registration Roll, the SDF Registration 
Pinch Roll, the SDF Takeaway Roll, and 
the Exit Roller are secure in the frames (PL 
8.4). 

3. Check that the Feeder Assembly is secure 
in the SDF. 

4. Check that the SDF Registration Clutch 
and the SDF Nudger Clutch are not 
energized when the SDF is in standby. If 
one of the components is energized, go 
to the A1/A2 RAP. Go to Flag 3 or Flag 5 
and check the wires for a short circuit. 

5. If the corners of the lead edge of the 
document get folded, perform the 
following: 

• Check the installation of the SDF 
Document Glass (REP 5. 1 1). 

• Check the installation of the SDF 
Registration Guide (REP 5. 1 0). 

• Check that the Pinch Rollers move and 
rotate freely (PL 7.2). 

• Check that the Left and Right 
Counterbalance Supports are secure 
(PL3.1B). 

• Replace the Left Counterbalance (PL 
8.1). 



FEEDER 
ASSEMBLY 



BEARINGS 




SDF 

REGISTRATION 
PINCH ROLL AND 
FRONT AND REAR 
SPRINGS 
(BELOW 
REGISTRATION 
ROLL) 



BEARINGS 



SDF 

REGISTRATION 

CLUTCH 



OF 5.3 Document Damage RAP 



4/97 

www.printqpjgg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 6.1, OPTICS OVERHEAT RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Switch off the power. Disconnect the power 
cord. There is approximately 2 ohms from 
CLL-WH (BK) to CND-BK (WH) on the Input 
Power PWB. 
Y N 

Check the continuity of the 
Overtemperature Fuse. The fuse is good. 

Y N 
Replace the Overtemperature Fuse 
(REP 6.6) (PL 3.3). 

Check the continuity of the Exposure 
Lamp. The lamp is good. 

Y N 

I Replace the Exposure Lamp (REP 
6.3) (PL 3.3). 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wires for an 
open circuit. 

After repairing the circuit, switch on the 
power. If the Exposure Lamp energizes, 
and remains energized, switch off the 
power. Then, go to the OF 6.2, Exposure 
Lamp RAP. 

Go to the OF 1 .6, Cooling Fans RAP. 




CNE 



CNC £H CLL 

□ B 

LO 
[~~[ No 

CNB_|<f[ CND L—l 



F504 



INPUT 
F503 Q L2 powER 




EXPOSURE 
LAMP 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcony.info 



OF 6.1, Optics Overheat RAP 



OF 6.2, EXPOSURE LAMP RAP 



PROCEDURE 

The Exposure Lamp is off in the standby mode. 

Y N 
There is +0.2 VDC from CNC-3 on the 
Input Power PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 
Replace the Input Power PWB (REP 
1.2) (PL 1.3). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 

Switch off the power. Disconnect the power 
cord. There is 3 ohms or less from CLL-WH(BK) 
to CND-BK(WH) on the input Power PWB. 

Y N 

The resistance of the Overtemperature 
Fuse is 3 ohms or less. 

Y N 
Replace the Overtemperature Fuse 
(PL 3.3). Go to the OF 1.6, Cooling 
Fans RAP. 



The resistance of the Exposure Lamp is 3 
ohms or less. 
Y N 

Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 3.3). 
Go to the OF 1.6, Cooling Fans RAP. 



Go to Flag 3. Check the wires for an open 

circuit. 



Power up the copier. Enter [6-4]. Press the 
Start button. The meter indicates +0.2 VDC 
from CNC-3 on the Input Power PWB to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 
A B 



A B 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wire for an open 

circuit. 

If the wire is good, replace the Main PWB 

(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

The meter indicates +24 VDC from CNC-4 on 
the input Power PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an open 

circuit. 

If the wire is good, replace the Main PWB 

(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Replace the Input Power PWB (PL 1 .3). 



OF 6.2 Exposure Lamp RAP 



4/97 

www.printcgii7B.info 



5614 5113/5114 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 


— [6-4] 15 


mM 





OSURE \ 
1P0N \ 



EXPOSURE 
LAMP 

(H) + 5 VDC ] 
CNI 0-2 VDC j 



CNE 



CNC £H CLL 

II m 

F505 , im 

LO 

F504 Q NQ 



~Q\ F50' 



j a 



I 



CND 



n 



™ I—I INPUT 

^£3 [_] L2 ROWER 

P^ I— I rwA PWB 



CNA 

N1 

F5oi n 



I 



en 

n CNA 






CNJ □ 


U cnb 










n 




MAIN PWB 








D- 








CNI 1 




|-|CND 










D s 


CNF 




CNG 

czn 


CNH 

CZI 





EXPOSURE 
LAMP 




OVERTEMPERATURE 
FUSEF1 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printo)py.info 



OF 6.2 Exposure Lamp RAP 



OF 7.1, TRAY 1 PAPER INDICATOR RAP 

INITIALACTION 

Ensure that the actuator for the Tray 1 Empty 
Sensor on both the 250 and 500 sheet Tray 1 
moves freely. 



PROCEDURE 

The capacity of Tray 1 is 250 sheets. 

Y N 

There is +5 VDC from CND-3 on the 
Lower PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1.6) 
(PL 1.3). 

Go to Flag 3, Flag 4, and Flag 5. Check 

the wires for an open circuit or a short 

circuit. 

If the wires are good, clean the Tray 1 

Empty Sensor. 

If the problem continues, replace the 

Trayl Empty Sensor (PL 4.5). 

If the problem continues, replace the 

Lower PWB (REP 1.6) (PL 1.3). 



There is + 5 VDC from CND-3 on the Lower 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

I Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check the wires for an 

open circuit or a short circuit. 

If the wires are good, clean the Tray 1 Empty 

Sensor. 

If the problem continues, replace the Tray 1 

Empty Sensor (PL 2.2). 

If the problem continues, replace the Lower 

PWB (REP 1.6) (PL 1.3). 



CNB 



3 



PAPER SIZE /FEED PWB 



BOTTOM VIEW OF PWB 



TRAY 1 EMPTY SENSOR 
(500 SHEET TRAY 1) 




TRAY 1 EMPTY SENSOR 

Q4 

(250 SHEET TRAY 1) 




PAPER FEED SENSOR Q10 



J CNE 



CNC 



CND 



LOWER PWB 



CNA 



BIAS 



Essa LJ 




D 

o 



CNJ □ 



CNB 



CNC 



CNI 



CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 

[=1 1=1 1=1 O 



OF 7,1 Tray 1 Paper Indicator RAP 



4/97 

www.printc2>f3£.info 



5614 5113/5114 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CNI CNA 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 




CND 



t-5VDC 



-x 

+ 5VDC 



CONTROL 
LOGIC h 2 



TRAY 1 EMPTY 

SENSOR 

Q4 

PL2.2 




LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



[7-1] 

TRAY 1 EMPTY 
(L) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
CNA TRANSITION 



MP 



250 SHEET TRAY 1 



PAPER SIZE/ 
FEED PWB 
PL4.5 



PAPER 
FEED 
SENSOR 
Q10 



[7-1] 



1— Hh 


^5 


1 





BRN 




500 SHEET TRAY 1 




[7-1] 
TRAY1 
EMPTY 
(L) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 



CNI 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



' 29 



X 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 




5614 5113/5114 



w.printcopv.info 



4/97. 



OF 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Indicator RAP 



OF 7.2, TRAY 2 PAPER INDICATOR RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the actuator for the Tray 2 Empty 
Sensor moves freely. 

PROCEDURE 

There is +5 VDC from CNF-11 on the Lower 

PWB to the copier frame. 

Y N 

I Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check the wires for an 

open circuit or a short circuit to copier frame or 

DC common. 

If the problem continues, clean the Tray 2 

Empty Sensor. 

If the problem continues, replace the Tray 2 

Empty Sensor (PL 4.4). 

If the problem continues, replace the Lower 

PWB (REP 1.6) (PL 1.3). 



4/97 

OF 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Indicator RAP www v™*$9M inf0 5614 5113/5114 



PIN 1 OF 
TRAY 2 PLUG 
CNF 






TRAY 2 EMPTY 
SENSOR Q6 









1=3 






1 


CND 


CNC 






n 


CNE 




LOWER PWB 


LT B 


CNA 


BIAS HVPS 


CNF 


EES3 




U o 















0' 



I 

CNB 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



i n CND 

CNE CNF 



TRAY 2 EMPTY SENSOR 

Q8 

PL4.4 



dnD 



CNF 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



TRAY 2 JAM \ E 7 " 2 ! !' 

(- 1 ' 1 



-K- 



[7~2] 
TRAY 2 
EMPTY 
(L) + 5 VDC 
0.5 VDC 
TRANSITION 



CNI 



SENSOR Q7 



BLU 



-H- 



TRANSPORT 
OPEN 
SENSOR 
Q8 



PAPER SIZE/ 
FEED PWB 
PL4.5 

PAPER SIZE 
SENSOR Q9 

PAPER FEED 
SENSOR Q10 



[7-1] 



CNB 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.3 

+ 5 VDC 

T 

9 — * 



VIO 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printqppg. info 



OF 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Indicator RAP 



OF 7.3, MULTIFEED RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Fan the paper in the paper trays. Ensure that 
the paper is against the left guide. For the 
Bypass Tray, remove and restack the paper. 

PROCEDURE 

Perform the following until the problem is 
resolved. 

1. Replace the Retard Roller (Tray 1, REP 7.7, 
PL 4. 1 1 ; Tray 2, REP 7.4, PL 4.4, Bypass Tray 
REP 7.2, PL 4.9). 

2. Replace the Nudger Roller (Tray 1, REP 7.1, 
PL 4.6; Tray 2, REP 7.4, PL 4.7, Bypass Tray 
REP 7.2, PL 4.9). 

3. Clean the Feed Roll (Maintenance 
Procedures, Section 1). 




RETARD 
ROLL 



TAKEAWAY 
ROLL 



RIGHT REAR VIEW OF FEED COMPONENTS 



OF 7.3 Multifeed RAP 



4/97 

www.printcjRjginfo 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 8.1, PAPER DRIVES RAP 



PROCEDURE 

There is + 24 VDC from CNG-2 on the Main PWB 
to the machine frame in the standby mode. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNG-1 on the Main 

PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check that the 
wires are not shorted to copier frame or 
DC common. Go to Flag 1 , Flag 2, and Flag 
3. Check the wires and the Main Drive 
Motor PWB for an open circuit. 
If the wires and PWB are good, check that 
the connector CN-2 that is on the Main 
Drive Motor PWB is secure on the PWB and 
that there is no space between the 
connector and the PWB. Replace the Main 
Drive Motor if these conditions are not 
met (PL 2.3). If the problem continues, 
replace the Feed / Transport Clutch (PL 
2.3). 



Enter [8-6] and press the Start button. The 

voltage goes from +24 VDC to approximately 

+ 1VDC 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1, Flag 2, and Flag 3. Ensure the 
wires are not shorted together and replace 
the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 



Check the Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1). 

Check that the connector CN-2 that is on the 

Main Drive Motor PWB is secure on the PWB 

and that there is no space between the 

connector and the PWB. Replace the Main 

Drive Motor if these conditions are not met (PL 

2.3). 

If the problem continues, replace the Feed / 

Transport Clutch (PL 2.3). 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




2 


B 






- L i 

+ 24 VDC 




[8-6] 

FEED/TRANSPORT 
CLUTCH ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 



MAIN DRIVE MOTOR 

MOT1 

PL2.3 



CN1 



MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR PWB 




FEED/ 

TRANSPORT 
CLUTCH 
CL4 
PL2.3 



D. 

0' 
D 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



CNI 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF CNG CNH 

r i i ""I Essssa i i 




5614 5113/5114 



. 4/97 ± 
www.printopQy.info 



OF 8.1 Paper Drives RAP 



OF 9.1, DISCHARGE LAMP RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Ensure that the Front Door is closed or the 
cheater is installed. There is +24 VDC from 
CNI-5 on the Main PWB to the machine frame. 

Y N 
There is +24 VDC from CNI-16 to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

Repace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wires for an open 
circuit. If the wires are good, replace the 
Discharge Lamp (PL 5.5). 

Enter [9-6] and press the Start button. The 
voltage goes from + 24 VDC to approximately 
+ 1 VDC. 

Y N 

I Replace the Main PWB (REP 1 .5) (PL 1 .2). 

The eight Discharge Lamps illuminate. 

Y N 

Replace the Discharge Lamp (PL 5.5) . 



The Discharge Lamps appear to be operating 
correctly. Go to Flag 1 and check for loose 
connections. 




CNJ □ 



CNB 



MAIN PWB 
CNC CNI 




OF 9.1, Discharge Lamp RAP 



4/97 

www. printa)pv. info 



5614 5113/5114 



This page is blank 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printgq^.info 



OF9.2 f HVPSRAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Check that the HVPS connections on the 
Copy Cartridge are clean and tight. 

• Check the connections on the Transfer/ 
Detack Corotron (REP 9. 1 ). 



PROCEDURE 

There is + 32 VDC from CN901-7 to the copier 

frame. 

Y N 

There is + 32 VDC from CNI-25 to the 
copier frame. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check the wires 
for an open circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 



NOTE: The copier must be in the diagnostics 
mode while checking the following voltages. 
The voltages are different values when in the 
run mode. 



Enter the diagnostic 
following: 



mode. Perform the 



Check DC voltages in the standby mode that 
are shown in the Lower PWB Output 
Voltage chart. Measure from CNC to the 
copier frame. 

Enter [9-2] and check DC voltages that are 
shown in the Lower PWB Output Voltage 
chart. Measure from CNC to the copier 
frame. 



The measured voltages are the same as the 
values in the chart. 
Y N 

Goto Flag 3. Check the wires for an open 

or short circuit. The wires are good. 

Y N 

I Repair the wires. 

Replace the Lower PWB (REP 1 .6) (PL 1 .3). 
Replace the HVPS (REP 9.2) (PL1 .3). 



OF 9.2 HVPS RAP 



4/97 

www.printc^jgfyinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



~C~ 




CNI w CNA 


! ORN ' 

i T i 


1 GRY | 
J \f j 



GRY 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




i 


«1 


1 


4 

1 


1 


6 

1 


/ 




1 


10 1 
1 1 


B ° 


I 



■X 






"^ CNE 



CNC 



CND 



LOWER PWB HVPS 
DC OUTPUT VOLTAGE 


CNC 
PIN 


DIAGNOSTICS 


STAND 
BY 


9-2 


3 


27.8 


0.8 


4 


6.5 


3.4 


5 


6.6 


0.7 


6 


6.6 


0.7 


7 


6.6 


0-7 



D 



LOWER PWB 



CNB 



CNA 



CNF 



7^ 



BIAS 

□ 



White 
wire to 
HVPS 



Red wire 



D 


D 



CNA 



CNB 



CNC 



CNJ □ 



MAIN PWB 



CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print2€$fy. info 



OF 9.2 HVPS RAP 



OF 9.3, DEVELOPER BIAS RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Swing out the Dry Ink/Waste bottle. Cheat 
the Interlock Switch. Press the Start button 
and measure the voltage at the terminal of 
the red wire on the developer housing. The 
following measurements are made: 
The voltage is -200 VDC during the copy 
cycle. And at the beginning of the copy cycle 
and at the end of the copy cycle, the voltage 
goes to 50 VAC as observed on the bar graph 
oftheDMM. 
Y N 

Make the same measurements on the 
Lower PWB. The voltages are present. 
Y N 

Disconnect the Bias terminal from 
the Lower PWB and repeat the 
voltage check. The voltages are 
present. 
Y N 

Replace the Lower PWB (REP 
1.6) (PL 1.3). 

Check the wiring from the Lower 
PWB bias terminal to the front of 
the Developer Housing for a short 
circuit. If the wiring is good, 
replace the Developer Assembly 
(REP 9.3) (PL 5.3). 

Check the wiring from the Lower PWB 
bias terminal to the front of the 
Developer Housing for an open circuit. 
If the wiring is good, replace the 
Developer Assembly (REP 9.3) (PL 5.3). 



Replace the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3) (PL 
5.3). 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



-200 VDC 

DEVELOPER 

BIAS 



' BIAS 





OOP 



f 



J11 ON THE 
REAR FRAME AS 
VIEWED FROM 
THE REAR 



LOWER PWB 









1=3 






1 


CND 






PI 


CNE 


LOWER PWB 


[JCNB 


CNA 


BIAS ^^ 


CNF 


CZD 


m " o 


1 1 











RED WIRE 



OF 9.3 Developer Bias RAP 



4/97 

www. printout info 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 9.4, EDGE ERASE RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Connect the DMM from CNI-9 to the machine 
frame. Enter [9-7] and press the Start button. 
The voltage changes from + 24 VDC to 
approximately + 2 VDC in 2 volt increments. 
NOTE: The voltage changes are the same for R/E 
copiers and 1:1 copiers. 
Y N 

There is + 24 VDC from CNI-20 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 1. Check the wire for an 
open circuit or a short circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



There is + 5 VDC from CNI-14 on the Main 
PWB to the copier frame. 
Y N 

Go to Flag 2. Check the wire for an 
open circuit or a short circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Main PWB 
(REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 

Go to Flags 3 and 4. Check the wires for an 
open or snort circuit. If the wires are good, 
replace the Edge Erase Lamp (PL 5.5). 



Replace the Edge Erase Lamp (PL 5.5). 



P/J16 



P/J17 




MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



EDGE ERASE PWB 
PL5.5 



EDGE 
ERASE 
LEDSON 
( + 2 VDC) 
CNI +24 VDC 
' [09-07] - 9 — ' 



47 

+ 24 VDC 
DC COM 

+ 5 VDC 



LTBLU 




R/E COPIERS 12 LEDS 
1:1 COPIERS 5 LEDS 



* 



-^vyvn 



DC COM ' 4(j I 

DC COM j j(j I 

-^> (jj) 'WW 



EDGE 
ERASE 
LAMP 



CNA 



CNJ □ 



D 



CNC 




5614 5113/14 



4/97 

www.printrogy.info 



OF 9.4 Edge Erase RAP 



OF 9.5 DRY INK SENSOR RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 
Remove the Developer Cartridge by using the 
small screwdriver to release the locking tab 
while pulling the cartridge off. Check that 
the Developer satisfies the following 
conditions: 

• Covers most of the augers 

• Is not caked 

• Feels like it is primarily grit (carrier) and 
not Dry Ink 

The developer satisfies the conditions listed 

above. 

Y N 

Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 

5.2A). 



Install the Developer Assembly. Connect the 

DMM from CNF -5 to the machine frame. 

Make a copy The DMM indicates between 

+ 3.5 to +1.5VDC 

Y N 

Switch on the copier, measure the 
voltage from CNF-4 to CNF-7, then 
switch off the copier. The DMM 
indicates +24VDC. 
Y N 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

Go to Flags 1, 2, and 3. Check the wires 
for an open circuit or a short circuit. If 
the wires are good, replace the Dry Ink 
Sensor (PL 5.2A) and the Developer (REP 
9.8) (PL 5.2A). 

Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 5.2A). 
Then enter [20-1] and press the Start button. 
If the problem continues, replace the Main 
PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



1— 


CNF r u 




DRY INK 
SENSOR Q15 
PL5.2A 






MAIN PWB 1 
PL 1.2 

+ 24VDC 1 
DC COM 







CONTROL 
LOGIC 




■ 4 
RED 1 


• i- 
RED 1 


mmm 


mm 










GRY i 


/ 

GRY 

















o. 





CNJ [] 







n CND 

CNE CNF 



CNG CNH 



o HHH0 



® 



VIEW OF P/J ON 

DEVELOPER 

HOUSING 




OF 9.5 Dry Ink Sensor RAP 



4/97 

www.printc<|E^nfo 



5614 5113/5114 



OF 9.6 f DRY INK MOTOR RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Perform the following. 

1 . Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

2. Check the Worm Gear, 11Tgear, 16Tgear, 
and the Auger Drive Gears for binding, 
wear, or damage. Repair or replace the 
gears as required (PL5.4). 

3. Disconnect the P/J for the Dry Ink Motor 
and reinstall the Developer Assembly. 

4. Enter [9-8], press the Start button, and 
measure the voltage from pin 4 to pin 5 at 
the plug side of the motor connector. If 
the voltage measures 22 VAC, replace the 
Dry Ink Motor (PL 5.4). If the voltage is not 
measured, go to Flag 1. Check the wires 
for an open circuit or a short circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Main PWB (PL 
1.2) (REP 1.5). 




p 11 — — -*^^ 




fl " 

U cNB 


o msmm ^ 




_ MAIN PWB 


VIEWOFP/JON 

DEVELOPER 

HOUSING 




p| 0,0 

CNE CNF 



cnj □ 



D 



CNG CNH 




OPENING IN 
DISPENSER 
HOUSING 



GREEN 
PANEL 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcoDM-.info 



OF 9.6 Dry Ink Motor RAP 



OF 9.7, STRIPPER FINGER SOLENOID RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Open the copier. Cheat the Interlock Switch. 

Enter [8-1] and press the Start button. The 

Stripper Fingers move toward the 

Photoreceptor. 

Y N 

Push on the movable part of the Stripper 
Finger Solenoid. The Stripper Fingers 
move toward the Photoreceptor. 

Y N 
The solenoid is always energized. 

Y N 
Check the Stripper Finger 
Solenoid and the linkage (PL 
2.1, PL 5.5). 

Go to Flag 1 and check the wire for 
a short circuit to copier frame or DC 
common. If the wire is good, 
replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 

There is +24 VDC from CNI-7 to the 
copier frame. 

Y N 
There is +24 VDC from CNI-18 to 
the copier frame. 

Y N 
Replace the Main PWB (PL 1.2) 
(REP 1.5). 

Go to Flag 1 and Flag 2. Check the 
wires for an open circuit. If the 
wires are good, replace the Stripper 
Finger Solenoid (PL 2.1). 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 1.2). 



Ensure that the paper path in the area of the 
paper transport and Transfer/Detack corotron 
is free of burrs or small obstructions (PL 4.5, PL 
4.6, PL 4.11, PL 5.6, PL 6.2). 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




/ 


V////////A 


1 






+ 24 VDC 



[8-1] 

STRIPPER FINGER 
SOLENOID ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 



~£* 




SOL4 
STRIPPER 
FINGER 
SOLENOID 
PL 2.1 



D 



CNA 



cnj □ 



CNB 





PHOTORECEPTOR 



STRIPPER 
FINGERS 




OF 9.7 Stripper Finger Solenoid RAP 



4/97 

www.printGggjg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
5614 5113/5114 www.printcg^info 



0F16.1 r NOISE/ODOR RAP 



PROCEDURE 

The problem is noise. 
Y N 

The odor may be the product of burning 

plastic, rubber, or paint. 

Y N 

Go to Flag 1 . Check the wire for an 
open circuit. An open circuit causes 
the HVPS to energize when the 
copier in the standby mode. 
If the wire is good, replace the 
Ozone Filter (PL 1.2). 

Call the service support team. 



Check the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

1. The cooling fans for secure mounting, 
loose covers, loose ducts, or an incorrectly 
positioned filter 

2. The Fuser Exit Roller for Interference with 
other components 

3. The Developer Housing Shoulder Screw 
installation is secure (behind the Dry 
Ink/Waste Bottle) 

4. The drive gears for broken parts 

5. The Developer Housing, Copy Cartridge, 
or other subsystems forbinding 

6. Tag 2 is installed on the Developer 
Housing 



7. If low frequency noise occurs after the 
Start button is pressed, and lasts for 1 
second using either tray, and the copier 
has a Tray 2, go to the C2 RAP and check 
the circuit of the Tray 2 Feed Clutch. 

8. If a low frequency noise during paper 
feed from Tray 1 or 2 occurs, typically 
when the paper tray is low on paper, 
replace the Retard Roll (Tray 1, PL 4.11) 
(Tray 2, PL 4.4). 

9. If a ratchet or click noise is heard, the 
gears that are driven by the Dry Ink Motor 
may be slipping. Dry Ink is compacted in 
the Toner Hopper Auger (PL 5.4). Remove 
the Dry Ink Cartridge and clean out the 
dry ink. 

10. If a jamming paper or a muffled bang 
noise is heard, check the Registration 
Buckle (ADJ 8.1). 

The Feed / Transport Clutch can remain 
engaged slightly after the clutch is 
switched off. Clean the clutch with Film 
Remover (USCO) or General Cleaning 
Solvent (RX). 

If the problem continues, replace the 
Feed / Transport Clutch (PL 2.3). 



11. If a grinding or moaning noise is heard 
while feeding from Tray 1 but the noise is 
not heard while feeding from the Bypass 
Tray, the Bypass Clutch Spring (PL 4.9) and 
Clutch Gear (PL 4.9) require lubrication. 
Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (REP 
7.2) and apply a few drops of Turbine Oil 
(refer to Section 6, Supplemental Tools 
and Supplies) between the Sleeve (PL 4.9) 
and Spring (PL 4.5). 

12. If a muffled fog horn noise is heard from 
the copy exit area, replace the Exit Roller 
(REP 10.8) (PL 6.2). 

13. If a squeal or scrapping noise is heard 
from the copy exit area, the problem may 
be the cleaning blade in the Copy 
Cartridge. 

CAUTION 
Do not apply any lubricant to the 
photoreceptor. It will cause copy quality 
problems. 

Remove the Copy Cartridge. Close the 
copier and cheat the Interlock Switch. 
Enter [4-1] and press the Start button. If 
the noise is gone, replace the Copy 
Cartridge (PL 5.5). 



OF 16-1, NOISE /ODOR RAP 



4/97 

www.printqp8g.info 



5614 5113/5114 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




HP 

WW/. 


1 




LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 


■ 


1 

1 







CNA 



JP3 
CNB 



CNJ □ 



JP47 



MAIN PWB 



D 



CND 

CNE CNF 
C=l 1=1 



CNG CNH 









1=1 






1 


1=1 

CND 

E 


CNC 






1=1 
CNE 

CNA 


LOWER PWB 
MAS HVPS 

D o 


D cnb 

CNF 


1 1 












5614 5113/5114 



4/97. 

www.printcopy.info 



OF 16.1, NOISE /ODOR RAP 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
www.printq£0j}.info 5614 5113/5114 



Section Contents 

For all Copy Quality defects when a status code 
is not displayed, go to the CQ1 Copy Defect 
Entry RAP. CQ1 Copy Defect Entry RAP will 
indicate the corrective action to perform or 
the RAP to use. 

TITLE PAGE 

CQ 1 Copy Defect Entry RAP 3-3 

CQ2.1 Background (Overall) RAP 3-14 

CQ 2.2 Background Bands (Lead Edge to 

Trail Edge) RAP 3-15 

CQ 2.3 Background/Black Bands (Front 

Edge to Rear Edge) RAP 3-16 

CQ3 Black Border RAP 3-17 

CQ4 BlackCopyRAP 3-17 

CQ5 Blank Copy RAP 3-17 

CQ 6. 1 Deletions (Random or 

Repetitive) RAP 3-18 

CQ 6.2 Deletions (Lead Edge 

to Trail Edge) RAP 3-19 

CQ 6.3 Deletions (Front Edge 

to Rear Edge) RAP 3-20 

CQ7 LightCopyRAP 3-21 

CQ 8 Li nes and Streaks RAP 3-22 

CQ 9 Misregistration (Lead 

Edge) RAP 3-23 

CQ 10 Residual Image RAP 3-24 

CQ 1 1 Resolution RAP 3-24 

CQ12 Skew RAP 3-25 

CQ 1 3 Skips and Smears RAP 3-26 

CQ14 Spots RAP 3-27 



3. IMAGE QUALITY REPAIR ANALYSIS PROCEDURES 

TITLE PAGE 

CQ 1 5 Uneven Density (Front 

Edge to Rear Edge) RAP 3-28 

CQ16 Unfused Copy RAP 3-29 

CQ 17 Wrinkled Copy RAP 3-29 



5614 5113/5114 



+ 4/97. 

www.printcopy.info 



Contents 



This page is blank 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 4/97 

www.printcc3p2.info 5614 5113/5114 



CQ 1, COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP 

Identify the copy quality defect in the 
descriptions below. Go to the indicated table 
and read the DEFINITION / SPECIFICATION 
column in order to verify that the problem 
exists, and then perform the corrective action 
that is listed in the CORRECTIVE ACTION 
column. 

Copy Quality Defects: 

• For Background, Black Border, Black Copy, 
Blank or nearly Blank Copy, or Deletion 
problems, go to Table 1 . 

• For Light Copy, Line, Streak, Magnification 
or Misregistration problems, go to Table 2. 

• For Residual Image, Resolution, Skew, 
Skip, Smear, Smudge, Spot, or Strobed 
Image problems, go to Table 3. 

• For Unfused Copy, Uneven Density, or 
Wrinkled Copy problems, go to Table 4. 



4/97 IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

5614 5113/5114 www.printc91y.info 



Defect 


Definition or Specification 


Test Pattern 


Corrective Action 


BACKGROUND 


The non-image area of the copy is darker than the 
corresponding area of the original. 

Classify the background defect as overall (Figure 1), 
or as background bands from lead edge to trail edge 
(Figure 2), or as background bands between the 
front and rear edges of the copy (Figure 3). 


82P524-USCO.XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 


Goto CQ 2.1, Background (Overall) RAP. 
Go to CQ 2.2, Background Bands (Lead 
Edge to Trail Edge) RAP. 
Go to CQ 2.3, Background/Black Bands 
(Front Edge to Rear Edge) RAP. 


BLACK BORDERS 


A black border is present on the copies. 


82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 


Go to CQ 3, Black Border RAP 


BLACK COPIES 


A black image covers the entire copy. 


82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 

Side A 


Go to CQ 4, Black Copy RAP 


BLANK/ NEARLY 
BLANK COPIES 


The copy is white; there is no image or only a very 
faint image on the copy. 


82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 


Go to CQ 5, Blank Copy RAP 


DELETIONS 


There is an area of the copy that carries no toner 
image or a very faint toner image . The deleted 
areas may be any shape or may be randomly 
distributed over the copy. 

Classify the deletion defect as random or repetitive 
spots (Figure 4), or deletions in the lead edge to the 
trail edge direction (Figure 5), or as deletions in the 
front edge to rear edge direction (Figure 6). 


Dark Dusting 


Go to CQ 6. 1 , Deletions (Random or 

Repetitive) RAP. 

Go to CQ 6.2, Deletions (Lead Edge to 

Trail Edge) RAP. 

Go to CQ 6.3, Deletions (Front Edge to 

Rear Edge) RAP. 



Table 1 . CQ1 Copy Defect RAP Tables 



(continued) 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ1 



4/97 

www.printc§Qy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Defect 


Definition or Specification 


Test Pattern 


Corrective Action 


LIGHT COPY 


The .7 solid area density block nearest the center of 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Go to CQ 7, Light Copy RAP. 




the copy is equal to or greater than the 1 .0 solid area 


82P523 - RXL 






density block on the test pattern. With the dark 


Side A 






setting selected, the .10 line pair on the test pattern 








is partially or completely copied (Figure 7). 






LINES AND STREAKS 


A dirty line, 1 .0 mm wide or less, appears on the copy 


Customer Original 


Go to CQ 8, Lines and Streaks RAP. 




(Figures 8 and 9). 


or 
82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 




MAGNIFICATION 


The distance between the 1 00 mm mark and the 200 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2) 




mm mark on the magnification scale of the copy 


82P523 - RXL 


SDF Magnification (ADJ 5.2) 




must be within 100 mm ± 0.8mm (Figure 10.) 


SideB 




MISREGISTRATION 


The 10 mm line on the graduated mm scale must be 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Go to CQ 9, Misregistration (Lead Edge) 


(LEAD EDGE) 


1 mm ± 1 .6 mm from the edge of the copy (Figure. 


82P523 - RXL 


RAP. 




11). 


Side A 




MISREGISTRATION 


The 10 mm line on the graduated mm scale must be 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Perform the f ol lowi ng : 


(FRONT EDGE) 


10 mm ± 1 .6 mm from the front edge of the copy 


82P523 - RXL 


• With R/E: Check the Baseline Front- 




(Figure. 11). 


Side A 


to-Rear Registration (R/E only) (ADJ 
6.11) 

• W/O R/E: Check the Baseline Front- 
to-Rear Registration (1 : 1 only) (ADJ 
6.14) 

• Check the Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 
Registration (ADJ 8.4). 

• With SDF: Check the SDF Front-to- 
Rear Registration and Skew (ADJ 
5.1). 



Table 2. CQ1 Copy Defect RAP Tables 



(continued) 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcjjjy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 



Defect 


Definition or Specification 


Test Pattern 


Corrective Action 


RESIDUAL IMAGE 


An electrostatic or dry ink image is transferred to 


Customer Original 


Go to CQ 10, Residual Image RAP. 




subsequent copies (Figure 1 2). 


or 
82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 

Side A 




RESOLUTION 


For a 1 00% magnification and above, both the 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


GotoCQ 1 1, Resolution RAP. 




horizontal and vertical 3.5 LP/mm arrays for the 


82P523 - RXL 






resolution targets should be resolved completely. For 


Side A 






reductions of 64% to 100%, both the horizontal and 








vertical 2.5 LP/mm arrays for the resolution targets 








should be resolved completely (Figure 13). 






SKEW 


The difference between the two graduated mm 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Go to CQ 12, Skew RAP. 




scales on the copy must be equal to or less than 1 .2 


82P523 - RXL 






mm (Figure. 14). 


Side A 




SKIPS/SMEARS 


The 2.5 LP/mm target for a 100% copy should be 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Go to CQ 1 3, Skips and Smears RAP. 




completely resolved (Figure 15.) 


82P523 - RXL 
SideB 




SMUDGE 


After image transfer, the toner i mage that is not yet 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Inspect the copy transport area 




fused is rubbed by any part of the machine or 


82P523 - RXL 


between the transfer corotron and the 




foreign material. 


SideB 


f user for the cause of this problem . 


SPOTS 


Dark toner spots adhere to non-image areas of the 


Customer Original 


GotoCQ 14, Spots RAP. 




copy (Figure 16). 


or 
82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 




STROBED IMAGE 


Dark and light areas from the front to the rear of the 


82P524-USCO,XCL 


Go to CQ 2.3, Background/Black Bands 




copy. 


82P523 - RXL 

Side A 


RAP. 



Table 3. CQ1 , Copy Defect RAP Tables 



(continued) 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ1 



4/97 

www.printcgpy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Defect 


Definition or Specification 


Test Pattern 


Corrective Action 


UNFUSEDCOPY 


Gently rub the .7 patch four times with a paper 
towel (twice lead edge to trail edge and twice front 
edge to rear edge). The image must not smudge. 


82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 


Go to CQ 1 6, Unfused Copy RAP. 


UNEVEN DENSITY 


Image darkness varies across the width of the copy. 


Customer Original 
or 
82P524-USCO,XCL 
82P523 - RXL 
Side A 


Go to CQ 1 5, Uneven Density (Front 
Edge to Rear Edge) RAP. 


WRINKLED COPY 


The copy paper has a wrinkle. 


Customer Original 


Go to CQ 1 7, Wrinkled Copy RAP. 



Table 4. CQ1 , Copy Defect RAP Tables 



(continued) 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgpy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 



CQ 1, COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 



82P284 



/ COPY 
/ OUALITY 
BATING 
GUIDE 


..__. 


- 1?) 


r 


INSTRUCTIONS- 






L 


I which copy was made 


3 


• Oi 




2 Dclermir* level o< 
image darkness by 
1 companri(i[;0()v lo the 

Record dtrinefil e>Oin(s 


5 


- W 


L 


: 3 [>eiei mine background 
\ Ipvelanddtmefitpotrus 

1 menu *r° allo"- 


8 


■ <5i 


r 



Figure 1 . Background (Overall) 



13 "3\ 3331333333L£EEEf fttl 
13 -^ — \« 3333333333FEEEEEEEEE 



J3JJiJtttEEEEEEEEJ33333 

1T3333"^V 33 33333 333EiEEEff«frt11?13 

1 3333333333FEEEEEEEEEE333333 



" 3 ,ZI. £l 

" 3 ■ /T £l 



|3333E£E£EE£EEE£3333J3 , /% EEEEEi 
« 33 3 3EEEE Lt E EEE f. 1 J3 3 33 

" ' ~T CEEEEI 



lien 






Figure 2. Background Bands Lead 
Edge to Trail Edge 




rardi »'l M = n'Te'e'llh 
Rogm h „ mFnmfel 

r-sidj mi "I = 



J 



KM 



Figure 3. Background Bands Front 
Edge to Rear Edge 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ1 



4/97 

www.printcgpy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 1 f COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 






Figure 4. Deletions (Random) 



Figure 5. Deletions Lead Edge 
to Trail Edge 



Figure 6. Deletions Front Edge 
to Rear Edge 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgpy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 



CQ 1, COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 



nim = 
iiTtn"! 
min~ 



4tH 



33333 33 333L f tE EEEEEEE3 3 1 3 3 1 

33333H333LU EEEEEUJE33333.3 

' 333333U3JJKrtEEEtlEl333333 



EE 3 31 J3H3iJJt E EtlEtEEEt^l^n 
Ft 33113 U333JtEEEEtttEEEJ 13111 



"Ait" 



rtwrdj bI 


111=^ 


I'Biti a 


III = n 


Wd, *: 


HI -n 


■' 


7 & r : 




.7 Density Block 1 .0 Density Block 

Figure 7. Light Copy 



EKEE3333J3 
3333333333EEEEEEES FEE 333333 

> 3331333333EEEEEEEI EEE333333 



333111 rj\ 3333333333EEEEEEE 
333131 *W\ 

333333 "| ^s* J- 



AW 



- I3333EEEEEEEUEE333333 
EE 333331 l-n33E£EEEEIEEE£^3331 



LEADEDQE SIDE A 



SOI 



^t-; ma;;,E 



333331 "f'A* 3 
333333^ \ w 3 




:ttttt£ttttiJ3JJj 
EE33333333333EEEEEEEEEEE333333 
EE33333333333EEEEEEEEEEE333333" 



d 



IJOH 



iei 



-»- 



4]" 



^7 Sogm r 
358 n °9 m f 



Figure 8. Black Lines Lead Edge 
to Trail Edge 



Figure 9. Black Lines Front Edge 
to Rear Edge 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ1 



4/97 

www.printcjfl^info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 1 f COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 




Magnification 
scale 



Lead Edge 





1= J 




5/ 


=zz 










10/ 


E 




\ 



KEEEEEEEEEE333333 
IE 1 1 EEEEEEEE 3 1 3333 
SEE EEEEEEEEE3 33333 



EE313333: 

EE 3333333 3 3 13EEEEEELEEEE1 11313 



13 ,/^F, 



" J 1 III * 



G* 



Flogm h ,,. ^ mFnm'il j 
rsztli Hi II: — n 



n Hogm h ,„ _j_ mFnmfel 

r-azdi a I I" =*= n £ allh 

- Rogrn t) ... nnfVimt ol 

r-szdi si lit = n 16 nllh 



Figure 10. Magnification 



Figure 1 1 . Misregistration 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printGjj^j.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 



CQ 1, COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 



^jft^gagg Sega™?,, ¥~1f ^^^ mrnv^ptzt 



, haft iyml urnp 

"rwdl ouy l 

£ldi*r ndo 




530Cma; 




113333" 



EE3333333i333EEEEEEEE£EE333333 
EE 3333333333 JEEEE E L E EJLEE333333 
EE33333333333EEEEEEELEEL333333 



Resolution 
Target 




Figure 12. Residual Image 



rwdj a t I" = n F allh ■ 



TO ^^' J* jj! = 



Figure 13. Resolution 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ1 



4/97 

www.printc3$2info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 1, COPY DEFECT ENTRY RAP (continued) 





v\ 



4 >, 



rani 



^^^^^^^^^^^f|mt|mr 




Line Pair Arrays 



SIZE OF BACKGROUND 
SPOT 




.021" TO .030" 



>U:>y .016" TO .020" 




.011" TO .015" 




.006" TO .0)0" 



MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE 
SPOTS 



ANY 

2 INCH 

DIAMETER 

CIRCLE 



12 



8 1/2X11 
COPY AREA 



25 



NOT 
SPECIFIED 



Figure 14. Skew 



Figure 1 5. Skips and Smears 



Figure 16. Spots 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printopifjf. info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 



CQ2.1, BACKGROUND (OVERALL) RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the Optics are clean. 

PROCEDURE 

Open the Front Cover, cheat the Interlock 
Switch, and make 5 copies. Observe the 
Auger Gears through the hole that is below 
the Dry Ink Cartridge. The gears rotate 
steadily. 
Y N 

Remove the Copy Cartridge. Cheat the 
interlock. Enter [9-6]. Observe the 
Discharge Lamps and press the Start 
button. All eight lamps are lit. 

Y N 
Go to the OF 9.1, Discharge Lamp 
RAP in Section 2. 

Make one copy of Side A of the Standard 
Test Pattern with the Copy Quality 
control set at the darkest position and 
one copy with the Copy Quality control 
set at the lightest position. Examine the 
copies. The copy contrast varies 
between the two copies. 

Y N 
Enter [2-2] and check the copy 
darker and the copy lighter 
buttons. The buttons are good. 
Y N 
B C 

Go to the OF 9.5, Dry Ink Sensor RAP and 
check the wires of the Dry Ink Sensor for an 
open circuit. 



C 

Go to the OF 2.1, Copier 
Display / Dead Copier RAP in 
Section 2. 

Replace the Main PWB (REP 1.5) (PL 
1.2). 



Go to the U8 RAP. Return here if the 

problem continues after performing the 

U8RAP. 

Check the Exposure Level (ADJ 6.1). 

Replace the Developer (PL 5.2A). 

Go to the OF 9.3, Developer Bias RAP in 

Section 2. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ2.1 



4/97 

www.printQpij>fl.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 2.2, BACKGROUND BANDS (LEAD EDGE 
TO TRAIL EDGE) RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

1 . Clean the Transfer / Detack Corotron (REP 
9.1,9.4). 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1). 
Inspect the optics for contamination. 
Clean the mirrors and lens. 

3. Inspect the Exposure Lamp for 
discoloration. If it has dark areas that 
cannot be cleaned, replace the Exposure 
Lamp (REP 6.3) (PL 3.2). 

4. Open the copier and cheat the interlock. 
Remove the copy cartridge. Enter [9-6] 
and press the Start button. Go to OF 9.1, 
Discharge Lamp RAP in Section 2 if all 
eight lamps are not lit. 
Enter [9-7] and press the Start button. If 
the Edge Erase LED's do not illuminate in 
sequence, go to the OF 9-4, Edge Erase 
RAP. 

Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 
Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 
Check the Developer Assembly Mag Roll 
for an even layer of Developer. Check the 
Mag Roll for damage. Replace the Mag 
Roll if required (PL 5.3). Check the Mag 
Roll Cam (ADJ 9.2). 

Adjust the Exposure Lamp Shades (Baffles) 
(ADJ 6.13). 



5. 



9. If the problem continues, replace the copy 
cartridge (PL 5.2A). 

10. If the problem only occurs while using the 
SDF, clean the SDF Document Glass. 
Ensure that it is installed correctly (REP 
5.11). Check the SDF Exposure (ADJ 5.3). 



8. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 
5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print<33f)y.info 



CQ2.2 



CQ 2.3, BACKGROUND / BLACK BANDS 
(FRONT EDGE TO REAR EDGE) RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Ensure that the Optics are clean. 

PROCEDURE 

NOTE: Examine the orientation of the copy in 
the Output Tray. The front edge of the copy 
is the edge that is toward the front of the 
copier as the copy exits the Fuser. The rear 
edge of the copy is the edge that is toward 
the rear of the copier as the copy exits the 
Fuser. 

If the copy has fixed bands of background, 

go to the OF 93, Developer Bias RAP in 
Section 2. 

If the copy has random bands of background, 

observe the Exposure Lamp as it is scanning. 

If the Exposure Lamp flashes or dims, 
perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved: 

1. Go to the OF 6.2, Exposure Lamp RAP and 
check the wires for an intermittent circuit. 
If the wires are good, continue with this 
procedure. 

2. Ensure that the Exposure Lamp is secured 
properly in the lamp contacts (REP 6.3). 

3. Disconnect the Auto Exposure Sensor (PL 
3.1A). Make 5 copies. If the copies are 
good, replace the Auto Exposure Sensor 
(PL 3.1 A). 



4. Replace the Exposure Lamp 
Overtemperature Fuse (REP 6.6) (PL 3.3). 

5. Replace the Lamp Harness (PL 3.3). 

6. Replace the Exposure Lamp (REP 6.3) (PL 
3.3). 

7. Replace the Input Power PWB (PL 1 .3). 

If the Exposure Lamp is OK, perform the 
following as required until the problem is 
resolved: 

1. Check the mounting and connections of 
the Transfer / Detack Corotron (REP 9.1, 
9.4). 

2. Check the Fuser Roll and Pressure Roll for 
damage (PL 6.1, 6.2). 

3. Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.2A). 

4. If the problem continues, replace the 
HVPS(REP9.2)(PL1.3). 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ2.3 



4/97 
www. printQpip^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 3, BLACK BORDER RAP 



CQ 4, BLACK COPY RAP 



CQ5, BLANK COPY RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Black border appears on the lead edge. 

Y N 

Make copies from Tray 1 , Tray 2 (If tray 2 
is present) and the Bypass Tray. Black 
border appears while using all the trays. 
Y N 

• Go to the tray that from which 
the problem occurs and check 
that the tray is seated correctly. 

• Adjust the Paper Tray Front-to- 
Rear Registration (ADJ 8.4). 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Check the Baseline Front -to- Rear 
Registration: 
WithR/E: (ADJ 6.11) 
With 1:1: (ADJ 6.14) 

• R/E Only: Check Magnification (ADJ 
6.2). 

• Go to OF 9.4, Edge Erase Lamp RAP in 
Section 2. 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Check the Lead Edge Deletion (ADJ 8.3). 

• Check the Lead Edge Registration: 
WithR/E: (ADJ 8.5) 

With 1:1: (ADJ 8.2) 

• R/E Only: Check the Magnification (ADJ 
6.2). 



PROCEDURE 

Enter [6-4] and press the Start button. The 
Exposure Lamp illuminates. 
Y N 

Go to the OF 6.2, Exposure Lamp RAP in 

Section 2. 



Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Check that the optics mirrors are seated 
correctly. 

• Check the light path for obstructions. 

• Go to CQ 2. 1 , Background (Overall) RAP. 



INITIAL ACTION 

If the condition of the paper is unknown, load 
fresh paper. 

PROCEDURE 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

1. Check that the copier has Tag 2. If not, 
perform the Developer Assembly Pin 
repair (General Service Notes). 

2. Ensure the Green Panel that is below the 
Dry Ink Cartridge is pushed in all the way 
so that the developer housing is 
positioned correctly. 

3. Check the Transfer Corotron for secure 
mounting and contamination (REP 9.1, 
9.4). 

4. Check that the Mag Roll is rotating while 
the main drive is operating. 

a. Remove the Copy Cartridge. 

b. Enter [4-1] and press the Start button. 
Check that the mag roll rotates. 
Replace the Developer Housing (REP 
9.3) (PL 5.2A) if the mag roll is 
stationary. 

5. Perform GP 2 Optics / Xerographies 
Isolation Procedure (Section 6, Copier 
Procedures). If the problem is optics, 
check the Exposure Level (ADJ 6.1). Then 
go to the U8 RAP. 

6. Ensure the harness for the HVPS is 
connected to the Lower PWB. 

7. Switch off the copier. Disconnect and 
reconnect the P/Js on the Lower PWB. 

8. Go to the OF 9.2, HVPS RAP in Section 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printqpipy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ3 # CQ4 # CQ5 



CQ 6.1, DELETIONS (RANDOM OR REPETITIVE) 
RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Perform GP2, Optics / Xerographies Isolation 
procedure. The problem is visible on the 
copy. 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 

the problem is resolved. 

• Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1 ) 
and check the lens and mirrors for 
contamination . 

• Clean the Document Glass. 



Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1) and the 
Lens Cover (REP 6.10). Check the position of 
the Light Shields. Check for damage (PL 3.2B). 

If the deletion repeats every 24 mm, inspect 
the Pressure Roll for damage. Replace it as 
required (REP 10.6) (PL 6.2). 

If the deletion repeats every 30 mm, inspect 
the Fuser Heat Roll (PL 6.1) and the 
Photoreceptor (PL 5.5) for damage. Replace 
them as required. If a mark is on the 
Photoreceptor, attempt to remove the mark 
with film remover and a swab. 

If the deletion does not repeat every 24, or 

30mm, perform GP1, Image on the 
Photoreceptor (Section 6). The problem is 
visible on the photoreceptor. 
Y N 
A B 



B 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is fixed. 

• Clean the Transfer/Detack Corotron 
(REP 9. 1,9.4). 

• Check the Registration Buckle (ADJ 
8.1). 

• Replace the Feed / Transport Clutch 
(PL 2.3). 

• Replace the copy paper with fresh 
paper. 

• Replace the Transfer Corotron wire 
(PL 5.6). 

NOTE : Use REP 9.5 only if the wire kit on 
PL 5.6 is not available. 



Perform the following as required until the 
problem is fixed. 

• Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 
Check the Mag Roll for an even layer of 
developer material (PL 5.3). Replace the 
Mag Roll if it is damaged (PL 5.3). 

• Check the Mag Roll Cam (ADJ 9.2). 

• Remove the Developer Cartridge (REP 9.7). 
Check that the Developer satisfies the 
following conditions: 

• Covers most of the augers 

• Is not caked into chunks 

• Feels like it is primarily grit (carrier) and 
not Dry Ink (powder) 

If the Developer does not satisfy the 
conditions above, replace the Developer 
(REP 9.8) (PL5.2A). 

• Replace the Dry Ink cartridge. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ6.1 



4/97 

www.printcxy^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 6.2, DELETIONS (LEAD EDGE TO TRAIL 
EDGE) RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Clean the Transfer/Detack Corotron (REP 
9.1,9.4). 

NOTE: Examine the orientation of the copy in 
the receiving tray. The lead edge of the copy 
is the edge that is first to exit the fuser. The 
trail edge of the copy is the edge that is last to 
exit the fuser. 

• If the deletion is across the lead edge, 
check the Lead/Trail Edge Deletion (ADJ 
8.3). 

PROCEDURE 

Perform GP2, Optics/Xerographies Isolation 
procedure. The problem is visible. 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 

the problem is resolved. 

• Remove the Document Glass (REP 
6.1). 

• Check the optics for contamination. 

• Clean the Document Glass. 

• Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1) 
and the Lens Cover (REP 6.10). Check 
the position of the Light Shields. 
Check for damage (PL 3.2B). 

If the deletion appears as lines or bands that 
align with the Fuser Stripper fingers or the 
Thermistor, inspect the Stripper Fingers and 
Thermistor for contamination or damage. 
Clean or replace as required (PL 6.1). 
A 



A 

Open the copier and cheat the interlock. 
Enter [9-6]. Observe the Discharge Lamp and 
press the Start and Stop button several times. 
The 8 discharge lamps switch on and off each 
time a button is pressed. 
Y N 

Go to OF 9.1, Discharge Lamp RAP in 

Section 2. 



Perform GP1, Image on the Photoreceptor 
(Section 6). The deletion appears on the 
photoreceptor. 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Check the Pressure Roll for defects 
that align with the copy defects (PL 
6.2). 

• Replace the Transfer / Detack 
Corotron wire (PL5.6). 
NOTE: Use REP 9.5 only if the wire 
kit on PL 5.6 is not available. 



Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Remove the developer housing and check 
the magnetic roll for foreign material such 
as a staple or a piece of paper (clean as 
required). 

• Inspect the photoreceptor for 
contaminants or other foreign materials. 

• Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 

• If the deletions are in random positions, 
remove the Developer Cartridge (REP 9.7). 
Check that the Developer satisfies the 
following conditions: 

• Covers most of the augers 

• Is not caked into chunks 

• Feels like it is primarily grit (carrier) and 
not Dry Ink (powder) 

If the Developer does not satisfy the 
conditions above, replace the Developer 
(PL 5.2A). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcppy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ 6.2 



CQ 6.3, DELETIONS (FRONT EDGE TO REAR 
EDGE) RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Clean the Transfer/Detack Corotron (REP 9.1, 
9.4). 

PROCEDURE 

NOTE: Examine the orientation of the copy 
in the Receiving Tray. The lead edge is first to 
exit the copier. The front edge of the copy is 
the edge that aligns with the front of the 
copier as the copy exits the Fuser. The rear 
edge of the copy is the edge that aligns with 
the rear of the copier as the copy exits the 
Fuser. 

If image deletion is along the lead edge and 
is more than 4 mm from the lead edge of a 
100% copy, or a 1:1 copy check the Lead 
Edge Registration, with R/E (ADJ 8.5), with 
1:1 (ADJ 8.2). 

Perform GP2, Optics/Xerographies Isolation 

procedure. The problem is visible. 

Y N 

The problem is in the optics. Perform 
the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Remove the Document Glass (REP 
6.1). 

• Check the optics for contamination. 

• Clean the Document Glass. 



A 

Perform GP1, Image on Photoreceptor 
procedure (Section 6). The deletion appears 
on the photoreceptor 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 

the problem is resolved. 

• Replace the Transfer / Detack 
Corotron wire (PL 5.6). 
NOTE: Use REP 9.5 only if the wire kit 
on PL 5. 6 is not available. 

• Go to the OF 9.2, H VPS RAP in Section 
2. 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Check the electrical contacts on the copy 
cartridge and the contacts on the HVPS for 
damage or contamination. Reform and 
clean the contacts as necessary. 

• Check that the Developer Assembly is 
seated correctly and that the green panel 
on the Developer Assembly is pushed in all 
the way. 

• Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 

• Go to the OF 9.2, HVPS RAP in Section 2. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ6.3 



4/97 

www. printo^gg. info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 7, LIGHT COPY RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

Clean the Transfer/Detack Corotron (REP 9.1, 
9.4). 

PROCEDURE 

Perform GP2, Optics/Xerographies Isolation 
procedure (Section 6). The problem is visible. 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 

the problem is resolved : 

• Go to the U8 RAP in Section 2. Return 
here if the problem continues after 
performing the U8 RAP. 

• Check the Exposure Level (ADJ 6.1). 

• Switch off and switch on the copier. 
Make a copy and observe that at the 
end of the scan cycle the Exposure 
Lamp switches off and on and off 
again. Replace the Main PWB (REP 
1.5) (PL1.2) if this action is not 
observed. 



Perform the following as required until the 
problem is fixed. 

• Check that the ground on the Developer 
Housing is secure. 

• Check that the copier has Tag 2. If not, 
perform the Developer Assembly Pin repair 
(General Service Notes). 

• Make 5 copies of side A of the test pattern. 
If the Auger Gears do not rotate, go to the 
J1 RAP in Section 2. 

NOTE: The Auger Gears are visible through 
the Toner Hopper hole that is below the 
Dry Ink Cartridge. 

• Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 5.2A). 

• Go to the OF 9.3, Developer Bias RAP and 
return here if the problem continues. 

• Go to the OF 9.2, HVPS RAP in Section 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printQDpy.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ7 



CQ 8, LINES AND STREAKS RAP 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Ensure that the optics are clean and free 
of any obstructions. 

• If lines appear in solid areas from lead 
edge to trail edge, and the copy cartridge 
has close to the expected number of 
copies, replace the copy cartridge (PL 5.5). 

PROCEDURE 

Open the copier. Check that the Stripper 
Fingers are moved away from the 
Photoreceptor. If the Stripper Fingers are 
touching the Photoreceptor, go to the OF 9.7, 
Stripper Finger Solenoid RAP. 
Perform GP1, Image on the Photoreceptor 
procedure (Section 6). Perform the step if the 
bolded statement describes the condition. 



5. If the line or streak does not align with 
the fuser Stripper Fingers or the 
thermistor, inspect the paper path from 
the Transfer Corotron to the Output Tray 
for toner buildup in an area that aligns 
with the line or streak on the copy. Clean 
or repair the affected component, as 
required (PL 6.2). 

6. If the lines align with the Transfer 
Corotron paper guides, clean the 
Transfer/Detack Corotron (REP 9.1, 9.4). If 
the problem continues, replace the 
Transfer Corotron wire (PL5.6). 

NOTE: Use REP 9.5 only if the wire kit on 
PL 5.6 is not available. 



1. If the line or streak appears on the 
photoreceptor, remove tne Developer 
Assembly (REP 9.3). Check for an even 
layer of developer on the Mag Roll. Check 
the Mag Roll for damage or the presence 
of foreign material. Repair or replace as 
required (PL 5.3). If no problems are 
found with the Developer Assembly, 
replace the copy cartridge (PL 5.5). 

2. If the line appears on edge of copy, go to 

CQ 3, Black Border RAP. 

3. If the line or streak does not appear on 

the photoreceptor, check thelbllowing. 

4. If the line or streak aligns with the fuser 
Stripper Fingers or the Thermistor, inspect 
the stripper fingers and thermistor for 
contamination or damage, and for 
damage they may have caused to the 
Fuser Heat Roll. Clean or replace them, as 
required (PL 6.1). 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ8 



4/97 

www.printcj^aunf 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 9, MISREGISTRATION (LEAD EDGE) RAP 

PROCEDURE 

NOTE: Examine the orientation of the copy in 
the receiving tray. The lead edge of the copy 
is the edge that is first to exit the fuser. The 
trail edge of the copy is the edge that is last 
to exit the fuser. 

Register side A of the test pattern on the 
Document Glass. Select Tray 1 and make a 
copy, select the Bypass Tray and make a copy, 
and if present, select Tray 2 and make a copy. 
There is misregistration on one or more of 
the copies. 
Y N 

The SDF is causing misregistration. 

Perform the following: 

• Clean the SDF Registration Clutch 
with film remover (USCO) or general 
cleaning solvent (RX) (PL 8.4). 

• Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 
5.2). Check that the hardware and 
drive components are installed 
correctly. 

• Check that the SDF Registration Guide 
is installed correctly (REP 5. 1 0). 

• Check the SDF Registration (ADJ 8.6). 

• Check the Left and Right 
Counterbalances (PL 8.1) and Left and 
Right Supports (PL 3.1B) for damage 
or failure. 

Perform the step if the bolded statement 

describes the condition. 

A 



A 

1. 



If misregistration occurs only from the 
Bypass Tray, perform the following: 

• Ensure that paper is being loaded 
properly. 

• Inspect the paper path from this tray 
for an obstruction, such as a burr. 

• Check the retard roll for binding. 
Repair the roll or gears, as required (PL 
4.9,4.10,4.11). 

If misregistration occurs only from trays 1 
or 2, perform the following: 

• Ensure that the paper feed roller is 
clean. 

• Inspect the paper path from the 
defective tray for an obstruction, such 
as a burr. 

• Check the Tray 1 Feed Clutch (PL 4.5) or 
Tray 2 Feed Clutch (PL 4.7) for binding. 
Clean or replace the clutch, as 
necessary. 



If misregistration occurs from all the 
trays, perform the following: 

• Cleanthe Registration Roll (PL 4.11). 

• Inspect the paper registration area for 
an obstruction such as a burr. 

• Ensure that the Registration Clutch is 
not energized when the copier is in the 
standby mode. Go to the E1 RAP if the 
clutch is energized. 

• Check the Lead Edge Registration: 
With 1:1, ADJ 8.2 

With R/E, ADJ 8.5. 

• Check the Registration Buckle (ADJ 
8.1). 

• Replace the Feed / Transport Clutch (PL 
2.3). 

• Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 
4.11). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print^Dg^. info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ9 



CQ 10, RESIDUAL IMAGE RAP 



CQ 11, RESOLUTION RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Remove the Copy Cartridge. Cheat the 
interlock. Enter [9-6]. Observe the Discharge 
Lamps and press the Start button. All the 
lamps are lit. 
Y N 

Go to OF 9.1, Discharge Lamp RAP in 

section 2. 



Perform GP1 Image on the Photoreceptor 
procedure (Section 6). The residual image 
appears on the photoreceptor. 
Y N 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Inspect the Fuser Heat Roll (REP 10.3) 
and the Pressure Roll (REP 10.6) for 
contamination or damage. Clean or 
replace them as required (PL 6.1, 6.2). 

• Ensure that the surface of the 
thermistor is clean and that it is 
positioned correctly against the Fuser 
Heat Roll. 

• Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 
5.2A). 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Replace the Copy Cartridge (PL 5.5). 

• Replace the Developer (REP 9.8) (PL 5.2A). 



INITIAL ACTION 

• Replace the copy paper with a new supply. 

• Ensure that the optics are clean. 

• Ensure that the 4/5 Mirror shipping screw is 
removed. 

PROCEDURE 

WARNING 
ACH is applied to the Optics Heater when the 
copier is switched off. Disconnect the power 
cord to avoid electrical shock. 

Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Ensure that the mirror 4/5 carriage is 
installed correctly with no loose hardware. 

• Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1) and 
Lens Cover (REP 6. 10). 

Record the number on the lens tag. 

Enter [20-3] and ensure that the numbers 

are the same. 

Clean the bottom of the Document Glass. 

• Adjust the Resolution: 
With R/E,ADJ 6.12 
With1:1,ADJ6.15 

• With R/E f check the Mirror 4/5 Cam 
Alignment (ADJ 6.6). 

• Check the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriage 
(ADJ 6.7). 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ10,CQ11 



4/97 

www.printcpEyj.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 12, SKEW RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Register side A of the test pattern on the 
document glass and make a copy. There is 
skew in the copy. 
Y N 

The SDF is skewing the document. 

Perform the following as required until 

the problem is resolved. 

• Check that the SDF registration guide 
is installed correctly on the SDF 
document glass. 

• Check that the SDF counterbalances 
are seated correctly, and the housings 
are not cracked in the pivot pin area. 
Check that the SDF has Tag 3 
installed. 

• Check the following for loose 
hardware, binding, missing, or 
broken parts, or contamination with 
dirt or grease: 

• The SDF Registration Pinch Roll and 
the front and rear pinch roll 
Springs (PL 8.4) 

• The spring loaded Guide and SDF 
Takeaway Roll that is above the 
SDF Pinch Rollers 

• The Document Guide 

• Check that the SDF Registration Pinch 
Roll can be pushed down and returns 
to form a nip with the SDF 
Registration Roll (PL 8.4). Ensure that 
the front and rear springs are in 
position on the bearings. 

• Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 
5.2) and check the drive components 
for the conditions above (PL 8.2 - 8.4). 
If no problems are found, perform the 
SDF Front-to-Rear Registration and 
Skew adjustment (ADJ 5.1). 



A 

Perform GP3, Processor Skew Isolation 

Procedure in Section 6. There is an Optics 

problem. 

Y N 

The skew occurs from all the trays. 
Y N 

The skew occurs only from trays 1 
and/or 2. 
Y N 

The skew occurs only from the 
Bypass Tray. Perform the 
following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Ensure that the bypass 
guide is set to the correct 
width of the copy paper. 

• Ensure that the bypass 
tray is installed correctly 
(REP 7.2). 

• Inspect the paper path 
from this tray for an 
obstruction, such as a burr 
or other similar condition. 

• Check for loose paper 
feed and drive 
components (PL 4.8 - 
4.10). 

Perform the following as required 
until the problem is resolved: 
• Ensure that the paper guides are 
set to the correct width and 
length of the copy paper. 
D 



Inspect the paper path from this 

tray for an obstruction, such as a 

burr. 

Inspect the paper feed 

components for contamination, 

wea r, or I oose com ponents. 

Clean or replace the components 

as required (PL 4.3, PL 4.4, PL 4.5, 

PL 4.6, PL 4.7). 

Remove the Bypass Tray 

Assembly (REP 7.2). Ensure that 

the 6 guides are free of damage. 

Ensure that the Bypass Tray is 

pushed in all the way after 

installation. 



Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Inspect the paper registration area for 
an obstruction, such as a burr. 

• Inspect the registration roll for nicks 
or burrs. Clean or replace the roll as 
required (PL 4. 11). 



Perform the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Check that the Registration Guide is 
installed correctly and is not damaged (PL 
7.2). 

• Check the optics components for loose 
hardware (PL 3.1A-3. 5). 

• Mirror 4/5 Cam Alignment (ADJ 6.6) 

• Full Rate and Half Rate Carriage Parallelism 
(ADJ 6.7) 

• Mirror 4/5 Carriage Level (ADJ 6.10) 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printqpov. info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ12 



CQ 1 3, SKIPS AND SMEARS RAP 



PROCEDURE 

Perform GP1, Image on the Photoreceptor 
procedure (Section 6). 
The defect appears on the photoreceptor. 
Y N 

This indicates that the problem occurs 
during transfer. Examine the copies you 
made for analysis when you enter CQ1 . 
The smears repeat at a fixed interval. 
Y N 

The smears occur randomly or at 
the same location. Perform the 
following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Check the Transport Belts and 
Roller Shafts for contamination 
or wear (PL 6.2). 

• Check the Registration Buckle 
(ADJ8.1). 

• Ensure that the paper weight 
meets specification. 

• Clean the Transfer /Detack 
Corotron(REP9.1,9.4). 

• Check the condition of the fuser 
rolls. If the Fuser Heat Roll (REP 
10.3) (PL 6.1) or Pressure Roll 
(REP 10.6) (PL 6.2) is worn, 
damaged, or contaminated, 
replace them. 

• Replace the Transfer Corotron 
wire(PL5.6). 

NOTE: Use REP 9.5 only if the 
wire kit on PL 5.6 is not 
available. 



A B 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved. 

• Inspect the gears that provide drive to 
the fuser for contamination or wear. 
Clean or replace them, as required 
(PL2.2). 

• Inspect the gears that provide drive to 
the Registration Roll for wear or 
contamination. Clean or replace 
them, as required (PL2.1, 2.2). 

• Ensure the copier closes securely (PL 
4.8). 

• Check the condition of the fuser rolls. 
If the Fuser Heat Roll (REP 10.3) (PL 
6.1) or Pressure Roll (REP 10.6) (PL 6.2) 
is worn, damaged, or contaminated, 
replace them. 



This indicates that the problem occurs before 
transfer. Examine the copies you made for 
analysis when you enter CQ1. The skips occur 
at the same location on every copy. 
Y N 

The skips repeat at a fixed interval. 
Y N 

The skips occur randomly. Perform 
the following as required until the 
problem is resolved. 

• Inspect the scan drive gears and 
cables for contamination or 
wear. Clean or replace them, as 
required (PL 3.1 A, 3. 1B). 

• Check the Scan Drive Motor [6-1] 
for smooth operation. Replace 
it, as required (PL3.1B). 



C D 

Perform the following as required until 
the problem is resolved: 

• Inspect the gears that provide drive to 
the copy cartridge for contamination 
or wear. Clean or replace them, as 
required (PL 2.1). 

• Inspect the scan drive components for 
contamination or wear. Clean or 
replace them, as required (PL3.1A, 
3.1B). 

• Clean the Scan Rails with a dry cloth. 
Apply a thin film of grease to the Scan 
Rails. 

Ensure the scan drive cables and pulleys are 
free of contamination or wear (PL 3.1 A). 

• Ensure the Lens Cover is installed correctly 
(REP 6.10). 

• Ensure the Lamp Harness for the Exposure 
Lamp is free from obstructing movement 
of the optics componants (PL 3.3). 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ13 



4/97 

www.printc§)j|£info 



5614 5113/5114 



CQ 14, SPOTS RAP 

PROCEDURE 

Perform the step if the 
describes the condition. 



bolded statement 



1 . If the spots occur in the same location on 
every copy, ensure that the spots are not 
on the document. Inspect and clean the 
two sides of the Document Glass (REP 6.1). 

2. If the spots do not occur in the same 
location on every copy, perform GP1 
Image on the Photoreceptor procedure 
(Section 6). 

3. If the spots appear on the Photoreceptor, 

try to wipe the defect off the 
Photoreceptor with a swab and f i I m 
remover. 

4. If the defect cannot be wiped off the 
Photoreceptor, replace the Copy Cartridge 
(PL 5.5). 



5. If the defect can be wiped off the 
photoreceptor, perform the following: 

• Remove the Developer Cartridge (REP 
9.7). Check that the Developer satisfies 
the following conditions: 

• Covers most of the augers 

• Is not caked into chunks 

• Feels like it is primarily grit (carrier) 
and not Dry Ink (powder) 

If the Developer does not satisfy the 
conditions above, replace the 
Developer (REP9.8)(PL5.2A). 

• Inspect the Dry Ink cartridge area and 
toner material for contamination. 
Replace the dry ink cartridge as 
required. 

Check the Developer Assembly for worn 
components that are adjacent to the 
photoreceptor (REP 9.3). 

• Clean the Transfer /Detack Corotron 
(REP 9. 1,9.4). 

• Replace the Transfer Corotron wire 
(PL5.6). 

NOTE : Use REP 9.5 only if the wire kit 
on PL 5.6 is not available. 



If the spots do not appear on the 
photoreceptor, perform the following: 

• Inspect the paper path from the 
transfer corotron to the Output Tray for 
toner build-up on a component which 
aligns with the spots on the copy. Clean 
or repair it as required. 

• Inspect the Stripper Fingers and 
Thermistor for contamination or 
damage, and for damage they may 
have caused to the Fuser Heat Roll. 
Clean or replace them as required (PL 
6.1,6.2) 

• Check the Pressure Roll for 
contamination or damage. Clean or 
replace the roll as required (REP 10.6) 
(PL 6.2). 

• Check for leakage of developer 
material around the Developer 
Assembly. Replace the Developer 
Assembly (PL 5.2A). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcx)gu.info 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ14 



CQ 15, UNEVEN DENSITY (FRONT EDGE TO 
REAR EDGE) RAP 

NOTE: Examine the orientation of the copy in 
the Output Tray. The front edge of the copy 
is the edge that aligns with the front of the 
copier as the copy exits the Fuser. The rear 
edge of the copy is the edge that aligns with 
the rear of the copier as the copy exits the 
Fuser. 

INITIAL ACTION 

• Swing out the Dry Ink cartridge and ensure 
that the Edge Erase Support is not loose 
and is positioned correctly on the front 
frame of the copier (PL 5.5). 

• Change the paper supply in the paper tray. 



PROCEDURE 

Perform GP2, Optics/Xerographic Isolation 
Procedure in Section 6. Perform the step if the 
bolded statement describes the condition. 

1 . If the problem is in the Optics, perform the 
following. 

• Inspect the optics for contamination. 

• Inspect the Exposure Lamp for 
discoloration. If it has dark areas that 
cannot be cleaned, replace the Exposure 
Lamp (REP 6.3) (PL 3.3). 

• Adjust the Exposure Lamp Shades 
(Baffles) (ADJ 6.13). If the shades are 
adjusted, check the Exposure Level (ADJ 
6.1). 



2. If the problem is in the Xerographies, 
perform the following. 

• Check that the Edge Erase assembly is 
supported by the screw (REP 14.5). 

• Open the front cover and check if the 
Green Panel can be pushed in slightly. If 
it can be pushed in slightly, push it in 
and close the front cover. Instruct the 
customer to be sure they push in the 
Green Panel after changing the Dry Ink. 

• Check that the copier has Tag 2. If not, 
perform the Developer Assembly Pin 
repair (General Service Notes). 

• Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

If the problem continues, perform GP1 Image 
on the Photoreceptor procedure (Section 6). 
Perform the step if the bolded statement 
describes the condition. 

3. If the density appears uneven on the 
photoreceptor, replace the Copy Cartridge 
(PL 5.5). If the problem continues, replace 
the Dry Ink cartridge. 

4. If the density appears even on the 
Photoreceptor, clean the Transfer / Detack 
Corotron (REP 9.1, 9.4). If the problem 
continues, replace the Transfer Corotron 
wire (PL 5.6). 

NOTE: Use REP 9.5 only if the wire kit on PL 
5.6 is not available. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ15 



4/97 

www. printqpg^. info 



5614 511 3/51 14xxxx 



CQ 16 f UNFUSED COPY RAP 

PROCEDURE 

1. Replace the copy paper with a new 

supply. 

2. Ensure that the Pressure Roll is installed 
correctly and that the pressure roll 
bearing collars are installed correctly (REP 
10.6). 

3. Check the Fuser Temperature (ADJ 10.1). 

Raise the temperature if the check 
indicates that the temperature is within 
the normal range. 

4. Replace the Fuser Heat Rod, HTR1 (REP 
10.2) (PL 6.1). 

5. Replace the Thermistor, RT1 (REP 10.5) (PL 
6.1). 

6. Remove the Developer Cartridge (REP 
9.7). Check that the Developer satisfies 
the following conditions: 

• Covers most of the augers 

• Is not caked into chunks 

• Feels like it is primarily grit (carrier) 
and not Dry Ink (powder). 

If the Developer does not satisfy the 
conditions above, replace the Developer 
(PL5.2A). 



CQ 17, WRINKLED COPY RAP 

PROCEDURE 

1. Check that the Pressure Roll is installed 
correctly (REP 10.6). Check that both the 
front and the rear supports for the 
Pressure Roll Bearings can be pushed 
down and will move up when released. 

2. Check the Fuser Pressure Springs that 
push down on the Fuser cover when the 
copier is closed. Repair as required (PL 
1.2). 



3. Check that the 
installed correctly. 
4.11). 



5. 



Registration Roll is 
Repair as required (PL 



If the problem occurs while making two- 
sided copies, ensure that the copy paper is 
at least 80 gm2 or 20 lb. and that the lead 
edge of the side-one copy is positioned to 
the right in the Bypass Tray, so that it will 
be the trail edge of the side-two copy. 
NOTE: Side two copies should be run in 
the Bypass Tray only. 

If the wrinkle is from side to side, check 
the Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1). If the 
problem continues, replace the Feed / 
Transport Clutch (PL 2.3). 



6. Replace the Cleaner Roll (REP 10.7) (PL 
6.2). 

7. Check the condition of the fuser rolls. If 
the Fuser Heat Roll (REP 10.3) (PL 6.1) or 
Pressure Roll (REP 10.6) (PL 6.2) is worn, 
damaged, or contaminated, replace 
them. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^ftVvinfo 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 

CQ16,CQ17 



This page is blank. 



IMAGE QUALITY RAPS 4/97 

www.printc3ia0.info 5614 5113/5114 



TITLE PAGE 

REPAIRS 

ELECTRICAL 

REP 1.1 Main Power Switch (S1) 4-3 

REP 1 .2 Input Power PWB 4-3 

REP 1 .3 Interlock Switch (S2) 4-4 

REP 1.4 Main Transformer (T1) 4-5 

REP 1.5 Main PWB 4-5 

REP 1.6 Lower PWB 4-8 

REP 1 J Control Panel PWB 4-8 

REP 1.8 Fuses 4-9 



MAIN DRIVES 

REP4.1 Main Drive Motor (MOT1) 



4-9 



SDF 

REP 5.1 SDF Assembly 4-10 

REP 5.2 SDF Drives Cover 4-10 

REP 5.3 Exit Cover 4-11 

REP 5.4 SDF Drive Motor (MOT 2) . . . . 4-11 

REP 5.5 Transport Assembly 4-11 

REP 5.6 Retard Roller 4-12 

REP 5.7 SDF Nudger Clutch Cam 4-12 

REP 5.8 SDF Registration Clutch (CL1) 4-12 

REP 5.9 SDF Nudger Solenoid (SOL1) . 4-13 

REP 5.10 SDF Registration Guide .... 4-13 

REP 5.11 SDF Document Glass 4-13 

REP 5.12 SDF Registration Roll 4-14 



OPTICS 

REP 6.1 Document Glass 4-15 

REP 6.2 Scan Drive Motor (MOTS) ... 4-15 

REP 6.3 Exposure Lamp 4-16 

REP 6.4 Lens Drive Motor (MOT4) ... 4-17 

REP 6.5 Scan Cables 4-18 

REP 6.6 Exposure Lamp 

Overtemperature Fuse (F1) 4-20 

REP 6.7 Optics Heater (HTR2) 4-20 

REP 6.8 Lens Cable (R/E only) 4-21 

REP 6.9 Optics Cooling Fan SDF (MOT6) 4-22 

REP6.10LensCover(1:1orR/E) 4-22 

PAPER FEED AND SUPPLY 

REP 7.1 Tray 1 Feed Assembly/ 

Transport 4-23 

REP 7.2 Bypass Tray Assembly 4-23 

REP 7.3 Tray 2 4-23 

REP 7.4 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly 4-24 

REP 7.5 Tray 1 Lift Assembly 4-24 

REP 7.6 Retract Spring 4-25 

REP 7.7 Retard Roller 4-25 

REP 7.8 Feed Roller 4-25 

REP 7.9 Actuator for Paper Size/Feed 

PWB 4-26 

XEROGRAPHICS 

REP 9.1 Transfer /DetackCorotron 

Assembly 4-27 

REP9.2HVPS 4-27 

REP 9.3 Developer Assembly 4-28 

REP 9.4 Detack Corotron 4-28 

REP 9.5 Transfer Corotron Wire 4-29 

REP 9.6 Toner Hopper 4-30 

REP 9.7 Developer Material Inspection 4-31 

REP 9.8 Replacement Developer 

Material 4-32 



4. REPAIRS/ ADJUSTMENTS 



FUSING 

REP 10.1 Fuser Assembly 4-33 

REP 10.2 Fuser Heat Rod (HTR1) 4-33 

REP 10.3 Fuser Heat Roll 4-33 

REP 10.4 Overtemperature Thermostat 

(THS4) 4-34 

REP 10.5 Thermistor (RT1) 4-34 

REP 10.6 Pressure Roll 4-34 

REP 10.7 Fuser Cleaning Roll 4-35 

REP 10.8 Exit Roller 4-35 

REP 10.9 Fuser Roll Cleaning Blade . . 4-35 

CONTROL PANEL AND COVERS 

REP 14.1 Control Panel Cover 4-36 

REP 14.2 Left Cover 4-36 

REP 14.3 Upper Rear Cover 4-36 

REP 1 4.4 Lower Rear Cover 4-37 

REP 14.5 Front Inner Cover 4-37 



Continued on page 4-2 



5614 5113/5114 



+ 4/97. 

www.printcopy.info 



REPAIRS / ADJUSTMENTS 

SECTION CONTENTS 



4. REPAIRS /ADJUSTMENTS 



TITLE 



PAGE 



ADJUSTMENTS 



COPIER 

ADJ 1.1 Copier Level 4-38 

SDF 

ADJ 5.1 SDF Front-to-Rear 

Registration and Skew 4-40 

ADJ 5.2 SDF Magnification 4-41 

ADJ 5.3 SDF Exposure 4-41 

OPTICS 

ADJ 6. 1 Exposure Level 4-42 

ADJ 6.2 Magnification 4-44 

ADJ 6.6 Mirror 4/5 Cam (R/E Only) . . . 4-45 
ADJ 6.7 Full Rate and Half Rate 

Carriage 4-46 

ADJ 6.8 Scan Rail (Half Rate Carriage) 4-47 
ADJ 6.9 Scan Rail Coarse 

(Half Rate Carriage) 4-48 

ADJ 6.10 Mirror 4/5 Carriage Level . . 4-49 
ADJ 6.1 1 Baseline Front-to-Rear 

Registration (R/E only) 4-50 

ADJ 6.12 Resolution (R/E only) 4-51 

ADJ 6.13 Exposure Lamp Shades 

(Baffles) 4-51 

ADJ 6. 14 Baseline Front-to-Rear 

Registration (1 : 1 only) 4-52 

ADJ 6. 15 Resolution (1:1 only) 4-52 

ADJ 6.16 LensCable 4-53 

ADJ 6. 17 Lens NVM 4-54 



PAPER FEED 

ADJ 8.1 Registration Buckle 4-55 

ADJ 8.2 Lead Edge Registration 

with 1:1 4-55 

ADJ 8.3 Lead/Trail Edge Deletion 4-56 

ADJ 8.4 Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 

Registration 4-57 

ADJ 8.5 Lead Edge Registration 

with R/E 4-58 

ADJ 8.6 SDF Registration 4-61 

XEROGRAPHICS 

ADJ 9.2 Mag Roll Cam 4-62 

FUSING 

ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature 4-63 



REPAIRS/ ADJUSTMENTS 

SECTION CONTENTS 



4/97 

www. printqjj^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 1.1 Main Power Switch (S1) 

Parts List on PL 1.2 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 



Replacement 

1. Install the connectors on the switch as 
shown (Figure 2). 



Disconnect the copier power cord. 
Remove the Left Cover (REP 14.2). 



1. 
2. 

3. Remove the Main Power Switch (Figure 1). 




BLU 



Figure 2. Main Power Switch Connections 



Disconnect Squeeze the locking tabs and 
the wires (3) push the switch out of the frame 




Remove the Screws (2) and 
the plate or the Auditron . 

Figure 1 . Removing the Main Power Switch 



REP 1.2 Input Power PWB 

Parts List on PL 1.3 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 

3. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP 1 4.4). 

4. Remove the Input Power PWB (Figure 1). 



Lift up to release the 
locking tabs (2) and 
remove the PWB 






Disconnect 

theP/Js(12) 




Remove the 
screw (1) 



Remove the 

screw (1) 



Figure 1 . Removing the Input Power PWB 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcqpy.info 



REP 1.1,1.2 



REP 1.3 Interlock Switch (S2) 

Parts List on PL 1.2 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

Remove the Developer Housing (REP 9.3). 

Remove the Photoreceptor Module. 

Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 1 0. 1 ). 

Remove the Front Inner Cover (REP 14.5). 

Remove the screws from the front frame 
and free the harness (Figure 1). 



8. Prepare to remove the Interlock Assembly 
(Figure 2). 




Mark the 
location of 
the harness 
clamps and 
then free 
the harness 



Figure 1. Removing the Screws 
7. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 




Remove the screws, then 
move the fans out of the way 

Figure 2. Preparing to Remove the Interlock 

Assembly 

9. Remove the screws (3) from the rear frame 
(Figure 3). 

Screws (3) 




10. Move the Interlock Assembly to the right 
and down (as viewed from the front) in 
order to remove it. 

CAUTION 
The actuator for the Exit Switch and the Star 
Wheels (3) can be damaged if the Interlock 
Assembly is removed carelessly. 

11. Remove the screws that secure the black 
cooling duct to the Interlock Assembly and 
remove the cooling duct. 

1 2. Remove the Interlock Switch. 

Replacement 

1. Install the connectors on the switch as 
shown (Figure 4). 



^ 

^ * BLK 

WHT ^ >T 

1 WHT IZZZZT BLU 

\ WHT ^ > H r 

* WUT WHITE 



* WHT 



j 

M3LK 




INTERLOCK SWITCH S2 

Figure 4. Interlock Switch Connections 



Figure 3. Removing the Screws 



REP 13 



4/97 

www.printcapjj.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 1.4 Main Transformer (T1) 

Parts List on PL 1.3 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP 1 4.4) 

3. Remove the Main Transformer (Figure 1). 



Remove the 
screws (3), 
lift the 
transformer 
slightly and 
pull it out 



1 

Disconnect 
the P/Js CIM- 
AandCN-B 




Remove the screws 
(2) and lift the Input 
Power PWB slightly 

Figure 1 . Removing the Main Transformer 

Replacement 

1 . Install the Transformer while ensuring that 
the wires that are below the Transformer 
remain in the frame channel that is under 
the Transformer. 



REP 1.5 Main PWB 
Parts List on PL 1,2 
Removal 

1 . Enter the diagnostic mode. If the 
diagnostic mode cannot be entered, go to 
step 3. 

2. Enter the codes shown in Tables 1 and 2, 
record the data in the data columns, then 
go to step 3. 

NOTE: Table 1 and Table 2 are shown on 
the following pages. 

NOTE: A procedure is in Section 6 
Customer Programming or Customizing 
Your Copier is in the 5614 5113/5114 User 
Guide. 

3. Disconnect the copier power cord. 

4. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 



5614 5113/5114 



* 4/97 * 

www. printcopy info 



REP 1. 4,1.5 



CAUTION 

Certain components in the 5614 51 13/14 
Copier are susceptible to damage from 
electrostatic discharge. Observe all ESD 
procedures to avoid component damage. 

5. Remove the Main PWB (Figure 1). 



2 K 

Disconnect 

the P/J's 
(10) 



7* < 



Remove the 
screws (3) 
and the PWB 




Remove the 
EEPROM 



Figure 1 . Removing the Main PWB 



Replacement 

CAUTION 
Certain components in the 5614 5113/14 
Copier are susceptible to damage from 
electrostatic discharge. Observe all ESD 
procedures to avoid component damage. 

NOTE: If entry to this procedure is from the U6 
RAP and the U6 RAP requires the Main PWB to 
be replaced, perform step 1 and step 8. Do not 
change EEPROMS. 

1 . Install the new Main PWB. 

2. If the diagnostic mode was enteredNVM 
values were recorded in step 1 of the 
removal, go to step 3. Otherwise, go to 
step 8. 

3. Remove the EEPROM from the new Main 
PWB. Remove the old EEPROM from the 
Main PWB that was removed in step 5 of 
the removal and install it in the new Main 
PWB. 

4. Check and/or load the data that was 
recorded during the removal procedure 
(Table 1 and Table 2). 

5. Make copies of the test pattern and 
perform any copy quality adjustments 
required. The Main PWB replacement 
procedure is complete if copy quality is 
good. Do not continue to step 8. 



6. Perform the following diagnostic routines, 
checks, or adjustments. 

a. Enter [20-1] and press the Start button. 
The copier will run for 3 to 5 minutes 
to set up the Dry Ink Concentration 
ratio. 

b. Check that the data in the NVM 
locations is correct for the copier 
configuration (Configuration Codes 
chart in Section 6). 

c. Check the Lens NVM (ADJ 6.17). 

d. Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2). 

e. Check the Registration Buckle (ADJ 
8.1). 

Check the Lead Edge Registration: 
With 1:1: (ADJ 8.2) 

With R/E: (ADJ 8.5) 

f. Check the Lead/Trail Edge Deletion 
(ADJ 8.3). 

g. Adjust the Exposure Level (ADJ 6.1). 

h. SDF Only: Check the SDF Exposure 
(ADJ 5.3). 

i. Check the CRU reorder signal [20-14] 
(Table 1). 

j. Check the foreign interface enable 
[50-1] (Table 1). 

k. Make copies of the test pattern and 
perform any copy quality adjustments 
required. If image density is not in 
specification, replace the Developer 
Material (REP 9.8). 



REP 1.5 



4/97 

www. printc^y. info 



5614 5113/5114 



Table 1 



Code 


Function 


Range 


Default 


Data 


ADJ 


Description 


20-2 


Fuser Temperature 


75 to 00 


90 




10.1 


The last two digits of the presently set 
temperature 


20-3 


Lens Identification 


00 to 21 


» 




6.17 


Lens tag # for lens characteristics 


20-4 


Exposure Level Text Lighter/Darker 
Photo Lighter/Darker 
Auto 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 
00 to 99 


_ _ 




6.1 
6.1 
6.1 


This adjustment sets up the Auto, Normal, 
and Photo modes 


20-5 


Auto Exposure Sensor 


Hex 


- 


N/A 


- 


Auto Exposure Sensor setup 


20-6 


Magnification (Front-to-Rear) 


00 to 99 


50 




6.2 


Lens position 


20-7 


Magnification (Lead Edge to Trail Edge) 


00 to 99 


50 




6.2 


Scan rate 


20-8 


SDF Magnification 


00 to 99 


50 




5.2 


SDF tansport rate 


20-9 


Lead Edge Registration 1 : 1 only 

w/R/E 
w/R/E/SDF 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 
00 to 99 


50 
50 
50 




8.2 
8.5 
8.5 


Lead Edge Registration-Registration Clutch 
timing 


20-10 


Registration Buckle Tray 1/2 

Bypass 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 


25 
50 




8.1 
8.1 


Feed / Tra nsport CI utch of f ti m i ng 


20-11 


Lead/Trail Edge Deletion Lead Edge 

Trail Edge 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 


50 
50 




8.3 
8.3 


The timing of the energizing of the charge 
corotron grid is adjusted. 


20-12 


Metric or Inch Size paper 1 : 1 

R/E Fixed 
Zoom 


01 or 03 

53 
11 or 13 


- 




- 


01 = metric, 03 = inch 

53 = Retail only 

11 = metric, 13 = inch 


20-14 


RX and XCL only: CRU Re-order Signal 


0or1 







- 


= Off/ 1 = On 


20-15 


SDF Exposure 


00 to 99 


- 




5.3 


SDF /Document Glass exposure correction 


20-16 


Tray 1 Size 250 w/w/oSDF 

500w/w/oSDF 


00 to 03 


- 




- 


00 = 250 w/o SDF / 01 = 250 w/SDF 
02 = 500 w/o SDF / 03 = 500 w/SDF 


20-17 


Xerographic Auto Correct 


06,16 


16 




- 


Automatic density compensation value 


50-01 


Foreign Interface enable 


0or1 







- 


= Off/ 1 = On 



5614 5113/5114 



. 4/97 e 

www.pnntcopv.info 



REP 1.5 



Table 2 



Code 


Feature 


Def- 
ault/ 
Data 


Option Number 
Description 





Priority Tray 


1 


1 - Tray 1 
2 -Tray 2 
3 - Bypass Tray 


1 


Timeout to 
Auto Clear 


4 


1 - 30 seconds 
2 -60 seconds 
3 -90 seconds 
4- 120 seconds 


2 


Timeout to 
Power Saver 





0-Off 

1 -On 4 minutes 
2 -On 30 min. 
3 -On 90 min. 
4-On 120 min. 


3 


Power Saver 
Recovery Time 


1 


1 - 10 seconds 

2 - 30 seconds 


4 


Default 

Magnification 

(R/Eonly) 


1 


1-100% 
2 - 99% 
3-101% 


5 


Default 
Exposure 


2 


2 -Normal 
1-Auto 


6 


Reduction/ 

Enlargement 

Preset 

(R/E only) 





0-129% 
1 -94% (A4to11) 
2-84% (13 to 11) 
3-89% (13toA4) 



REP 1.6 Lower PWB 
Parts List on PL 1.3 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP1 4.4). 

3. Remove the Lower PWB (Figure 1). 



Disconnect 
the P/Js (7) 




Remove the 
Lower PWB 



Remove the 
screws (3) 



Figure 1 . Removing the Lower PWB 



REP 1.7 Control Panel PWB 
Parts List on PL 1.1 
Removal 

CAUTION 

Certain components in the 5614 51 13/14 
Copier are susceptible to damage from 
electrosta tic discharge. Observe all BSD 
procedures to avoid component damage. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Control Panel (REP14.1). 

3. Remove the screws and remove the 
Control Panel PWB from the Control Panel. 



REP 1.5,1.6, 1.7 



4/97 

www.printcty^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 1.8 Fuses 
Parts List on PL 1.3, 8.1 
Replacement 

NOTE: Use the table below to identify the 
voltage and current specif ications for the 
fuse that is to be replaced (Figure 1). 



Product 
Code 


F301 
SDF 
PWB 


F501 

Input Power 

PWB 


F502 

Input Power 

PWB 


F503 

Input Power 

PWB 


F504 

Input Power 

PWB 


F505 

Input Power 
PWB 


OKU 




15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


3KU 




15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


6KU 




10A/250V 


10A/250V 


3.15A/250V 


5A/250V 


1A/250V 


1KU 




15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


4KU 




15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


7KU 




10A/250V 


10A/250V 


3.15A/250V 


5A/250V 


1A/250V 


2KU 


2A/125V 


15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


5KU 


2A/125V 


15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


8KU 


1.25A/250V 


10A/250V 


10A/250V 


3.15A/250V 


5A/250V 


1A/250V 


2KV 




15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


4KV 




10A/250V 


10A/250V 


3.15A/250V 


5A/250V 


1A/250V 


3KV 


2A/125V 


15A/250V 




3.15A/125V 


5A/125V 


1A/250V 


5KV 


1.25A/125V 


10A/250V 


10A/250V 


3.15A/250V 


5A/250V 


1A/250V 



REP 4.1 Main Drive Motor (MOT1) 

Parts List on PL 2.3 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP14.3). 

3. Remove the Main Drive Motor (Figure 1). 



1 

Disconnect the 
P/JsCN-1 and 
CN-2 






Remove the 
screws (3) and 

pull the motor 
straight out 




Figure 1. Removing the Main Drive Motor 



J 303 

— 1 ™ 


CNB 1 1 I I CNA 


3 ' 


30 


1 ™ J323 


CNC 

I 


1 


SDF 
PWB 

CNE 


□ 




□ 


CND 







I I 

CNE 



F505 



CNC 



HLL 



CLL 



H F504 



□ 

LO 
□ N ° 

CND I — I 

I 1 INPUT 

F503 ~| L2 POWER 

'^ ^ C=ICNA 

N1 

ugFscn □ 
U LJ 2-J532 



Figure 1. Fuse Specifications and Locations 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcojw.info 



REP 1.8,4.1 



REP 5.1 SDF Assembly 

Parts List on PL 8.1 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 1 4.3). 



4. Remove the SDF Assembly (Figure 2). 



Prepare to remove the SDF Assembly 
(Figure 1). 



1 

Loosen the 

shoulder 

screw 



Disconnect 
the connector 




Remove the screw 
and disconnect the 
ground wire 

Figure 1. Preparing to Remove the SDF 
Assembly 



i 

Open the SDF 



Tilt back while lifting up and 
depress the locking tabto 
remove the SDF Assembly 




Figure 2. Removing the SDF Assembly 



REP 5.2 SDF Drives Cover 
Parts List on PL 8.1 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (Figure 1). 

1 

Open the SDF 



5 


4 


Remove the 


A Sixth 


SDF Drives 


screw may 


Cover 


be present 




Remove the 
screws at the 
rear 



Remove the 
screws at the 

front 



Figure 1 - Removing the SDF Drives Cover 



REP 5.1, 5.2 



4/97 

www.printQpifiji.info 



5614 5113/14 



REP 5.3 Exit Cover 
Parts List on PL 8.2 
Removal 

1. Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 

3. Remove the Exit Cover (Figure 1). 

Remove the 
screws (4) and 
the exit cover 



Figure 1 . Removing the Exit Cover 



REP 5.4 SDF Drive Motor (MOT2) 

Parts List on PL 8.3 

Removal 



i. 

2. 
3. 




Disconnect the copier power cord. 
Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 
Remove the SDF Drive Motor (Figure 1). 



Disconnect 
P/J's CNC 



Rotate the assembly 
up and then remove 
it from the shaft 




Figure 1 . Removing the SDF Drive Motor 



REP 5-5 Transport Assembly 
Parts List on PL 8.2, 8,3, 8.4 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 
Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 
Remove the SDF Drive Motor (REP 5.4). 
Remove the Transport Assembly (Figure 1). 



2. 
3. 

4. 



1 

Disconnect 
P/J's CNB and 
CND (not 
shown) from 
theSDFPWB 



Disconnect 
P/J" 




Remove the screws 
(4) and the SDF 
Transport Assembly 



Figure 1 . Removing the Transport Assembly 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcap03.info 



REP 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 



REP 5.6 Retard Roller 
Parts List on PL 8-2 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 

3. Remove the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 

4. Remove the Retard Roller from the bottom 
of the Transport Assembly. 



REP 5.7 SDF Nudger Clutch 
Parts List on PL 8.3 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 

3. Remove the SDF Drive Motor (REP 5.4). 

4. Remove the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 

5. Remove the SDF Nudger Clutch (Figure 1). 



Remove the 
e-rings(2) 



Remove the SDF 
Nudger Clutch 




Remove the 
screws (2) 
and the SDF 
Nudger 
Solenoid 

Figure 1 . Removing the SDF Nudger Clutch 
Replacement 

1. Ensure that the clutch is assembled so that 
each end of the wrap spring is in the 
center position of the adjustment hole or 
slot. 



REP 5.8 SDF Registration Clutch 

(CL1) 

Parts List on PL 8.4 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 

3. Remove the SDF Drive Motor (REP 5.4). 

4. Remove the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 

5. Remove the SDF Registration Clutch 
(Figure 1). 

a. Remove the clips (2). 

b. Disconnect the P/J. 

c. Remove the washer with the gear, 
hub, and wrap spring. 

d. Make a mark on the shaft for the 
location of the clutch bearing. 

e. With a 1.5 mm hex wrench, loosen the 
hex screw and remove the SDF 
Registration Clutch. 



Hex 
Screw 



Clips 



Figure 1. 




Removing the SDF Registration 
Clutch 



REP 5.6 # 5.7, 5.8 



4/97 

www.printcopynnfo 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 5.9 SDF Nudger Solenoid 

(SOU) 

Parts List on PL 8.3 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 
Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 
Remove the SDF Drive Motor (REP 5.4). 
Remove the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 
Remove the SDF Nudger Solenoid (Figure 



2. 
3. 

4. 
5. 



D- 




Remove the 
screws (2) 
and the SDF 
Nudger 
Solenoid 

Figure 1 . Removing the SDF Nudger Solenoid 



REP 5.10 SDF Registration Guide 

Parts List on PL 7.2 

Replacement 

1. Install the SDF Registration Guide (Figure 



1). 
a. 



Position the SDF Document Glass as 
shown. 

Install the SDF Registration Guide so 
that the Tab that is under the guide 
engages the slot in the frame. 

Install the Shoulder Screws (2). 

Install the remaining Screws (3). 

SDF 

Document 

Glass 




Shoulder 
Screws (2) 



Screws 
(3) 



REP 5.11 SDF Document Glass 
Parts List on PL 7.2 
Replacement 

1. Install the SDF Document Glass so that the 
white stripe faces down and is toward the 
front. 

2. Install the SDF Registration Guide (REP 
5.10). 



Figure 1 . Installing the SDF Registration Guide 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc4fl3.info 



REP 5.9, 5.10, 5.11 



REP 5.12 SDF Registration Roll 
Parts List on PL 8.3, PL8.4 
Removal 

1 . Switch off the copier. 

2. Remove the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 

3. Remove the SDF Exit Cover (REP 5.3). 

4. Remove the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 

5. Turn over the Transport Assembly so that 
the bottom is facing up. 

NOTE: In the next two steps, the front and rear 
Springs are different Mark the Springs so that 
during assembly, the front Spring and rear 
Spring are installed in the correct positions. 

6. Remove the front Spring from the SDF 
Registration Pinch Roll and make a note of 
the front position of this spring (PL 8.4). 

7. Remove the SDF Registration Pinch Roll. 

8. Remove the rear Spring from the 
Registration Pinch Roll and make a note of 
the position (PL 8.4). 

9. Disconnect the SDF Registration Clutch 
(REP 5.8). 

1 0. Remove the Transport Belt (PL 8.4). 

11. Remove the bearing from the end of the 
SDF Registration Roll that is opposite the 
Registration Clutch (PL 8.4). 

12. Move the SDF Registration Roll toward the 
rear and lift the front of the shaft and then 
remove the washers (4) with the spri ng. 

13. Move the SDF Registration Roll toward the 
front and remove the shaft. 



Replacement 

1. If the SDF Registration Roll is being 
replaced, remove the remaining parts 
from the roll and install them on the end 
of the new roll with the SDF Registration 
Clutch (Figure 1). 



Retainer 
/ 



Plastic 
Washer 




SDF 

Registration 
Clutch 



Figure 1. Installing the Components on the 
SDF Registration Roll 

2. Install the end of the SDF Registration Roll 
assembly that has the clutch into the 
Transport Assembly. Ensure that the arms 
of the Exit Sensor Actuator are both above 
and below the roll. 



3. Install the washers (4) with the spring that 
were removed instep 12 (Figure 2). 

Bearing j E-Ring 



Plastic 
Washer 




^* 



W Spring 

V J 

Metal / 
Washer 



\a* 



Figure 2. Installing the Components on the 
SDF Registration Roll 

4. Install the other end of the SDF 
Registration Roll assembly into the 
Transport Assembly. 

5. Install the bearing and e-ring. 

6. Install the SDF Registration Pinch Roll with 
bearings and springs. Ensure the front and 
rear springs are installed in the front and 
rear positions. Ensure the spring pushes 
on the washer and the washer pushes on 
the shoulder of the bearing. 

7. Install the Transport Belt. 

8. Install the Transport Assembly (REP 5.5). 
Ensure the P/J's (2) are connected. 

9. Install the SDF Exit Cover (REP 5.3). Ensure 
theP/J(1) is connected. 

1 0. Install the SDF Drives Cover (REP 5.2). 



REP 5.12 



4/97 

www.print4dtfy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 6.1 Document Glass 

Parts List on PL 7,2 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard is present if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Bypass Tray (REP 7.2). 

3. Remove the Document Glass (Figure 1). 

a. Remove the screws (2). 

b. Pull the bottom of the Right Cover out 
slightly to disengage the tabs (not 
shown) and remove the cover. 

c. Move the Document Glass to the right 
slightly to disengage the Registration 
Guide and then remove the Document 
Glass. 



Document 
Glass 



Registration 
Guide 




Screws (2) 



Right 
Cover 



Replacement 

NOTE: While replacing the Document Glass, 
ensure that the rubber pads are under the 
edges of the Document Glass. Ensure that the 
edge of the Document Glass is adjacent to the 
bracket (not shown) (Figure 1). 



Rubber 
Pads. 



Rubber 
pads 




Bracket 



Figure 1 . Checking the Rubber Pads 



REP 6.2 Scan Drive Motor 

(MOT5) 

Parts List on PL 3.1 B 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 

3. Remove the Scan Drive Motor (Figure 1). 



Disconnect 
P/J CN-C 




Remove the screws (2) 
and pull the motor 
assembly straight out 

Figure 1 . Removing the Scan Drive Motor 



Figure 1. Removing the Document Glass 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printqpj^.info 



REP 6.1 ,6.2 



REP 63 Exposure Lamp 
Parts List on PL 3.3 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard is present if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1 ). 

3. Remove the Exposure Lamp (Figure 1). 



1 

Move the Lamp 
Carriage to the 
frame cutout 



Remove the 
screw (1) 
with the 
collar 



Lift the Lamp 
Support out 
of the socket 
and remove 
the Exposure 
Lamp 




Figure 1 . Removing the Exposure Lamp 



Replacement 

CAUTION 
Handle the Exposure Lamp by the insulators 
on the ends. If you touch the lamp, clean the 
lamp wiith film remover. 

1. Install the Exposure Lamp (Figure 1). 



Push the Lamp 
Support back 
and install the 
Exposure Lamp 




Install the Lamp 
Support with the 
screw and collar 



Install the Exposure Lamp on the 
front Lamp Support (support not 
shown) with the protrusion on 
the lamptoward the opening in 
the Reflector 



Figure 1 . Installing the Exposure Lamp 



REP 6.3 



4/97 

www.printdfejb^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 6.4 Lens Drive Motor 

(MOT4) 

Parts List on PL 3.2A 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Bypass Tray (REP 7.2). 

3. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1 ). 

4. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

5. Remove the Lens Drive Motor screws 
(Figure 1) 

Screws (2) 




»oe 



6. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 

7. Prepare to remove the Lens Drive Motor 
(Figure 2). 

1 
Disconnect 

P/J CN-E 



Move the 4/5 Mirror Carriage to the right 
and remove the Lens Drive Motor through 
the opening (Figure 1) 




Opening 



4/5 Mirror 
Carriage 




Figure 3. Removing the Lens Drive Motor 



Use the harness of P/J 
CN-E to push the motor 
toward the opening in 



Remove the screws (3) 
and move the PWB away 
from the rear frame 



Figure 2, Preparing to Remove the 
Lens Drive Motor 



Figure 1 . Removing the Screws 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcjpipy. info 



REP 6.4 



REP 6.5 Scan Cables 

Parts List on PL 3.1 A 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

NOTE: This procedure is written so that one or 
both cables can be replaced, starting with 
either the front or the rear cable. 

2. Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1). 

3. Remove the Left Cover (REP 14.2). 

4. Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (REP 
7.2). 

5. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1 ). 

6. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

7. Disengage the broken Scan Cable from the 
Lamp Carriage (rear end of Lamp Carriage 
shown in the figure, the front end is the 
same) (Figure 1). 

1 

Move the Lamp Carriage 
to the frame cutout (move 
the Mirror Carriage with it 
if the other cable is OK) 



Underthe Lamp 
Carriage, remove 
the Scan Cable 

from the clamp 



Loosen the 
screw (1) 




8. Remove the Scan Cable from the pulleys. 

Replacement 

1 . Move the Lamp Carriage to a position over 
the Lens while moving the Mirror Carriage 
to the middle of the space between the 
Lamp Carriage and the left end of the 
copier. If one cable is on the pulleys, keep 
the carriages parallel while moving them. 

2. Make a mark on the new Scan Cable. Mark 

both cables if both cables will be replaced. 

(Figure 2). 

' Make a mark on the cable 
876mm +/-1mmfrom 
the end of the terminal 




876 mm +/- 1mm 
c^gj 



W/////////> # 

Figure 2. Making a Mark on the Scan Cable 



3. Go to step 7 if replacing the rear cable or 
go to step 4 if replaci ng the front cable. 

4. Install the cable on the Front Drive Pulley 
(Figure 3). 

4 

Position the 

cable in the 

clip that is 

underthe 

Lamp Carriage 



Install the cable 
on the front 
double pulley of 
the Mirror 
Carriage and then 
nstall the ring 
terminal on the 
frame hook 




2 

Wrap the 
cable 
around 
the pulley 
as shown 
and apply 
tape 



T 



Install the 

mark on the 

cable under 

the middle 

of the screw 



Figure 3. Installing the Front Scan Cable 
on the Front Drive Pulley 



Figure 1. Disengaging the Rear Scan Cable 
from the Lamp Carriage 



REP 6.5 



4/97 

www.print^p^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



5. Install the remaining portion of the front 
Scan Cable (Figure 4) 

Install the cable as 
shown and install 
the spring hook 
on the frame 



NOTE: 

The cables are 
shown with 
space between 
them for clarity 



Install the Scan Cable on 
Pulley (Figure 5). 



the Rear Drive 




Route the cable 
to the pulley so 
that the cable is 
straight when 
tensioned 



Wrap the 
cable around 
the pulley as 
shown and 
apply tape 

Figure 4. Installing the Front Scan Cable 

6. If the rear Scan Cable is already replaced or 
is good, go to step 1 0, otherwise go to step 
7. 



Install the cable on the front 
double pulley of the Mirror 
Carriage and then connect 
the ring to the frame hook 




Position the cable 
intheclampthat 
isunderthe Lamp 
Carriage and 
ensure that the 
clamp is loose but 
thatthe cable is in 
the clamp grooves 



Install the 
mark on the 
cable under 
the middle 
of the screw 



! 



Wrap the 
cable around 
the pulley as 
shown and 
apply tape 



9. Go to step 7 of the Removal procedure to 
replace the front Scan Cable, otherwise 
got to step 1 to complete the procedure. 

1 0. Remove the tape from the drive pulleys. 

11. Position the cable in the clamp that is 
under the end of the Full Rate Carriage, at 
both ends of the carriage if both cables are 
replaced. 

12. Move both the Full Rate and the Half Rate 
Carriages toward the right so that the Half 
Rate Carriage touches the frame tabs and 
the Full Rate Carriage touches the frame. 

13. Adjust the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriage 
Parallelism (ADJ6.7). 



Figure 5. Installing the Rear Scan Cable on the 
Rear Drive Pulley 

8. Install the remaining portion of the rear 
cable (Figure 6). 

install the cable as 

shown and install 
the spring hook 
on the frame 



Route the cable 
to the pulley so 
thatthe cable is 
straight when 
tensioned 



1 




Wrap the 
cable around 
the pulley as 
shown and 
apply tape 

Figure 6. Installing the Rear Scan Cable 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcprw info 



REP 6.5 



REP 6.6 Exposure Lamp 
Overtemperature Fuse (F1) 
Parts List on PL 3.3 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. RemovetheDocumentGlass(REP6.1). 

3. Remove the Exposure Lamp 
Overtemperature Fuse (Figure 1). 




REP 6.7 Optics Heater (HTR2) 

Parts List on PL 3.2A 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1). 

3. Remove the Optics Heater (Figure 1). 

1 

Remove the 
screw (1) and 
the Lens Cover 




Remove the 
screw (1) and 
the heater 

Figure 1 . Removing the Optics Heater 



Figure 



Removing the Exposure 
Overtemperature Fuse 



Lamp 



REP 6.6, 6.7 



4/97 

www.printc$j3&0info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 6.8 Lens Cable (R/E only) 

Parts List on PL 3.2B 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (REP 
7.2). 

3. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1). 

4. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

4. Remove the Lens Cable by disengaging the 
Spring and then the cable end. 



Replacement 

1 . Install the Lens Cable (Figure 1). 
NOTE: In step 4 of Figure 7, the 2mm Hex 
Wrench will fit loosely. Position the wrench as 
shown before going to the next step. 

5 4 

Wrapthecabletightly Rotate the cam and place a 

while keeping the Lens 2mm Hex Wrench through 

Carriage on Zere^ the cam hole and into the 

frame hole" 



Engage the 
Hook and 

then the 
Spring 




2. Reassemble the copier. 

3. Check the Resolution (R/E only) (ADJ 6.12). 

4. Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2). 

5. Check the Baseline Front - to - Rear 
Registration (R/E only) (ADJ 6.1 1). 



Wrap the 
Cable 
around 
the pulley 
loosely 



liifiiiiPx 

/ 

Move the Lens / 
Carriagetothe / 
Zero position ' 

Figure 1 . Installing the Lens Cable 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcDDv.info 



REP 6.8 



REP 6.9 Optics Cooling Fan SDF 

(MOT6) 

Parts List on PL 3.1 A 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1). 

3. Remove the Left Cover (REP 14.2). 

4. Open the copier, then remove the Bypass 
Tray (REP 7.2). 

5. Close the copier. 

6. Remove the Upper Rear Cover (REP 14.3). 

7. Remove the fan. 

a. Disconnect the P/J. 

b. Remove the upper and lower 
mounting screws and the fan. 

Replacement 

CAUTION 

Copy Quality problems may occur if the upper 
mounting screw is longer than 10 mm. 



REP 6.10 Lens Cover (1:1 or R/E) 

Parts List on PL 3.1 A 

Removal 

WARNING 
Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1). 

3. Remove the Lens Cover (Figure 1). 




Remove the 
Lens Cover 



Figure 1. Removing the Lens Cover 



REP 6.9, 6.10 



4/97 

www.print<pov.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 7.1 Tray 1 Feed Assembly / 

Transport 

Parts List on PL 4.5 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly / 
Transport (Figure 1). 




Remove the 
screws (4) 



Disconnect P/JCN-B, lift 
the assembly, remove 
the belt (not shown) 
and remove the Feeder 



Figure 1. Removing the Tray 1 Feed Assembly 
/Transport 



REP 7.2 Bypass Tray Assembly 

Parts List on PL 4.9 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (Figure 



1). 




1 


2 


Remove the screws 


Push up the 


(2) if present {rear 


Front Lock and 


screw not shown) 


y the Rear Lock 




\ (rear lock not 




\ shown) and 




^\ pulloutthe 




\ Bypass Tray 




A @ / 



J8* 



>ss£ 



REP 7.3 Tray 2 

Parts List on PL 4.4 

Removal 

WARNING 
Removing the copier from Tray 2 requires 2 
people. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove Tray 2. 

a. Pull out and remove Tray 1. 

b. Remove the screws (2) at each corner 
of the Tray 1 opening. 

c. Remove the screw from the right rear 
corner of the copier. 

d. Disconnect the Tray 2 harness. 

e. Lift the copier off Tray 2. 

f. If the Tray 2 is secured to a stand, 
remove the screws (2) from under the 
top surface of the stand. The screws 
are located under the left front and 
right rear of the copier. 



7<&- 



^ 



Figure 1 . Removing the Bypass Tray 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print^GiJ^. info 



REP 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 



REP 7.4 Tray 2 Feeder 
Parts List on PL 4.7 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove Tray 2 (REP 7.3). 

3. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder (Figure 1). 



Remove the 
screws (2) 




Disconnect the P/J 



Lift out the feeder 
and disconnect 
the clutch 



REP 7.5 Tray 1 Lift Assembly 

Parts List on PL 4.2 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Lower PWB (REP 1 .6). 

3. Remove the Tray 1 Lift Assembly (Figure 1). 




Remove the 
screws (2) and 
the Tray 1 Lift 
Assembly 



Figure 1 . Removing the Tray 2 Feeder 



Figure 1 . Removing the Tray 1 Lift Assembly 



REP 7.4, 7.5 



4/97 

www. printopM. info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 7.6 Retract Spring 

Parts List on PL 4,6, 4.7 

Replacement 

NOTE : Ensure that the ends of the spring are 
positioned as shown. The free end engages 
the cutout in the feeder Frame. The Retract 
Spring should be wound so that the Retract 
Arm will hold the Nudger Roll up and off of 
the paper stack (Figure 1). 



REP 7.7 Retard Roller 
Parts List on PL 4.11 
Replacement 

NOTE : Ensure that the Retard Roller will rotate 
as shown (Figure 1). 





REP 7.8 Feed Roller 

Parts List on PL 4.9 

Replacement 

NOTE: Install the Feed Roller so that when the 
feed roller is rotated manually in the direction 
of the arrow, the drives remain stationary. 
(Figure 1) 

• Drives 



<^R 




Figure 1. Checking the Feed Roll Rotation 



Figure 1. The rotation of the Retard Roller 



Free End V^-^ — insideEnd 

Figure 1 . The Position of the Retract Spring 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printqpgg.info 



REP 7.6, 7.7, 7.8 



REP 7.9 Actuator for Paper Size 
/Feed PWB 
Parts List on PL 4.6 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Assembly / 
Transport (REP 7.1). 

3. Remove the screws (2) from the Paper 
Size/Feed PWB. 

4. Remove the Actuator (Figure 1). 

i 

Position the 
Actuator as 
shown 




Pull the top of the Actuator as shown 
until the pin disengages the hole 



Rotate the Actuator 
counterclockwise to 
remove it 



Replacement 

1. Install the Actuator (Figure 1). 



a. Install the spring as shown with the 
Hook under the Flag. 

b. Ensure the Free End of the spring is 
positioned under the transport while 
engaging the end of the pin with the 
spring in the hole 

C. Rotate the Actuator clockwise, as 
viewed from the top of the Actuator, 
and engage the other pin on the 
Actuator. 

d. The action of the Spring should cause 
the end of the Actuator with the Flag 
to move up when the transport is 
installed. 



Spring Hook 



Spring 




Free End 



Figure 1 . Removing the Actuator 



Figure 1 . Installing the Actuator 



REP 7.9 



4/97 

www.printc412B.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 9.1 Transfer / Detack 
Corotron Assembly 
Parts List on PL 5.6 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Transfer / Detack Corotron 
Assembly (Figure 1). 



1 

Push in slightly 
with a small 
screwdriverto 
disengage the 
locking tab and 
then lift the 
front of the 
assembly slightly 



Pull the assembly toward the 
frontto release the rear locking 
tab and remove the assembly 




Figure 1. Removing the Transfer / Detack 
Corotron Assembly 



REP 9.2 HVPS 
Parts List on PL 1.3 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Transfer / Detack Corotron 
Assembly (REP 9.1). 

3. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP 14.4). 

4. Remove the HVPS (Figure 1). 



Remove the 
screws (2) 




Disconnect the White 
wire and disconnect 
P/J CN-C 



Lift the right 
end of the 
HVPS slightly 
and slide it to 
the right to 
remove it 



Figure 1 . Removing the HVPS 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^j|y.info 



REP 9.1,9.2 



REP 9.3 Developer Assembly 

Parts List on PL 5.2A 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Dry Ink/Waste Bottle (Figure 



Remove the Developer Assembly (Figure 
2). 




Push the lock down and move the 
Waste Bottle Assem bly to the right 





Pull out the 

Developer 

Assembly 

Figure 2. Removing the Developer Assembly 



Replacement 

1. If the Developer Assembly is replaced, 
install a new Developer Cartridge (PL 
5.2A). 



Rotate the Dry Ink/ 
Waste Bottle and 

pull it off 



Figure 1 . Removing the Dry Ink/Waste Bottle 



REP 9.4 DetackCorotron 

Parts List on PL 5.6 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Transfer / Detack Corotron 
Assembly (REP 9.1). 

3. Remove the Detack Corotron (Figure 1). 

1 

Hold the assembly and pull off the 
Guide from the middle of the Guide 
as the tabs and locks disengage 




Remove the screw 
and then remove the 
Detack Corotron 



Locks 



Tabs 
(each 
end) 



Figure 1 . Removing the Detack Corotron 



REP 9.3, 9.4 



4/97 

www.printqjigg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 9.5 Transfer Corotron 

Parts List on PL 5.6 

Removal 

NOTE: Use this procedure only if the kit on PL 
5.6 is not available. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Transfer / Detack Corotron 
Assembly (REP 9.1). 

Replacement 

3. Remove the corotron wire (Figure 1). 

NOTE: A ream of paper under the corotron 
assembly will support the assembly in an 
upright position. 

i 

Remove the screws 
(2) and the guide 
and then remove 
the spring 



4. Install the corotron wire (Figure 2). 

1 

Bend the wire on the spring 
hook, hold the wire, and then 
rotate the spring 10 revolutions. 
The twisted portion of wire 
should be as short as possible. 





twwj 



Install the spring 
hook on the 
terminal cutout 



Figure 2. Installing the Corotron Wire 



Loosen the screw 
and remove all 
old pieces of 
corotron wire 



Remove the spring 
cover (not shown) 
and then remove all 
old corotron wire 
from the spring 

Figure 1. Removing the Corotron Wire 



Complete the installation. 

a. Hold the corotron and then pull the 
corotron wire spool away from the 
corotron while moving the spool in a 
circular motion. The wire will break. 
Ensure that no wire extends above the 
screw. 

b. Clean the corotron wire with film 
remover. 

c Reinstall the grounding spring that 
was removed instep 1 of Figure 1. 

d. Reinstall the wire spring cover. 

e. Reinstall the Guide with 2 screws. 

f. Reinstall the corotron assembly in the 
copier. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printqpg^. info 



REP 9.5 



REP 9.6 Toner Hopper 
Parts List on PL 5-4 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

3. Remove the Dispenser Housing (Figure 1). 




CAUTION 

4 

Remove the 
blue Screw (1) 



Remove the Toner 
Hopper and 
disconnect the P/J 



Figure 1- Removing the Toner Hopper 



Replacement 

1. Ensure that the 11T and 16T gears are 
installed as shown (Figure 1). 

NOTE: Auger 
Scraper is 
mounted on 
the other side 
Gears ~ I of the opening 

on later build 
copiers 





Figure 1. Installing the Gears 
Install the Toner Hopper (Figure 2). 

a. Connect the P/J for the Dry Ink Motor 
(not shown in the figure). 

b. Position the edge of the Hopper in the 
Cutout of the Dispenser. 

c. Ensure that the Dispenser Housing is 
rotated as shown while installing the 
Hopper and then engage the Slot of 
the Hopper with the Frame of the 
Dispenser Support. 

d. The Hopper is installed when the 
Screw Hole and Frame Hole are 
aligned and when the Shaft is in the 
Frame Hole. 

e. Install the Blue Screw as shown. 

f. Install the remaining screws (2) and 
insure the gray ground wire is under 
one of the screws. 



Frame Hole 
and Screw 
Hole 



Dispenser 
Housing 



Frame of the 

Dispenser 

Support 



Slot of the 
Hopper 




Cutout of the 
Dispenser 



Shaft and 
Screw Hole 



Blue 
Screw 



Figure 2. Installing the Toner Hopper 



REP 9.6 



4/97 

www. printc^jjo info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 9.7 Developer Material 

Inspection 

Parts List on PL 5.2A 

Removal 

NOTE: This procedure is used to examine the 
developer material. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

3. Remove the Developer Cartridge by using 
the small screwdriver to release the 
locking tab while pulling the cartridge off 
of the Developer Assembly (Figure 1). 

Developer 
Cartridge 



4. Inspect the Developer Material. If the 
Developer Material covers most of the 
augers, is not caked into chunks, and is 
mostly carrier (feels like grit) and not Dry 
Ink (feels like powder), go to step 1 of 
Replacement. 

If the Developer Material fails the 
description above, replace the Developer 
Material (REP 9.8). 



Replacement 

1 . Reinstall the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

2. Reinstall the Developer Cartridge Cover. 

3. Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 




Figure 1 . Removing the Developer Cartridge 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpav.info 



REP 9.7 



REP 9.8 Replacement Developer 

Material 

Parts List on PL 5.2A 

Removal 

1. Switch off the copier and disconnect the 
copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

3. Disconnect the Toner Dispense Motor 
connector. 

4. Remove the Developer Cover (Figure 1). 

a. Place the Developer Assembly on a flat 
surface and remove the four (4) blue 
screws that secure the top panel to the 
developer assembly. 

b. Lift the developer cover at the rear 
corner as show in Figure 1 and twist 
loose. 

c. Set aside the top cover. 

CAUTION 

Do not allow the developer material to enter 
the developer drive gears on the end of the 
housing. This may cause damage to the drive 
components. 




5. Grasping the end of the housing with the 
drive gears, carefully empty the contents 
of the housing into the bag that is 
supplied with the kit and secure the bag 
with a twist tie. Dispose of the old 
developer according to local regulations. 

6. Using a vacuum cleaner, remove the 
residue toner and developer from the mag 
roll and other developer housing areas, 
including the magnet on the developer 
cover. 

7. Check the operation of the developer 
assembly drive system by performing the 
following: 

a. Rotate the main developer assembly 
drive gear. 

b. All the augers and the mag roll should 
rotate freely. Clean or replace as 
required (PL 5.3). 

Replacement 

1. Carefully pour the new developer from the 
container into the developer assembly. 
Distribute the developer equally over the 
augers. 

2. Reinstall the top panel of the developer 
assembly. 

■ MOTE: Ensure that the cover is properly 
latched and the toner dispenser drive motor 
wire are properly routed. 

3. Reinstall and tighten the four (4) blue 
screws shown in Figure 1. 

4. Check that the copier has Tag 2. If Tag 2 is 
not marked, perform the Developer 
Housing Guide Pin procedure in the 
General Service Notes in Section 6. 



5. Reconnect the toner dispenser motor 
connector. 

NOTE: Ensure that the motor connector is 
reinstalled in the toner hopper. 

6. Reinstall the developer assembly and 
tighten the securing screw. 

NOTE: Shake the toner cartridge before 
installation. 

7. Install the toner cartridge. Move the 
dispenser housing into the normal 
operating position by pressing on the 
green bar. 

8. Close the front cover and reconnect the 
power cord. 

9. Check the copier Level (ADJ 1.1) 

1 0. Enter [20 - 1 ] and press the Start button. 

NOTE: The copier will run for 3 minutes. 
During this time a reference value is generated 
and stored in NVM. 

11. Check the copy quality. GotoCQI if there 
is a copy quality problem. 

12. Check the customers toner supply. Explain 
to the customer the importance of shaking 
the cartridge and demonstrate it. 



Figure 1 . Removing the Developer Cover 



REP 9.8 



4/97 

www.printQpgjf.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 10.1 Fuser Assembly 
Parts List on PL6.1 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

Remove the Fuser Assembly (Figure 1). 



2. 



1 

Remove the 

screw and 

theSma 

Cover 




Disconnect 
theP/J's(2) 



Pivot the Fuser Assembly up and pul! it out to 
disengage the front pin. Then, move the 
front to the right and pull out to disengage 
the rear pin and remove the Fuser Assembly. 
Do not knock the star wheels off the guide 
that is above the Fuser 

Figure 1 . Removing the Fuser Assembly 

Replacement 

1. Do not knock the star wheels off the guide 
that is above the fuser when installing the 
Fuser Assembly. 



REP 10.2 Fuser Heat Rod (HTR1) 

Parts List on PL6.1 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 

3. Remove one screw, then remove the cover. 

CAUTION 
Do not touch the Fuser Heat Rod. 

4. Remove the Fuser Heat Rod (Figure 1). 



Disconnect the 
connectors (2) 
from the 
Thermostat 



Disconnect the 
from thefram 



1 

Remove the screw 

and the Bracket 




Disengage the Fuser Heat Rod 
from the bracket at front, and 
remove the Rod through the 
front 

Figure 1 . Removing the Fuser Heat Rod 

Replacement 

1. Install the Fuser Heat Rod with the 
connector towards the front of copier. 



REP 10.3 Fuser Heat Roll 
Parts List on PL6.1 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 1 0. 1 ). 

3. Remove the Fuser Heat Rod (REP 10.2). 

4. Remove the Fuser Heat Roll (Figure 1). 



Turn the assembly over 
on a flat work surface 



Move the guide 
to the position 
as shown 




Remove the screw 
atthe front end 
andattherearend 



Remove the Fuser Heat Roll 



Rotate the bearing 

atthe front end and 
atthe rear end to 
vertical, until the 
flats align with the 
cutouts 



Figure 1 . Removing the Fuser Heat Roll 



5614 5113/5114 



* 4/97 * 

www.printcow.info 



REP 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 



REP 10.4 Overtemperature 
Thermostat (THS4) 
Parts List on PL6.1 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

Disconnect the copier power cord. 

Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 1 0. 1 ). 

Remove one screw, then remove the Fuser 
Cover. 

Remove the Overtemperature Thermostat 
(Figure 1). 



1. 
2. 
3. 



Disconnectthe 
connectors (2) 




Remove the screws (2) 
and the Overtemperature 
Thermostat 



REP 10.5 Thermistor (RT1) 

Parts List on PL6.1 

Removal 

WARNING 
Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 

3. Remove one screw, then remove the cover. 

4. Remove the Thermistor (Figure 1). 

Remove the screw, then 
remove the Thermistor 




Figure 1. Removing the Thermistor 



REP 10.6 Pressure Roll 
Parts List on PL6.2 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 1 0. 1 ). 

3. Remove the Pressure Roll (Figure 1). 

Pivot the Exit Roller Assembly up and out 
of the way and then remove the Pressure 
Roll 




Figure 1. Removing the Pressure Roll 



Figure 1. Removing the Overtemperature 
Thermostat 



REP 10.4, 10.5,10.6 



4/97 

www. printqpgy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 10.7 Fuser Cleaning Roll 

Parts List on PL6.2 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 

3. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Roll (Figure 1). 



1 

Pivot the Exit Roller 
assembly up and 
out of the way and 
then remove the 
Pressure Roll 



Lift to remove the Fuser 
Cleaning Roll 




Figure 1. Removing the Fuser Cleaning Roll 



REP 10.8 Exit Roller 
Parts List on PL6.2 
Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 10.1). 

3. Remove the Exit Roller (Figure 1). 



Lift to the right,and 
then pull out to remove 
the Exit Roller assembly 




Remove the Exit Roller 
from the assembly 

Figure 1 . Removing the Exit Roller 



REP 10.9 Fuser Roll Cleaning 

Blade 

Parts List on PL6.1 

Removal 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (REP 1 0. 1 ). 

3. Remove one screw, then remove the cover. 

4. Remove the screws (2) , the Upper Paper 
Guides, the support bracket, and the Fuser 
Cleaning Blade. 

Replacement 

1. Ensure that the semiperfs on the fuser 
frame engage the holes on the Fuser 
Cleaning Blade. Also ensure that the 
Upper Paper Guides are installed between 
the semiperfs on the support bracket, and 
that they are even with the top frame 
(Figure 1). 



Fuser 

Frame 

Semiperfs 



Fuser 

Cleaning 

Blade 




Support 
Bracket 
Semiperfs 

Figure 1 . Installing the Fuser Cleaning Blade 



5614 5113/5114 



www.pnntcofiv.info 



REP 10.7, 10.8, 10.9 



REP 14.1 Control Panel Cover 

Parts List on PL 1.1 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Control Panel (Figure 1). 



Pull the Panel toward the 
front, then remove the 
Panel 



Remove the 
screws 



Disconnect 
the P/Js (2) 




Open the 
Front Cover 



Figure 1 . Removing the Control Panel Cover 



REP 14.2 Left Cover 
Parts List on PL 7.2 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Left Cover (Figure 1). 



4 

Lift to 

disengage the 
tabs and 
remove the 
Cover 



Open the Front Cover 




Remove the 
screws (2) 



Remove the 
Output Tray 
(not shown) 



Figure 1 . Removing the Left Cover 



REP 14.3 Upper Rear Cover 
Parts List on PL 7.2 
Removal 



1. 

2. 
3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

1 



Disconnect the copier power cord. 

Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1). 

Remove the Left Cover (REP 1 4.2). 

Open the copier, then remove the Bypass 
Tray (REP 7.2). 

Close the copier. 

Remove the Upper Rear Cover (Figure 1). 



Remove the screws (2) 
from the Right Cover. 
Pull out the bottom 
slightly; then, remove it 



Lift up slightly 
to disengage 
the tabs, then 
remove the 
Cover 




Remove the 
screws (3) 

Figure 1. Removing the Upper Rear Cover 



REP 14.1,14.2,14.3 



4/97 

www.printqj)j^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



REP 14.4 Lower Rear Cover 

Parts List on PL7.2 

Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Open the Copier. 

3. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (Figure 1). 



Tray 2 Only: 

Disconnect P/J 



REP 14.5 Front Inner Cover 
Parts List on PL7.2 
Removal 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

Remove the Photoreceptor Module. 

Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1). 

Remove the Inner Cover (Figure 1). 

NOTE: If this screw is removed, copy quality 
problems will occur when the front end of the 
Edge Erase Support falls, 

NOTE 

Edge Erase 
Support Screw 



Replacement 

1 . Ensure that the Release Knob is positioned 
so that the copier opens when the knob is 
actuated, and the latches (not shown) 
move to the release position. 




3 * 

Pull the cover out slightly, move 
it as shown to disengage the 
tabs, then remove the cover 

Figure 1. Removing the Lower Rear Cover 
Replacement 

CAUTION 
A screw that is too long will damage the 
Lower PWB. 



Remove the screws (4) 
Figure 1 . Removing the Inner Cover 



5614 5113/5114 



+ 4/97 . 

www.printcpQv.info 



REP 14.4, 14.5 



ADJ1.1 Copier Level 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the level of the copier 
so that copy quality and copier operation are 
in specification. 

Check 

1 . Check the front - to - rear level. 

a. Position the level on the Document 
Glass as shown and check that no part 
of the bubble is visible outside one of 
the level indicator lines (Figure 1). 

Level 
600T41510 




b. If the end of the bubble is visible 
outside one of the level indicator lines, 
the copier is not level. If the copier is 
not level, the bubble is closest to the 
end of the copier that is too high. 
Remember whether the front or the 
rear is too high, and go to the 
adjustment. 

Adjustment 

1 . If the copier is on a Xerox stand, go to step 
3 (Figure 3) 

2. Place leveling pads under the copier as 
required. 

NOTE: If the copier is secured to the 
customer stand or table, tell the customer 
that the hardware must be loosened so 
that the copier can be leveled. 

a. If the front is too high, place a leveling 
pad under each rear copier base pad. 

b. If the rear is too high, place a leveling 
pad under each front copier base pad. 



NOTE: Use the following specification as a 
guideline. The side - to - side copier level 
is good if 1/2 or more of the bubble is 
within the level indicator lines. In order to 
adjust the side -to -side copier level, it 
may be necessary to place leveling pads 
under the left or right copier base pads. 

c. Check the copier level and add another 
pad if required. If the copier is level, 
install the pads permanently by 
removing the protective paper cover 
from the pad and reinstalling the 
leveling pad(s) with the sticky side 
toward the copier. 

d. If the copier was secured to the 
customer stand or table, reinstall or 
tighten the hardware. 

e. Tell the customer the copier should not 
be moved unless service is called to 
check the level of the copier. 



Figure 1 . Checking the Front - to - Rear Level 



ADJ1.1 



4/97 

www.printc^jg^info 



5614 5113/5114 



Adjust the level of the copier (Figure 1). 

a. Loosen the screws as required. 

b. Install leveling pads under the copier 
or Tray 2 as required. 

c. Tighten the screws. 

d. Check the Copier Level 

e. If the copier is level, install the pads 
permanently by removing the 
protective paper cover from the pad 
and reinstalling the leveling pad(s) 
with the sticky side toward the copier. 



Output 
Tray 




n Tra V 2 

Screws 



Stand 
Screws 



Figure 1. Leveling the Copier 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpDv.info 



ADJ1.1 



ADJ 5.1 SDF Front-to-Rear 
Registration and Skew 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the position of the 
SDF so that the front-to-rear registration is 
correct and without any skew. 

Check 

1. Register side A of the test pattern on the 
document glass, select Bypass Tray, and 
make 5 copies. 

2. Check the Baseline Front-to-Rear 
Registration. 

a. Check that the graduated mm scales 
that are on the front and rear edges of 
the copy are centered on the copy 
(Figure 1). If they are not, adjust the 
Baseline Front-to-Rear Registration 
(ADJ 6.1 1) before continuing to step 3 
of this procedure. 



u 


c 


y 


w 


m 


w 










3. Feed side A of the test pattern face down 
through the SDF. 

4. Check the side-to-side registration and the 
skew (Figure 2). 




CheckthatthelOmm 
graduated line is 10 
mm ± 1.6 mm from 
the front edge of the 
copy at both positions 

Figure 2. Checking the SDF Front-to-Rear 
Registration /Skew 



Adjustment 

1. Adjust the SDF. 

a. Loosen the screws (2) slightly that are 
on the Left Counterbalance of the SDF. 

b. Reposition the SDF and repeat the 
check for front-to-rear registration 
and skew. 

c. Tighten the screws. 



Figure 1. Checking the Baseline Front-to-Rear 
Registration 



ADJ 5.1 



4/97 

www.printcqp(Qinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 5.2 SDF Magnification 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the lead edge to trail 
edge magnification for the SDF. 

Check 

1. Select 100% magnification. 

2. Feed side B of the test pattern through the 
SDF. 

3. Check the copy. Compare the mag scale of 
the copy with the scale on the test pattern 
(Figure 1). 



Adjustment 

1. Enter [20-8]. 

2. Increase the value that is displayed in 
order to increase the size of the copy. 
Decrease the value in order to decrease 
the size of the copy. 

3. Exit the Diagnostic Mode. 




ADJ 5.3 SDF Exposure 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the exposure of copies 
made using the SDF so that they are the same 
as copies made using the Document Glass. 

Check 

1. Check the Exposure Level (ADJ 6.1). 

2. Select 100% magnification and Text copy 
mode. 

3. Make 3 copies using the SDF. 

4. Check the third copy. The .20 line pairs are 
just visible and the .10 line pairs are not 
visible. 

Adjustment 

1. Enter [20-1 5]. 

2. Increase the value that is displayed in 
order to increase the exposure of the copy 
(make the copy lighter). 

3. Repeat the check. 

4. Exit the Diagnostic Mode. 



The to 100 marks on the mag scale on 
the copy align with the to 1 00 marks on 
the test pattern 

Figure 1 . Checking the SDF Magnification 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcjpDy.info 



ADJ 5.2 



ADJ 6.1 Exposure Level 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the density of each 
copy mode. 

Check 

1 . Select the Text copy mode (Figure 1). 

2. Make three copies of side A of the test 
pattern. 

3. Check the third copy. The .20 line pairs are 
just visible and the .10 line pairs are not 
visible (Figure 2). 

4. Select the Photo copy mode (Figure 1). 

5. Make three copies of side A of the test 
pattern. 

6. Check the third copy.The .20 line pairs are 
just visible and the .10 line pairs are not 
visible (Figure 2). 

7. Select the Auto copy mode (Figure 1). 

8. Make three copies of side A of the test 
pattern. 

9. Check the third copy. The .20 line pairs are 
just visible and the .10 line pairs are not 
visible (Figure 2). 

1 0. If the checks of the exposure levels are not 
correct, perform the adjustment. 




The Photo The Text 
Copy Mode Copy Mode 



Figure 1 . The Copy Modes 




The Line 
Pairs 



Figure 2. The Copy Density 



ADJ 6.1 



4/97 

www.printc4p^?info 



5614 5113/5114 



Adjustment 

NOTE: Prior to performing the exposure level 
adjustment the Auto Exposure Sensor must 
first be calibrated. The first 2 steps of the 
following procedure perform the calibration. 
During step 2, disregard the display. Raise the 
Document Cover or SDF slightly to see the light 
of the Exposure Lamp. 

1. Cover all the Document Glass with paper 
and close the Document Cover or SDF. 

2. Enter [20-5] and then press the Start 
button twice and wait until the Exposure 
Lamp switches off before going to step 3. 

3. Remove the paper and place side A of the 
test pattern on the Document Glass. 

4. Enter 20-4 and then press the Start 
button. Text copy mode and Copy Lighter 
is selected. The value that is displayed 
represents the presently set exposure 
value. 

5. Press the Start button in order to make a 
copy. 

6. The exposure is correct if the .35B line 
pair is visible, and the .27 line pair is not 
visible. 

If the .35B line pair is not visible, use the 
quantity select buttons to decrease the 
exposure value. 

If the .27 line pair is visible, use the 
quantity select buttons to increase the 
exposure value. 

Press the Start button in order to set the 
new exposure value and to make another 
copy. 



7. Select copy darker and press the Start 
button in order to make a copy (Figure 3). 

8. The exposure is correct if the .10 line pair 
is visible, and the .05 line pair is not 
visible. 

If the .10 line pair is not visible, use the 
quantity select buttons to decrease the 
exposure value. 

If the .05 line pair is visible, use the 
quantity select buttons to increase the 
exposure value. 

Press the Start button in order to set the 
new exposure value and to make another 
copy. 

NOTE: Copy Normal is automatically adjusted 
when copy darker and copy lighter are 
adjusted. 

9. Select the Photo mode (Figure 3). 

10. Ensure that the copy lighter is selected 
and make a copy. 

1 1 . Adjust the exposure level so that the .35B 
line pair is visible and the .27 line pair is 
not visible. 

1 2. Select the copy darker and make a copy. 

13. Adjust the exposure level so that the .10 
line pair is visible and the .05 line pair is 
not visible. 



14. 

15. 



16. 
17. 



Press the Auto mode (Figure 3). 

Select the copy lighter and check that the 
exposure level is set to 0. If it is not set to 
0, set it to 0. Then, press the Start button. 
Do not check the copy quality. 

Select the copy darker and make a copy. 

Adjust the exposure level so that the .20 
line pair is visible and the .10 line pair is 
not visible. 



1 8. Exit the Diagnostic Mode. 




The Copy The Text Copy Copy Copy 
Mode Select Mode and the Lighter Normal 
Button Photo Mode 



Figure 3. Selecting the Modes 



Copy 

Darker 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcDDv.info 



ADJ6.1 



ADJ 6.2 Magnification 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the front to rear and 
the lead edge to trail edge magnification. 

Check 

1. Place the test pattern, side B, on the 
Document Glass with the short edge 
positioned against the Left Registration 
Edge. 

2. Select 100% magnification, and a copy 
quantity of 3. Press the Start button. 

3. Check the third copy. Compare the 
magnification scale of the copy with the 
scale on the test pattern (Figure 1). 

4. Place the test pattern, side B, on the 
Document glass with the short edge 
positioned against the Rear Registration 
Edge (test pattern short edge toward the 
rear of the glass). 

5. Select 100% magnification, and a copy 
quantity of 3. Press the Start button. 

6. Check the third copy. Compare the 
magnification scale of the copy with the 
scale on the test pattern (Figure 1). 




tmei r.ia f9f9it. 3ihi - 



Is j e- 'iS 



The to 1 00 marks on the mag scale on 
the copy align with the to 100 marks on 
the test pattern 



Adjustment 

1. Enter [20-6] (front to rear magnification). 
Increase the value that is displayed in 
order to increase the magnification. 
Decrease the value in order to decrease 
the magnification. 

2. Enter [20-7] (lead edge to trail edge 
magnification). Increase the value that is 
displayed in order to increase the 
magnification. Decrease the value in order 
to decrease the magnification. 



Figure 1 . Checking the Magnification 



ADJ 6.2 



4/97 

www.printGQ>fl#.info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 6.6 Mirror 4/5 Cam (R/E only) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Mirror 4/5 Cam so 
that it is aligned with the Lens Drive Pulley. 

Check 

1 . Document Cover only: Remove the 
Document Cover. 

2. SDF Only: Remove the SDF (REP 5.1). 

3. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1). 

4. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

5. Check the Mirror 4/5 Cam (Figure 1). 

CHECK 

The hole in the 
Mirror 4/5 Cam 
and the hole in 
the Lens Drive 
Pulley are aligned 

ADJUST 

1 

Loosen the 

screws (2) 



Adjust the 
cam and 
then tighten 
the screws 

Figure 1. Checking and Adjusting the Mirror 
4/5 Cam 




Adjustment 

1. Adjustthe Mirror 4/5 Cam (Figure 1). 

2. Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpDv.info 



ADJ 6.6 



ADJ 6.7 Full Rate and Half Rate 

Carriage 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Half Rate Carriage 
and the Full Rate Carriage so that they are 
parallel to the frame. 

Check 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. RemovetheDocumentGlass(REP6.1). 

3. Check the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriage 
parallelism (Figure 1). 

/ Move the Full 
/ Rate Carriage 

toward the 
I right until it 
\ stops moving 




The Half Rate 
Carriage is 
touching the 
frame tab at 
the front and 
the frame tab 
at the rear 



The edge of the mirror 
is the same distance 
from the frame atthe 
front and at the rear 



The Fuse 
Shield on 
the Full 
Rate 
Carriage 
touches 
the frame 



Figure 1. Checking the Full Rate and Half Rate 
Carriage parallelism 



Adjustment 

1 . If the Full Rate Carriage is misadjusted and 
the Half Rate Carriage is good, go to step 
4. Otherwise, go to step 2. 

2. Remove the Control Panel (REP 14.1). 

3. Adjust the Half Rate Carriage (Figure 2). 

a. Loosen the screws (2) that secure the 
Optics Cables to the bottom of the Full 
Rate Carriage. 

b. If the Half Rate Carriage is not 
touching the front frame tab, loosen 
the hex screws in the pulleys, hold the 
pulley shaft, push the Half Rate 
Carriage against the stop, and then 
tighten the hex screws. 

c. If the Half Rate Carriage is not 
touching the rear frame tab, loosen 
the hex screw in the pulley, hold the 
pulley shaft, push the Half Rate 
Carriage against the stop, and then 
tighten the hex screw. 

Rear 

frame 

tab 



4. Adjust the Full Rate Carriage (Figure 3). 

a. If step 3 was skipped, loosen the screws 
(2) that secure the Optics Cables to the 
bottom of the Full Rate Carriage. 

b. Adjust the Full Rate Carriage so that 
the edge of the mirror is the same 
distance from the frame at the front 
and at the rear, while ensuring that 
the Fuse Shield is against the frame, 
and then tighten the screws. 

Rear 

frame 
tab 





Screws (2) 



Fuse Shield 
Figure 3 . Adjusting the Full Rate Carriage 



Hex 
screws 



Screws (2) 



Front 
frame 
tab 



Figure 2. Adjusting the Half Rate Carriage 



ADJ 6.7 



4/97 

www. printjjggy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 6.8 Scan Rail (Half Rate 

Carriage) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the front Scan Rail so 
that the Half Rate Carriage is level with the 
optics frame. 

Check 

1. Make a copy of side B of the test pattern 
using the longest paper available. 

NOTE: Entry to this adjustment is from a RAP 
or adjustment 

2. Compare the copy to the examples in the 
figure below. Go to the Adjustment if the 
image is skewed as shown below (Figure 



Image 
at Lead 
Edge 



Scan Rail 
left end 
too low 
(or right 
end too 
high) 




Scan Rail 
left end 
too high 
(or right 
end too 
low) 



Image 

at Trail 
tdge 



Scan Rail 
too high 



Scan Rail 
too low 



Adjustment 

NOTE: Perform this adjustment only if 
directed to do so. This adjustment is set during 
manufacture and cannot be performed with 
optimal results without special equipment 
This adjustment assumes that the Mirror 415 
Carriage adjustment (ADJ 6.10) is correct or 
undisturbed before this service call. 

If the adjustment of the Mirror 415 Carriage is 
unknown (in the up and down direction) as a 
result of service actions on the Mirror 415 
carriage, perform the Coarse Scan Rail 
adjustment now (ADJ 6.9), then the Mirror 415 
Carriage adjustment (ADJ 6.10), and then 
return here. 



1. 



Open the front cover and swing out the 
Dry Ink Cartridge. 

Loosen the screws, adjust the Scan Rail, 
and then tighten the screws (Figure 2). 



Scan Rail 
Tabs 




Screws 
(2) 



Figure 2. Adjusting the Scan Rail 



Figure 1. Checking the Image 



5614 5113/5114 



+ 4/97 . 

www.printcpDv.info 



ADJ 6.8 



ADJ 6.9 Scan Rail Coarse (Half 

Rate Carriage) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the front Scan Rail to 
an approximate position so that the Mirror 4/5 
Carriage can be adjusted. 

NOTE: Perform this check or adjustment only if 
directed to do so. This adjustment is set during 
manufacture and cann ot be perform ed w ith 
optimal results without special equipment 
This adjustment is only required if at least one 
component from each bullet statement below 
has been moved (in the up or down direction) 
as a result of service actions. 
The Scan Rail or a component that 
supports the Half Rate Carriage and the 
mirrors in the up and down direction. 
The Mirror Position Cam or a component 
that supports the Mirror 4/5 Carriage or 
the mirrors in the up and down direction. 

Check 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Left Cover (REP 1 4.2). 



Check that the measurement from the 
bottom of the Half Rate Carriage to the 
base of the optics housing is the same at 
the front and at the rear (Figure 1). 




Front and Rear 
Measurements 

Figure 1. Checking the Measurements 

4. Push the Half Rate Carriage toward the 
middle of the optics area and repeat the 
measurement. 

5. The measurements should be within 0.5 
mm. 



Adjustment 

1. Adjust the Scan Rail (Figure 2). 

a. Loosen the screws (2). 

b. Adjust the Scan Rail Tab where the 
Half Rate Carriage is positioned at this 
time and then tighten the screw 
enough to hold the Scan Rail. 

c. Push the Half Rate Carriage to the 
other position and then repeat step b. 

Scan Rai 
Tabs 




Screws 

(2) 



Figure 2. Adjusting the Scan Rail 
2. Check the Mirror 4/5 Carriage (ADJ 6. 1 0). 



ADJ 6.9 



4/97 

www. printqpjj^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ6.10 Mirror 4/5 Carriage 

Level 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Mirror 4/5 
Carriage so that it is level with the Half Rate 
Carriage. 

NOTE: The Mirror 4/5 Carriage adjustment 
assumes that the adjustment of the Half Rate 
Carriage is correct If the adjustment of the 
Half Rate Carriage is unknown (in the up and 
down direction) as a result of service actions 
(for example, the front Scan Rail moved during 
this service call), perform the Scan Rail Coarse 
(Half Rate Carriage) adjustment (ADJ 6.9) now, 
and then return here. 

Check 

1. Make a copy of side B of the test pattern 
using the longest paper available. 

2. Compare the copy to the examples in the 
figure below. Go to the Adjustment if the 
image is skewed as shown below (Figure 
D- 




Mirror 4/5 
Carriage 
too low 
at front 



Image 
at Lead 
Edge 



Mirror 4/5 
Carriage 
too high 
at front 




image 

at Trail 
Edge 



Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1). 

3. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

4. Adjust the Mirror Position Cam (Figure 2). 

Rotate the 
Mirror 
Position Cam 




Figure 2. Adjusting the Mirror Position Cam 

5. Check the Scan Rail (Half Rate Carriage) 
(ADJ 6.8). 



Figure 1. Checking the Image 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcofw.info 



ADJ 6.10 



ADJ 6.11 Baseline Front-to-Rear 

Registration (R/E only) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the lens position so 
that the image is centered between the front 
and rear edges of the copy. 

Check 

1. Register side A of the test pattern on the 
Document Glass, select Bypass Tray, and 
make 5 copies. 

2. Check that the graduated mm scales that 
are on the long edges of the copy are 
centered on the copy. 



Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. RemovetheDocumentGlass(REP6.1). 

3. Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 

4. Loosen the screws (2) and move the Lens 
Guide as shown to move the image on the 
copy paper as shown. 

NOTE: Ensure the pin on the bottom of the 
lens assembly engages the slot in the Lens 
Gu/cte. (Figure 1). 




5. 



6. 



Figure 1. Adjusting the Lens Guide 

Adjust the Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 
Registration (ADJ 8.4). 

SDF Only: Adjust the SDF Front - to - Rear 
Registration and Skew (ADJ 5.1). 



ADJ 6.11 



4/97 

www.printc£>jj$fyinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ6.12 Resolution (R/E only) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Mirror 4/5 
Carriage so that the copy meets the 
specification for resolution. 

Check 

1 . Make a copy of side A of the test pattern. 

2. Check that the 3.5 LP/mm arrays for the 
resolution targets are completely resolved 
(Figure 1). 



mm = 
mm" 



3JJ3JJ^3JF[E.LEELLttLMIH] 

333MHi3 JC F FlEEtU E£ 3 1 D 113 

* 333333JMJEEfEE.tELttE 33 31111 



r. MM 



IfiQll 



RotJfn !■ (|j ^t 



Resolution 
Target 

Figure 1. Checking the Resolution 



Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 



1. 
2. 
3. 

4. 



Disconnect the copier power cord. 
Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1). 
Remove the Lens Cover (REP 6. 1 0). 
Adjust the resolution (Figure 2). 




Adjust the Mirror 
Position Bracket 
and then tighten 
the screw 



Figure 2. Adjusting the Resolution 

5. Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2). 

6. Check the Baseline Front -to- Rear 
Registration (R/E only) (ADJ 6.1 1). 



ADJ 6.13 Exposure Lamp Shades 

(Baffles) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Exposure Lamp 
Shades so that the density is even from the 
front to the rear of the copy . 

Check 

1 . Make a copy of side A of the test pattern. 

2. Check that the density is even from the 
front to the rear of the copy. 

Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 1). 

2. Make a mark of the position of the lamp 
shades. 

3. Loosen the screws and adjust the lamp 
shades as required in order to open or 
close the opening that is to the left of the 
Exposure Lamp (Figure 1). 




Screws (4) 

Figure 1 . Adjusting the Lamp Shades 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcDgv.info 



ADJ 6.12,6.13 



ADJ 6.14 Baseline Front-to-Rear 
Registration (1:1 only) 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the lens position so 
that the image is registered on the long edges 
of the copy paper. 

Check 

1. Register side A of the test pattern on the 
Document Glass, select Bypass Tray, and 
make five copies. 

2. Check that the graduated mm scales that 
are near the front edge and on the rear 
edge of the copy are centered on the copy. 

Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.11) 
and the Lens Cover (REP 1 0). 

3. Loosen the screws (3) and move the Lens 
as shown in order to move the image as 
shown on the copy sample (Figure 1). 

Screws (3) ' — ^ 




Figure 1. Adjusting the Document Glass Front- 
to-Rear Registration 

4. Adjust the Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 
Registration (ADJ 8.4). 



ADJ6.15 Resolution (1:1 only) 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Mirror 4/5 
Carriage Assembly so that the copy meets the 
specification for resolution. 

Check 

1 . Make a copy of side A of the test pattern. 

2. Check that the 3.5 LP/mm arrays for the 
resolution targets are completely resolved 
(Figure 1). 



l3Tm H\ 3333333333FEEEEEEEEEE333333 

I13TR ,' "\ 3333333133k E EEEEELEEE3J3333 
PITH™ N* 3333333333€EEEEEEEEE£333131 



EC J 3333333333EE EEEEEEEEE331333 

Ft mmmjauttULLU .•>•■ 



n . "/T H 



inn 



R*jym H ,j, _ mfnmfel 
nwdj ol I" ~-n if- fillH J 



m 




Resolution 
Target 



Figure 1. Checking the Resolution 



Adjustment 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6. 
the Lens Cover (REP 6. 10). 

3. Adjust the resolution (Figure 2). 



power 

1)and 




Move the lock to the 
right and tighten the 
locking screw 



ori i) 


1 


\ \ 




7k? \J 


1; 


2 







Adjust the screw 
and check the 
resolution 



Figure 2. Adjusting the Resolution 



ADJ 6.14,6.15 



4/97 

www.printc£)j^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 6.16 Lens Cable 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Lens Cable to 
enable a range of adjustment for the 
Resolution adjustment. 

Check 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

1 . Disconnect the copier power cord. 

2. Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (REP 
7.2). 

3. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1) and 
the Lens Cover (REP 6. 10) 

4. Check the Lens Cable (Figure 1). 

NOTE: In step 1 of Figure 1, the 2mm Hex 
Wrench will fit loosely. Position the wrench as 
shown before going to step 2. 

1 

Rotate the cam and place a 

2mm Hex Wrench through 
the cam hole and into the 
frame hole 




CHECK 

2 

The Lens Carriage 
indicates the Zero 
position ±2 lines 



Adjustment 

1 . Adjust the Lens Cable (Figure 2). 
NOTE: In step 3 of Figure 7, the 2mm Hex 
Wrench will fit loosely. Position the wrench as 
shown before going to the next step. 

2 3 

Loosen the cable on Rotate the cam and place a 

the pulley ^ 2mm Hex Wrench through 

the cam hole and into the 

frame hole" 



Disengage 
the Hook 
and then 
the Spring 




Engage the 
Hook and 
then the 
Spring 



Wrap the 
Cable 
around 
the pulley 

9 y Move the Lens 

Carriage to the 
Zero position 

Figure 2. Adjusting the Lens Cable 

2. Reassemble the copier. 

3. Check the Resolution (R/E only) (ADJ 6. 1 2). 

4. Check the Magnification (ADJ 6.2). 

5. Check the Baseline Front -to- Rear 
Registration (R/E only) (ADJ 6.1 1). 



Figure 1 . Checking the Lens Cable 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printaDpy.info 



ADJ 6.16 



ADJ6.17 Lens NVM 

Purpose 

The purpose is to ensure that the value for lens 
characteristics is recorded in NVM. 

Check 

1. Enter [20-3], press the start button, and 
record the value. 

WARNING 

Electrical shock hazard exists if the power 
cord is not disconnected. 

2. Disconnect the copier power cord. 

3. Remove the Bypass Tray Assembly (REP 
7.2). 

4. Remove the Document Glass (REP 6.1) and 
Lens Cover (REP 6. 10). 

5. Check the Lens number (Figure 1). 




i 

Move the Lens 
Carriage to the 
Zero position 



CHECK 

2 

The number on the 
Lens is the same as 
the value that was 
recorded in step 1 

Figure 1 . Checking the Lens Number 



Adjustment 

1 . Assemble the copier. 

2. Enter [20 - 3] and press the Start button. 



Enter the number for the Lens and press 
the Start button. 



4. Exit the diagnostic mode. 



ADJ6.17 



4/97 

www. printc^yjfl. info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 8.1 Registration Buckle 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the registration 
buckle for Tray 1 and also the Bypass Tray so 
that the registration is the same on all copies 
and so that the copy paper is not overdriven 
before the Registration Clutch energizes. 

Check 

1. If the copier exhibits any of the 
characteristics listed below, enter 20-10 
and enter a and a 5, then press the Start 
button. Then, exit the Diagnostic Mode 
and go to step 2. If the copier does not 
exhibit the characteristics listed below, go 
to step 2 without changing the value in 
location 20-10. 

• The copier is reported with E 1 jams 

• There is a small fold in the middle of 
the copy 

• The image is skewed or smeared in the 
middle of the copy 

• There is image deletion in the middle 
of the copy 

2. Select Tray 1 or the Bypass Tray and make 
10 copies of side A of the test pattern at 
100%. 

NOTE: When only Tray 1 is selected, the 
optional Tray 2 is also adjusted, if present 

3. Check that the Lead Edge Registration 
does not change more than 0.5 mm among 
the copies. 



Adjustment 

1. Enter [20-10]. Select Tray 1 or the Bypass 
Tray, increase the value by 10, and press 
the Start button. 

2. Exit the Diagnostic Mode and repeat steps 
2 and 3 of the check. 

3. Check the Lead Edge Registration: 
with 1:1 (ADJ 8.2) 

with R/E (ADJ 8.5) 



ADJ 8.2 Lead Edge Registration 

with 1:1 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the lead edge 
registration so that the registration is in 
specification 

Check 

1 . Make 5 copies of side A of the test pattern 
at 100%. 

2. Check the Lead Edge Registration (Figure 
D- 




Copy of 

Side A 

Test 

Check that the distance Pattern 

from the copy edge to 

the 10 mm line measures 

10 mm ± 1 mm 

Figure 1. Checking the Lead Edge Registration 

3. If the registration changes from copy to 
copy by more than 0.5 mm, adjust the 
Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1). If the 
registration does not change, go to the 
adjustment of this procedure. 

Adjustment 

1. Adjust the Lead Edge Registration. 

a. Enter 20-9. 

b. If the measurement made in step 2 of 
the check is greater than 10 mm, 
increase the value that is shown in the 
display, then press the Start button. If 
the measurement is less than 10 mm, 
decrease the value, then press the 
Start button. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print43J5y. info 



ADJ 8.1, 8.2 



ADJ 8.3 Lead/Trail Edge Deletion 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the lead edge and the 
trail edge deletion so that the deletion is in 
specification 

Check 

1 . Check the lead edge and trail edge 
deletion from Tray 1 and the Bypass Tray. 

a. Register side B of the test pattern on 
the Document Glass, select Tray 1, and 
make a copy. 

b. Select the Bypass Tray and make a 
copy. 

c. Check that the lead edge deletion is 
not greater than 3 mm on A4 / 8.5 x 1 1 
size copies and not greater than 1.5 
mm on A5/ 5.5 x 8.5 size copies. Check 
that the trail edge deletion is not 
greater than 3 mm on A4/8.5 x 11 size 
copies, not greater than 5 mm on A5 / 
5.5 x 8.5 size copies, and not greater 
than 5 mm on duplex copies (Figure 1). 



15 









£ 


= 






Copy of 

Side A 

Test 

Pattern 


r~~ 


§E 







Figure 1 . Checking the Edge Deletion 

NOTE : The specifications listed in step c are 
minimum performance capabilities that can be 
expected of the copier. The customer may 
prefer more or less lead edge and trail edge 
deletion and the copier may be adjusted as 
required. 



Adjustment 

1. Adjust the deletion. 

a. Enter 20-11. 

b. Go to step e to adjust only the trail 
edge deletion. 

c. Press the Tray Select button until the 
Tray 1 LED is on. 

CAUTION 
Lead Edge Deletion should be at least 1.5 mm 
to ensure reliable stripping. Stripper finger 
and fuser roll damage may result with no lead 
edge deletion. Dry Imager consumption may 
also be marginally higher. 

d. Enter a smaller value than what is 
shown in the display to reduce the 
deletion or a larger value to increase 
the deletion. 

e. Press the Tray Select button until the 
Tray 1 LED blinks to adjust Tray 1 Trail 
Edge Deletion, or press Tray Select 
button until the Bypass Tray LED is on 
to adjust Bypass Tray Trail Edge 
Deletion. 

f. Enter a smaller value than what is 
shown in the display to reduce the 
deletion or a larger value to increase 
the deletion. 

g. Switch off and switch on the copier in 
order to exit the diagnostic mode. 



ADJ 8.3 



4/97 

www.printQ(igg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 8-4 Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 

Registration 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Registration Block 
on the Tray 1 and Tray 2, if Tray 2 is present, so 
that the side-to-side registration is in 
specification. 

Check 

Register side A of the test pattern on the 
Document Glass, select Bypass Tray and 
1 00%, and make five copies. 

Check the Baseline Front-to-Rear 
Registration. 

a. Check that the graduated mm scales 
that are on the front and rear edges of 
the copy are centered on the copy 
(Figure 1). If they are not, and the 
copier is equipped with R/E, adjust the 
Baseline Front-to-Rear Registration 
(ADJ 6.1 1), then return here to step 3. 
If they are not, and the copier is a 1:1 
copier, go to step 3. . 



1. 



2. 




Figure 1. Checking the Baseline Front-to-Rear 
Registration 

3. Select Tray 1 or Tray 2 and make a copy. 



4. Check the Paper Tray Front-to-Rear 
Registration. (Figure 2). 




Check that the 10 mm 
graduated line is 10 mm 
± 1.6 mm from the 
front edge of the copy 

Figure 2. Checking the Paper Tray Front-to- 
Rear Registration 



Adjustment 



1. 



Adjust the Paper Tray 
Registration (Figure 3). 



Front-to-Rear 




1 

Open the Paper Tray 



Loosen the screw 
and move the screw 
in the direction that 
the graduated scale 
on the copy should 
go, then tighten the 
screw 



Copy of 

Side A 

Test 

Pattern 



Figure 3. Adjusting the Paper Tray Front-to- 
Rear Registration 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printqpgy.info 



ADJ 8.4 



ADJ 8.5 Lead Edge Registration 
R/E 

Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the image alignment 
between a 64% copy and a 129% copy so that 
the Lead Edge Registration is correct for any 
selection of reduction or enlargement. 

If the copier is equipped with SDF, ADJ 8.6 is 
used to align the SDF registration. 

Check 

1 . Make 5 copies of side A of the test pattern 
at 100% using the Document Glass to 
manually register the test pattern. 

2. Check the Lead Edge Registration (Figure 
D- 



r / 


E— 


* 


/ 


=r~ ' 


f 


7 





15 

Check that the distance 
from the copy edge to 
the 10 mm line measures 
10 mm + 1 mm 



Copy of 

Side A 

Test 

Pattern 



Figure 1. Checking the Lead Edge Registration 

3. If the registration changes from copy to 
copy more than 0.5 mm, adjust the 
Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1). 

If the registration does not change or vary 
from copy to copy, go to the adjustment of 
this procedure. 



Preliminary Adjustment Setup 

1. Enter in the 3 NVM locations for 
registration. 

a. Enter [20 -9]. 

b. Enter 0. 

c. Press the Tray Select button until the 
Tray 1 LED is blinking. 

d. Enter 0. 

2. If SDF is present, go to step 3. If no SDF is 
present, to to step 4. 

3. Without Tray 2: Press the Tray Select 

button only once. The Tray 1 lamp is lit. 
With Tray 2: Press the Tray Select button 
until both the Tray 1 and the Tray 2 LED's 
are lit. 

4. Enter 0. 



Adjustment 

1 . Make copy samples. 

a. Enter [20 -9]. 

b. Manually register side A of the test 
pattern on the document glass, select 
129%, and press the Start button. 
Label the copy 129. 

c. Select 64% and press the Start button. 
Label the copy 64. 

d. Select 100%. 

2. Measure the Lead Edge Registration. 

a. On the copy labeled 64, use a mm scale 
to measure the distance from the lead 
edge of the copy paper to the lead 
edge of the image and record this 
value on the copy. 

b. Do the same on the copy labeled 1 29. 



Continued on the next page. 



ADJ 8.5 



4/97 

www.printqpBg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



3. Determine and enter the NVM value to 
adjust the lead edge registration. 

a. Exit diagnostics and reenter [20 - 9]. 

b. On the top of the Tray 1 LED On Chart, 
mark the dimension that was 
measured on the copy labeled 129 
(Figure 2). 

c. On the side of the Tray 1 LED On Chart, 
mark the dimension that was 
measured on the copy labeled 64 
(Figure 2). 

d. Find the value in Figure 2 that is 
aligned with both marks and enter this 
NVM value. 

NOTE: It is not necessary to press the Start 
button after entering the value. The new 
value is in memory as soon as the value is 
visible in the display. 



Continued on the next page. 



64% 

Lead 
Edge of 
Paper 
to Lead 
Edge of 
Image 
values 
in mm 
at 64% 



129% 
Lead Edge of Paper to Lead Edge of Image values in mm at 129% 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 



1 





8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


























2 


- 





8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 
























3 


- 


- 





8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 






















4 


- 


- 


- 





8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 




















5 


- 


- 


- 


- 





8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


















6 















8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 
















7 

















8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 














8 



















8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 












9 





















8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


- 


- 


- 


- 


10 























8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 




- 


- 


11 

























8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


- 


„ 


12 



























8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


- 


13 





























8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


99 


14 































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


91 


15 

































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


82 


16 



































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


74 


17 





































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


66 


18 







































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


58 


19 









































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


49 


20 











































8 


16 


25 


33 


41 


21 













































8 


16 


25 


33 


22 















































8 


16 


25 


23 

















































8 


16 


24 



















































8 


25 






















































NVM Values 



Figure 2. Tray 1 LED On Chart 



Continued on the next page. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printAslJty.info 



ADJ 8.5 



4. Press the Tray Select button once (the Tray 
1 LED is blinking). 

5. Adjust the registration. 

a. Select 100% and make a copy. 

b. Measure from the lead edge of the 
paper to the 10 mm line. Change the 
value in the display by 8 for every 1 
mm of misregistration. 

c. Without SDF: Procedure is complete. 
WithSDF: GotoADJ8.6. 

NOTE: It is not necessary to press the Start 
button after entering the value. The new 
value is in memory as soon as the value is 
visible in the display. 



4/97 
ADJ 8.5 www.printqpgjf.info 5614 5113/5114 



ADJ 8.6 SDF Registration 

Purpose 

The purpose is to align the registration of 
copies made using the SDF with copies made 
using the Document Glass. 

1 . Make 5 copies of side A of the test pattern 
at 100% using the Document Glass to 
manually register the test pattern. 

2. Check the Lead Edge Registration (Figure 



1). 








E— J 


% 


y 


=— ' 


r 


7 


E 



15 

Check that the distance 
from the copy edge to 
the 10 mm line measures 
10 mm ± 1 mm 



Copy of 

Side A 

Test 

Pattern 



Figure 1 . Checking the Lead Edge Registration 

3. If the registration changes from copy to 
copy more than 0.5 mm, adjust the 
Registration Buckle (ADJ 8.1) and go back 
to step 1. 



Adjustment 

1. Adjust the SDF registration. 

a. Enter [20 - 9] and press the Tray Select 
button twice. If the value is 0, go to 
step b. If the value is any other 
number, go to step c. 

b. Enter 30. Exit diagnostics and reenter 
[20-9]. 

c. Measure from the lead edge of the 
paper to the 10 mm line. Change the 
value in the display by 8 for every 1 
mm of misregistration. 

NOTE: It is not necessary to press the Start 
button after entering the value. The new 
value is loaded in memory as soon as the value 
is visible in the display. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printofefty.info 



ADJ 8.6 



ADJ 9.2 Mag Roll Cam 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the cam so that the 
mag roll magnets position the developer into 
the correct developer brush shape for 
optimum copy density and minimum dry ink 
cloud. 

Check 

1 . Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

2. Remove the screws (2) and the cover 
(Figure 1). 



3. 



4. 




Screws (2) 
and Cover 

Figure 1. Removing the Screws and the 
Cover 



Position the Developer Assembly so that 

the Mag Roll is facing up. 

Check the Mag Roll Cam (Figure 2). 

a. Hold the small screwdriver loosely over 
the Mag Roll so that the tip of the 
screwdriver touches the Mag Roll. 

b. Check that the distance between the 
tip of the screwdriver and the bottom 
of the Developer Assembly measures 
15mm +0.5mm -0.0mm. 



Adjustment 

1. Adjust the Mag Roll Cam (Figure 2). 

a. Loosen the locking screw. 

b. Adjust the Mag Roll Cam so that the 
distance is correct. 

c. Tighten the locking screw. 



Screwdriver 



15mm 
+ 0.5mm 
-0mm 



Measured 
distance 




Figure 2. Checking and Adjusting the Mag 
Roll Cam 



ADJ 9.2 



4/97 

www.printqpgy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



ADJ10.1 Fuser Temperature 
Purpose 

The purpose is to adjust the Fuser temperature 
so that the copies are fused correctly. 

Check 

1. Enter [20-2]. 

2. The value that is displayed represents the 
last two digits of the presently set fuser 
temperature (example: 90 equals 190, 00 
equals 200 degrees C). 

Adjustment 

NOTE: The Fuser temperature can be adjusted 
in five degree intervals. 

1. Press the Copier Diagram Button on the 
Control Panel (Figure 1) in order to change 
the temperature setting to one of the 
following selections: 

75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 00 



The Copier 

Diagram 

Button 




Figure 1 . The Copier Diagram Button 

Press the Start button in order to set the 
new fuser temperature selection. 

Exit the Diagnostic Mode. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^^info 



ADJ 10.1 



This page is blank. 



4/97 
www.printqpflf.info 5614 5113/5114 



5. Lista de piezas 



TITULO PAGINA 

INTRODUCCION 5-4 

LISTA DE PIEZAS 

COMPONENTES ELECTRICOS 

PL 1.1 PANEL DECONTROL 5-4 

PL 1 .2 COMPONENTES ELECTRICOS SUPERIORES 5.5 

PL 1 .3 COMPONENTES ELECTRICOS INFERIORES 5.6 

IMPULSIONES 

PL 2.1 IMPULSORES SUPERIORES 5-7 

PL 2.2 IMPULSORES INFERIORES 5-8 

PL 2.3 MOTOR DE IMPULSION PRINCIPAL 5-9 

OPTICA 

PL3.1A 6PTICA(1 DE4) 5-10 

PL3.1B 6PTICA(2DE4) 5-11 

PL3.2A 0PTICA(3DE4) 5-12 

PL3.2B OPTICA (4 DE 4) 5-13 

PL 3.3 CONJUNTO DEL CARRO DE EXPLORACI6N 

COMPLETA 5-14 

PL3.4 CONJUNTO DEL CARRO DE MEDIA 

EXPLORACI6N 5.15 

PL3.5 CONJUNTO DEL CARRO DEL ESPEJO 4/5 . 5.16 

ALIMENTACION Y REGISTRO DEL PAPEL 

PL 4.1 CONJUNTO DE LA BANDEJA1 

(500HOJAS) 5-17 

PL 4.2 CONJUNTO DEL ELEVADOR DE LA 

BANDEJA1 5-18 

PL 4.3 CONJUNTO DE LA BANDEJA 1 (250 HOJAS) 5.19 

PL 4.4 BANDEJA 2 (CASSETTE OPCIONAL) 5.20 

PL 4.5 AUMENTADORDE LA BANDEJA 1 (1 DE 2) 5.21 

PL 4.6 AUMENTADORDE LA BANDEJA 1 (1 DE 2) 5.22 

PL 4.7 ALIMENTADOR DE LA BANDEJA 2 5-23 

PL 4.8 BASTIDOR Y ENGANCHE DE LA 

BANDEJA ESPECIAL 5-24 

PL 4.9 CONJUNTO DE LA BANDEJA ESPECIAL 

(1DE3) 5.25 



TITULO 



PAGINA 



PL 4. 1 0A CONJUNTO DE LA BANDEJA ESPECIAL 

(2 DE 3) 5.26 

PL 4. 1 0B CONJUNTO DE LA BANDEJA ESPECIAL 

(3 DE 3) 5.27 

PL 4. 1 1 ALIMENTACI6N Y REGISTRO DEL 

PAPEL 5.28 

PL5. 12 COMPONENTES DEL REGISTRO 

SUPERIOR 5.29 

SISTEMA XEROGRAFICO 

PL 5.2A CONJUNTO DEL REVELADOR (1 DE 3) . 5-30 

PL5.2B CONJUNTO DEL REVELADOR (2 DE 3) . 5-31 

PL 5.3 CONJUNTO DEL REVELADOR (3 DE 3) .. 5-32 

PL 5.4 CONJ. DEL DISPENSADOR DE TONER ... 5.33 

PL5.5BORRADODEBORDESYCRU 5.34 

PL 5.6 CONJUNTO DEL COROTR6N 5.35 

FUSION DE LA COPIA 

PL 6.1 CONJUNTO DEL FUSOR 5-36 

PL 6.2 RODILLOSDESALIDADELFUSOR 5-37 

CUBIERTAS 

PL 7.1 CUBIERTADEORIGINALES 5-38 

PL 7.2 CUBIERTA DE ORIGINALES, CRISTAL 

DEEXPOSICI6NYETIQUETAS 5-39 

PL7.3ARMARIO 5.40 

AL 

PL8.1 AL(1 DE4) 5-41 

PL8.1 AL(1 DE4) 5-42 

PL8.1 AL(1 DE4) 5-43 

PL8.1 AL(1 DE4) 5-44 

ACCESORIOS 

PL 9.1 OPERACI6N CON MONEDAS 5-41 

PL 9.2 INTERFAZ DE ACCESORIO 5-42 

TORNILLERIACOMUN 5-47 

INDICE DE NUMERO DE PIEZAS 5-48 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-1 

www.printcopy.info 



USTA DE PIEZAS 

INDICE 



VISION GENERAL 



INFORMACION GENERAL 



INFORMACION SOBRE LOS SUBSISTEMAS 



La seccion de listas de piezas identifica la 
localization de todos los componentes de 
repuesto de subsistemas y las listas de 
numeros de pieza correspondientes. 

ORGANIZACION 

LISTAS DE PIEZAS 

Cada elemento de la lista de piezas tiene un 
numero que corresponde a una pieza de una 
ilustracion. Todas las piezas deun 
subsistema dado de la maquina se 
localizaran en una misma ilustracion o en 
una serie de ilustraciones relacionadas. 

CONECTORES ELECTRICOS Y SUJETADORES 

Esta seccion contiene ilustraciones y 
descripciones de los conectores, enchufes y 
sujetadores usados en esta maquina. Se 
incluye una lista de numeros de pieza de los 
mismos. 

TORNILLERIA COMUN 

La tornilleria comun estS en orden alfabetico 
segun la letra o letras usadas para identificar 
cada pieza en la lista de tornilleria y en las 
ilustraciones. Todas las dimensiones se dan 
en milimetros, a menos que se indique lo 
contrario. 

INDICE NUMERICO DE PIEZAS 

En este indice se presentan todas las piezas 
de repuesto del sistema en orden numerico. 
Cada numero es seguido por una referenda 
a la lista de piezas en la cual se puede 
encontrardicha pieza. 



ABREVIATURAS 

Las abreviaturas se usan en las listas de 
piezas y las ilustraciones de despiece para 
proporcionar informacion en un espacio 
limitado. En este manual se usan las 
siguientes abreviaturas: 

A Amp 

DH Alimentador de documentos 

EMI Induccion electromagnetica 

HZ Hertz 

MNL Multinacional 

NOHAD Ruido/Ozono/Calor/ 
Aire/Suciedad 

P/O Parte de 

PWB Placa de cableado impreso 

REF Referenda 

R/E Reduccion/Ampliacion 

RX Rank Xerox 

USMG United States Marketing Group 

USO United States Operations 

V Voltio 

W/ Con 

W/O Sin 

XCL Xerox de Canada 

XLA Xerox de Latinoamerica 

SIMBOLOS 

Los sfmbolos que se usan en las listas de 
piezas se identifican en la seccion Sfmbolos. 



USO DELTERMINO "CONJUNTO" 

El termino "conjunto" se usara para los 
elementos de la lista de numero de piezas 
que incluyen otras piezas detalladas en la 
lista de numero de pieza. Cuandose 
encuentra el termino "conjunto" en la lista 
de numero de pieza, habra un numero de 
pieza correspondiente en las ilustraciones 
seguidas por un parentesis y una lista de los 
componentes del conjunto. 

Parentesis 

Se usa cuando un conjunto o el kit es de 
repuesto, pero no se muestra en la 
ilustracion. El numero de pieza del conjunto 
o kit precede al parentesis; los numeros de 
pieza de las piezas siguen al parentesis. 

Modificacion 

La notacion "W/Tag" en la descripcion de las 
piezas indica que la configuracion de la pieza 
ha sido actualizada. Vaya al fndice de 
modificaciones en la seccion de Informacion 
general de Datos de servicio para ver el 
nombre y proposito de la modificacion. 

En algunos casos, una pieza o un conjunto 
puede ser de repuesto en dos versiones: con 
la modificacion y sin la modificacion. En 
cualquiera de los casos, use la parte adecuada 
para la configuracion de la maquina en la 
cual se va a instalar la pieza. Si la maquina no 
tiene una modificacion espectfica y la unica 
pieza de montaje disponible se indica como 
"W/Tag" (con modificacion), instale el kit de 
modificacion o todas las piezas. El indice de 
modificaciones le dice que kit o piezas 
necesita. 

Siempre que instale un kit de modificacion, o 
todas las piezas que constituye una 
modificacion, marque el numero apropiado 
en la matriz de modificaciones. 



LISTA DE PIEZAS 



INTRODUCCION 



12/95 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



SIMBOLOS 

Un numero de modificacibn dentro de un 
ci'rculo apuntando un numero de pieza 
muestra que la pieza se ha cambiado por el 
numero de modificacibn que figura dentro 
del ci'rculo (Figura 1). Lainformacionacerca 
de la modificacion se encuentra en el fndice 
de modificaciones. 



W7PI 

(A29WIJI) 







Z004 


A 


850 


PL0O 


X 


1 



Figura 1 . Simbolo "Con Mod." 



Un numero de modificacion dentro de un 
ci'rculo que tiene una barra sombreada 
apuntando un numero de pieza muestra que 
la configuracion de la pieza mostrada es la 
configuracion antes de que la pieza fuera 
cambiada por el numero de modificacion 
dentro del ci'rculo (Figura 2). 



W7P1 
6 (A29W1J1) 

10 







ZOOS 


A 


850 


PLOO 


X 


1 



Figura 2. Simbolo "Sin Mod.' 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-3 

www.printcopy.info 



Si la vista detallada muestra un ci'rculo con un 
numero sin apuntar a ningun componente, 
signif ica que todos los componentes 
mostradostienen la modificacion indicada 
(Figura 3). Consulte la informacion detallada 
en el fndice de modificaciones. 



® 







Z006 


A 


850 


PLOO 


X 


1 



Figura 3. Simbolo de diagrama completo "Con Mod." 

Si la vista detallada muestra un cfrculo con un 
numero atravesado por una barra negra, sin 
apuntar a ningun componente, significa que 
los componentes mostrados tienen la 
configuracion anterior a la modificacion 
indicada (Figura 4). 




c 


Z0Q7 


A 


850 


PLOO 


X 


1 



Figura 4. Simbolo de diagrama completo "Sin Mod." 



USTADEPIEZAS 

INTRODUCCION 



PL 1.1 CONTROL PANEL 



ITEM PART 



DESCRIPTION 




1 


3E27250 


2 


3E27240 


3 


48E4350 


4 


- 


5 


49E 13800 


_ 


49E39570 


- 


49E39900 


6 


160K1640 


- 


160K8320 


- 


160K8330 


- 


160K14190 


7 


96E20750 


- 


96E26010 


- 


96E43620 


8 


96E52290 


- 


96E67170 


- 


96E20740 


- 


96E25990 


- 


96E67190 


- 


96E67180 


9 


15E47600 



CLEAR BUTTON 

START BUTTON 

CONTROL PANEL COVER 

(REP 14.1) 

HARNESS 

(P/O MAIN HARNESS) 

SUPPORT (R/E,SDF) 

(5614) 

SUPPORT (1:1 )(5614) 

SUPPORT (5113) 

CONTROL PANEL PWB 

(1:1) (REP 1.7) 

CONTROL PANEL PWB 

(R/E)(REP 1.7) 

CONTROL PANEL PWB 

(SDF) (REP 1.7) 

CONTROL PANEL PWB 

(5113)(REP 1.7) 

RIGHT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (5614) 

RIGHT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (5113) 

RIGHT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (5114) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (RETAIL)(120V) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (1:1) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (120V)(SDF) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (220V)(SDF) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (R/E)(1 20V) 

(5614) 

LEFT CONTROL PANEL 

LABEL (R/E)(220V) 

(5614) 

GROUND TAB 



0022 



ALB [ PLOP | X 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 1.1 



12/95 
5-4 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 1.2 UPPER ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


9E57820 


INTERLOCK SPRING 


2 


— 


INTERLOCK ACTUATOR 
(NOT SPARED) 


3 


49E13680 


ACTUATOR SUPPORT 


4 


__ 


UPPER FRAME 
(NOT SPARED) 


5 


._ 


SUPPORT (NOT SPARED) 


6 


26E44020 


SCREW 


7 


— 


FAN DUCT 
(NOT SPARED) 


8 


110E6350 


INTERLOCK SWITCH 
(S2)(REP 1.3) 


- 


110E2780 


ALTERNATE 


9 


— 


AC HARNESS 
(NOT SPARED) 


10 


53E4140 


OZONE FILTER 


11 


— 


INTERLOCK FRAME 
(NOT SPARED) 


12 


9E63270 


FUSER PRESSURE SPRING 


13 


110E6370 


EXIT SENSOR (Q14) 


14 


26E39220 


SCREW (M3X30) 


15 


127E9120 


FUSER COOLING FAN 
(MOT8,MOT9) 


16 


110E6360 


MAIN POWER SWITCH 
(S1)(REP 1.1) 


17 


160K1730 


MAIN PWB 
(USO/ALL RETAIL) 
(REP 1.5) 




160K1740 


MAIN PWB 
(XCL/RX/XLA) 
(REP 1.5) 


18 


20E23360 


STAR WHEEL 


19 


48E16710 


SWITCH COVER 


20 


162K11080 


DC HARNESS 


21 


16E10340 


BUSHING 


22 


160K13990 


SLOW SPEED PWB 


23 


162K14130 


FAN HARNESS 



I 0031 



ALB | PL0O ] X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-5 



www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 1.2 



PL 1.3 LOWER ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


26E43680 


SCREW(M4X12) 


2 


105K10420 


HVPS (REP 9.2) 


3 


49E13830 


PWB SUPPORT 


4 


160K1660 


INPUT POWER PWB 
(120V) (REP 1.2) 


* 


160K1670 


INPUT POWER PWB 
(220/240V) (REP 1.2) 


5 


— 


FUSE (F501/502) 
(REP 1.8) 


6 


55E28440 


PLASTIC SHIELD (220V) 


7 


105K10360 


MAIN TRANSFORMER (120V) 
(REP 1.4) 


- 


105K10400 


MAIN TRANSFORMER 
(220/240V) (REP 1.4) 


8 


160K1650 


LOWER PWB (5614) 
(REP 1.6) 


■ 


160K8340 


LOWER PWB (5113) 
(REP 1.6) 


9 


116E6670 


STANDOFF 


10 


55E28430 


INSULATOR 


11 


26E43640 


SCREW (M4X20) 


12 


120E10560 


CLAMP (120V) 


13 


162K11090 


POWER CORD (110V) 


- 


117K22310 


POWER CORD 
(220V) 


14 


"" 


FUSER BASE PLATE 
(NOT SPARED) 


15 


55E31820 


SHIELD 


16 


162K2300 


HARNESS (220V) 


17 


19E29220 


SHIELD 


18 


— 


FUSE (F505) 
(REP 1.8) 


19 


■- 


FUSE (F504) 
(REP 1.8) 


20 


■" 


FUSE (F503) 
(REP 1.8) 


21 


- " 


FUSE (F501) 
(REP 1.8) 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 1.3 



12/95 
5-6 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 2.1 UPPER DRIVES 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


i 


7E29630 


GEAR (30T) 


2 


7E29710 


GEAR (33/21 T) 


3 


7E29720 


GEAR (31/23T) 


4 


-- 


SUPPORT 
(NOT SPARED) 


5 


„ 


UPPER FRAME i 
(REAR)(NOT SPAWED) 






6 


6E42880 


DEVELOPER DRIvi" SHAFT 
GEAR (23T) \ I 


7 


7E29730 


8 


9E57860 


DEVELOPER DR'.Vt; SPRING 


9 


49E13750 


DEVELOPER DRIVE SUPPORT 


10 


26E39210 


SHOULDER SCREW 


11 


162K2070 


DEVELOPER HARNESS 


12 


121E10170 


STRIPPER FINGER 
SOLENOID (SOL 5) 


13 


162K2140 


MAIN HARNESS (1:1) 


- 


162K2150 


MAIN HARNESS (R/E) 


- 


162K2160 


MAIN HARNESS (SDF) 


14 


9E66370 


SPRING 


15 


26E46000 


SCREW 


16 


28E10680 


WASHER 


17 


48E17000 


COVER 



EXPLODED 
ON PL2.3 



| 0029 



ALB | PLOP \ X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-7 



www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 2.1 



I PL 2.2 LOWER DRIVES 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


26E43680 


SCREW (M4X12) 


2 


7E11310 


GEAR (24T) 


3 


7E29830 


GEAR (27/42T) 


4 


31E6970 


DRIVE PIVOT ARM 


5 


7E29840 


GEAR (22T) 


6 


130E6690 


TRAY 1 EMPTY 
SENSOR (Q4)(250 SHEET) 


7 


162K2260 


HARNESS 


8 


31E6960 


DRIVE PIVOT ARM 
(500 SHEET) 


9 


7E29790 


GEAR (25T) 


10 


7E29810 


GEAR (30T) 


11 


19E26890 


PAD 


12 


9E57920 


SPRING 


13 


9E66450 


SPRING 


14 


28E10700 


WASHER 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 2.2 



www.pnntgiipy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 2.3 MAIN DRIVE MOTOR 




8 

(MOT1) 



10 
(CL4) 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


7E29590 


GEAR (35/20T) 


2 


7E29600 


GEAR (59/24T) 


3 


7E29610 


GEAR (68/21T) 


4 


7E29620 


GEAR (76/23T) 


5 


7E29630 


GEAR (30T) 


6 


13E9920 


BEARING 


7 


-- 


MAIN DRIVE SUPPORT 
(NOT SPARED) 


8 


127K13170 


MAIN DRIVE MOTOR 
(MOT 1) (REP 4.1) 


9 


-- 


MOTOR HARNESS 
(P/O MAIN HARNESS) 


10 


121K8790 


FEED/TRANSPORT CLUTCH 
(CL4) 


11 


19E29080 


NOISE REDUCTION PAD 



| 0001 



ALB | PL00 | X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-9 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 2.3 



I PL 3.1 A OPTICS (1 OF 4) 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


48E10980 


LENS COVER (1:1) 
(REP 6.10) 


* 


48E4010 


LENS COVER (R/E) 
(REP 6.10) 


2 


120E10880 


CABLE CLAMP 


3 


12K3290 


SCAN CABLE 
(REP 6.5) 


4 


26E46040 


SCREW 


5 


— 


OPTICS FRAME 
(NOT SPARED) 


6 


9E67330 


GROUNDING SPRING 


7 


49E 13520 


AUTO EXPOSURE SUPPORT 


8 


160K1570 


AUTO EXPOSURE SENSOR 
(011) 


9 


130E6650 


CARRIAGE HOME SENSOR 
(012) 


10 


6K13990 


CABLE PULLEYS 


11 


9E66360 


OZONE COVER SPRING 


12 




SCAN RAIL 
(NOT SPARED) 
(ADJ 6.8) 


13 


54E4930 


COOLING DUCT 


14 


54E4940 


SDF DUCT 


15 




FAN BRACKET 
(NOT SPARED) 
(REP 6.9) 


16 


127E9360 


OPTICS COOLING FAN 
(SDF)(MOT 6) 


17 


4E8630 


DUCT CUSHION 


18 


54E5070 


DUCT JOINT 



I 0002 



ALB [ PLOP | X" 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL3.1A 



12/95 
5-10 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 3.1B OPTICS (2 OF 4) 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


- 


OPTICS FRAME 
(NOT SPARED) 


2 


49E 13770 


LEFT COUNTERBALANCE 
SUPPORT 


3 


127K13140 


OPTICS COOLING FAN 
(MOT 7) 


4 


54E4760 


FAN DUCT 


5 


— 


INSULATOR 
(NOT SPARED) 


6 


49E 13780 


RIGHT COUNTERBALANCE 
SUPPORT 


7 


55E31750 


DEFLECTOR 


8 


32E7700 


GUIDE 


9 


26E46030 


SCREW (M4X30) 


10 


32E7450 


HINGE GUIDE 


11 


110E6750 


DOCUMENT COVER 
OPEN SWITCH (S5) 


12 


26E46020 


SCREW (SDF) 


13 


-- 


PULLEY (NOT SPARED) 


14 


7E29550 


SCAN DRIVE GEAR 


15 


-- 


DRIVE SHAFT 
(NOT SPARED) 


16 


13E9750 


BEARING (8MM) 


17 


5E10510 


FLANGE 


18 


— 


MOTOR BRACKET 
(NOT SPARED) 


19 


127K17150 


SCAN DRIVE MOTOR 
(MOT 5) (REP 6.2) 


20 


13E9790 


BEARING 


21 


9E66380 


SPRING (SDF ONLY) 


22 


-- 


BRACKET (SDF) 


23 


26E54360 


SCREW 



0039 



ALB | PL00 | X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-11 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 



PL 3.1 B 



PL 3.2A OPTICS (3 OF 4) 



21 
(6 PLACES) 



18 

(2 PLACES) 




10 
(HTR2) 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


130E6690 


LENS HOME SENSOR 
(013) 


2 


19E23730 


MIRROR CLIP 


3 


— 


LENS DRIVE SHAFT 
(NOT SPARED) 


4 


— 


LENS DRIVE PULLEY 
(NOT SPARED) 


5 




MIRROR 4/5 CAM 
(NOT SPARED) 
(ADJ 6.6) 


6 


26E43990 


SCREW 


7 




LENS GUIDE 
(NOT SPARED) 
(ADJ 6.11) 


8 


— 


LENS CABLE PULLEY 
(NOT SPARED) 


9 


26E44000 


SHOULDER SCREW 


10 


126K4770 


OPTICS HEATER 
(110V)(HTR2) 
(REP 6.7) 




126K4780 


OPTICS HEATER 
(220V)(HTR2) 
(REP 6.7) 


11 


62E7100 


MIRROR 6 


12 


26E39070 


SCREW (RED) 


13 


162K2030 


OPTICS HARNESS (120V) 


■ 


162K7770 


OPTICS HARNESS 
(220/240V) 


14 


127K13150 


LENS DRIVE MOTOR 
(MOT 4) (REP 6.4) 


15 


49E 13440 


LENS/MIRROR POSITION 
BRACKET 


16 


26E46010 


SCREW (M4X40) 
(1:1 ONLY)(ADJ6.15) 


17 


4E8670 


CUSHION 


18 


19E29390 


PAD (SDF ONLY) 


19 


120E10890 


WIRE CLAMP 


20 


120E10900 


WIRE CLAMP 


21 


19E29380 


PAD (6 PLACES) 



| 0003 



ALB | PLOP 1 7 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 3.2A 



12/95 

www.pnntcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 3.2B OPTICS (4 OF 4) 






EXPLODED 
ON PL3.5 



rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


LENS (1:1) 
(NOT SPARED) 
(ADJ 6.14) 


2 


-■* 


MIRROR 4/5 SHAFT 
(NOT SPARED) 


3 


9E58200 


MIRROR RETURN SPRING 


4 


-- 


LENS SUPPORT SHAFT 
(NOT SPARED) 


5 


55E31890 


LIGHT SHIELD 


6 


55E28370 


LIGHT SHIELD 


7 


12E6960 


LENS CABLE 
(REP 6.8, ADJ 6.16) 


8 


55E28380 


FRONT LIGHT SHIELD 


9 


19E26710 


PLASTIC CLIP 


10 


-- 


LENS SHAFT 
(NOT SPARED) 


11 


— 


LENS CARRIAGE (R/E) 
(NOT SPARED) 


12 


55E31880 


LIGHT SHIELD 


13 


55E31290 


LIGHT SHIELD 


14 


19E29570 


CLIP 


15 


9E57670 


LENS CABLE SPRING 



ALB | PLOP \~X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-13 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 3.2B 



PL 3.3 FULL RATE CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 



1 { 2 - 26 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


41K4540 


FULL RATE CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY (120V) 
(ADJ 6.7) 




41K4550 


FULL RATE CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY (220/240V) 
(ADJ 6.7) 


2 


— 


EXPOSURE LAMP BAFFLE 
(P/O ITEM 1)(ADJ6.13) 


3 


-- 


CONTACT RETAINER 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


*"* 


CONTACT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


5 


122E1810 


EXPOSURE LAMP (120V) 
(REP 6.3) 


* 


122E1820 


EXPOSURE LAMP 
(220/240V) (REP 6.3) 


6 


- 


REFLECTOR (P/O ITEM 1) 


7 


-- 


SUPPORT (P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


3E27170 


SLIDE BUTTON 


9 


-- 


FRONT BRACKET 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


- 


TERMINAL (P/O ITEM 1) 


11 


108E3110 


EXPOSURE LAMP 
OVERTEMPERATURE FUSE 
(F1)(REP6.6) 


12 


__ 


FUSE SHIELD 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


13 


- 


WIRE (P/O ITEM 1) 


14 


■" 


CONTACT (REAR) 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


15 


- 


SUPPORT (P/O ITEM 1) 


16 


"■ 


REAR BRACKET 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


17 


62E7170 


MIRROR 1 


18 


-- 


REFLECTOR (P/O ITEM 1) 


19 


4E8620 


FOAM PAD 


20 


19E26900 


MIRROR CLIP 


21 


-- 


CARRIAGE FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


22 


■*■ 


REAR CABLE CLAMP 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


23 


__ 


FRONT CABLE CLAMP 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


24 


162K2040 


LAMP HARNESS 


25 


-- 


OUTER LAMP BAFFLE 
(P/O ITEM 1)(ADJ6.13) 


26 


26E43670 


SCREW (M3, BRASS) 


27 


600K56760 


FUSE SAFETY COVER 
KIT(10/KIT) 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 3.3 



12/95 
5-14 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 3.4 HALF RATE CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 

D 



1{ 2-11 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


30K52780 


HALF RATE CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY (ADJ 6.7) 


2 


19E26700 


MIRROR CLIP 


3 


— 


CABLE PULLEY 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


26E43660 


SCREW (M3) 


5 


3E27170 


BUTTON 


6 


4E8450 


FOAM PAD 


7 


62E7110 


MIRROR 2 


8 


62E7120 


MIRROR 3 


g 


19E23730 


MIRROR CLIP 


10 


32E7460 


GUIDE 


11 


113W27651 


SCREW 


12 


28E10840 


SPACER 



| 0005 


B 


ALB | PLOO | X 






5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-15 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 3.4 



PL 3.5 MIRROR 4/5 CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 

1 { 2-12 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


30K52790 


MIRROR 4/5 CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY (1:1) 
(AD J 6.10) 


■ 


30K52800 


MIRROR 4/5 CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY (R/E) 


2 


19E23730 


MIRROR CLIP 


3 


62E7150 


MIRROR 4 (R/E) 


- 


- 


MIRROR 4 (1:1) 


4 


62E7140 


MIRROR 5 


5 


-- 


WASHER (P/O ITEM 1) 


6 


" 


MIRROR POSITION CAM 
(P/O ITEM 1)(ADJ6.10) 


7 


« 


SCREW (P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


■■ 


CARRIAGE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


9 


— 


MIRROR SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


— 


LIGHT SHIELD 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


11 


— 


LIGHT SHIELD 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


15E40530 


MIRROR POSITION BRACKET 
(ADJ 6.12) 


13 


3E34280 


STOPPER (1:1) 
(ADJ 6.15) 



| 0006 



ALB | PL00 | "x 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 3.5 



12/95 
5-16 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.1 TRAY 1 ASSEMBLY (500 SHEET) 



1{ 2-16 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


50K21160 


TRAY 1 ASSEMBLY 
(500 SHEET) 


2 


38E14180 


REAR GUIDE 


3 


-- 


LIFT PLATE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


6E45820 


LIFT SHAFT 


5 


13E10120 


BEARING 


6 


7E33880 


LIFT GEAR 


7 


9E67170 


TRAY ASSIST SPRING 


8 


26E43680 


SCREW (M4X12) 


9 


3E27150 


PAPER TRAY REGISTRATION 
BLOCK (ADJ 8.4) 


10 


48E 10970 


TRAY 1 FRONT COVER 


11 


3E32930 


HANDLE 


12 


38E14190 


LEFT PAPER GUIDE 


13 


19E27520 


RETARD PAD 


14 


15E44330 


LIFT PLATE 


15 


-- 


FRAME (P/O ITEM 1) 


16 


-- 


LABEL (P/O ITEM 1) 


17 


120E10520 


SHIPPING RETAINER 



0| 0007 



ALB I PLOP I X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-17 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.1 



PL 4.2 TRAY 1 LIFT ASSEMBLY 



1{ 2-12 



5(M0T3) 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


127K14220 


TRAY 1 LIFT ASSEMBLY 
(REP 7.5) 


2 


7E34040 


LIFT GEAR 


3 


-- 


BEARING (P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


~ 


SUPPORT BRACKET 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


5 


127E9390 


TRAY 1 LIFT MOTOR 
(MOT 3) 


6 


130E6690 


TRAY 1 POSITION 
SENSOR (Q5) 


7 


31E7300 


TRAY 2 DRIVE ARM 


8 


7E29790 


GEAR 


9 


-■ 


GEAR 

(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


7E34060 


GEAR (20T) 


11 


-- 


RETAINER (P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


-- 


GRIP RING (P/O ITEM 1) 



ALB | PLOP |"x 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.2 



12/95 

www.prin1copy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.3 TRAY 1 ASSEMBLY (250 SHEET) 



1{ 2-14 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


50K22820 


TRAY 1 ASSEMBLY 




50K25650 


(5113) (250 SHEET) 
TRAY 2 ASSEMBLY 


2 




(5614) 

MAX FILL LABEL 


3 


38E13530 


(P/O ITEM 1) 

REAR PAPER GUIDE 


4 


19E27130 


RETARD PAD 


5 


9E63280 


TRAY ASSIST SPRING 


6 

7 


3E27150 


(DELETED) 

PAPER TRAY REGISTRATION 


8 
9 


26E43680 


BLOCK (ADJ 8.4) 
SCREW (M4X12) 
TRAY FRAME 


10 
11 


38E 13540 


(P/O ITEM 1) 
LABEL (P/O ITEM 1) 
LEFT PAPER GUIDE 


12 


3E32930 


HANDLE 


13 


4E8560 


PAD 


14 


-- 


LABEL (P/O ITEM 1) 



0[ 0009 



ALB | PLOP \X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-19 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.3 



PL 4.4 TRAY 2 (OPTIONAL CASSETTE) 



^ 29 
|^(2 PLACES) 



1{ 2-27 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 




TRAY 2 ASSEMBLY KIT 
(FOR KIT, CONTACT 
SALES REP.) 
(REP 7.3) 


2 


48E 12020 


FRONT COVER 


3 


-- 


FRONT FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


— 


LEFT FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


5 


— 


IDLER SHAFT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


6 


13E9740 


BEARING 


7 


7E34120 


GEAR (33T) 


8 


31E7290 


IDLER ARM 


9 


7E29790 


GEAR (25T) 


10 


120E 10320 


ACTUATOR 


11 


9E70250 


SPRING 


12 


107E7470 


TRANSPORT OPEN SENSOR 
(Q8) 


13 


22K45150 


RETARD ROLLER 
(REP 7.7) 


14 


49E 13820 


SUPPORT 


15 


— 


RIGHT FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


16 


22E15300 


PINCH ROLLER 


17 


48E12030 


TRAY 2 TRANSPORT 
COVER 


18 


130E6690 


TRAY 2 EMPTY SENSOR 
(Q6) 


19 


"■ 


REAR FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


20 


162K8320 


TRAY 2 HARNESS 


21 


49E35800 


SENSOR BRACKET 


22 


-- 


BEARING (P/O ITEM 1) 


23 


9E63710 


PINCH ROLL SPRING 


24 


9E63720 


SPRING 


25 


26E44330 


SCREW (M4X16) 


26 


121E10910 


EME SHIELD 


27 


19E26830 


PAD 


28 


26E46130 


DOCKING SCREW 


29 


26E46110 


DOCKING SCREW (2) 


30 


9E66510 


SPRING 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.4 



12/95 
5-20 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



»L 4.5 TRAY 1 FEEDER (1 OF 2) 




(500 SHEET) 



14,19 PL4.6 ITEM1 



(250 SHEET) 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


22K40670 


TRAY 1 FEED 
ASSEMBLY/TRANSPORT 
(500 SHEET)(REP7.1) 




22K37920 


TRAY 1 FEED 
ASSEMBLY/TRANSPORT 
(250 SHEET)(REP 7.1) 


2 


~ 


DRIVE SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


3 


7E29790 


GEAR (25T) 


4 


7E29580 


GEAR 


5 


31E6950 


DRIVE ARM 


6 


9E70260 


RETURN SPRING 


7 


7E29870 


GEAR (24T) 


8 


13E9750 


BEARING 


9 


7E29880 


GEAR (19T) 


10 


26E43680 


SCREW(M4X12) 


11 


121K8780 


TRAY 1 FEED CLUTCH 
(CL2) 


12 


162K2220 


FEEDER HARNESS 


13 


— 


FEEDER FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


14 


130K54030 


PAPER SIZE/FEED PWB 
(G9,Q10)(500 SHEET) 


- 


130K54060 


PAPER SIZE/FEED PWB 
(Q9,Q10)(250 SHEET) 


15 


162K11070 


SENSOR HARNESS 
(500 SHEET ONLY) 


16 


107E7470 


TRAY 1 EMPTY SENSOR 
(Q4)(500 SHEET ONLY) 


17 


120E10530 


ACTUATOR 

(500 SHEET ONLY) 


18 


49E35640 


ACTUATOR SUPPORT 
(500 SHEET ONLY) 


19 


19E29210 


RETARD PAD 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-21 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.5 



PL 4.6 TRAY 1 FEEDER (2 OF 2) 



AN 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 




TRAY 1 FEED 
ASSEMBLY/TRANSPORT 
(P/OITEM 1, PL4.5) 
(REP 7.1) 


2 


— 


FRAME (P/OITEM 1) 


3 


20E20700 


PULLEY 


4 


13E9740 


BEARING 


5 


22E 15360 


TRANSPORT ROLLER 


6 


22E15380 


NUDGER ROLLER 


7 


49E13850 


FEED SUPPORT 
(250 SHEET) 


- 


49E42940 


FEED SUPPORT 
(500 SHEET) 


8 


120E8430 


ACTUATOR 


9 


~ 


FEEDER DRIVE SHAFT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


1 1 ° 

I V 


19E26710 


PLASTIC CLIP 


22E15370 


FEED ROLLER (W/O TAG 1) 


22E18280 


FEED ROLLER (W/TAG 1) 


12 


23E11540 


BELT (80T) 
(250 SHEET) 


- 


23E13460 


BELT (500 SHEET) 


13 


20E20710 


PULLEY (22T) 


14 


9E57960 


RETRACT SPRING 

(250 SHEET)(W/0 TAG 1) 

(REP 7.6) 




9E69860 


RETRACT SPRING 
(250 SHEET)(W/TAG 1) 
(REP 7.6) 




9E69610 


RETRACT SPRING 
(500 SHEET) 
(REP 7.6) 


15 


31E6990 


ROLLER RELEASE ARM 


16 


9E69870 


WRAP SPRING 


17 


5E9610 


COLLAR 


18 


29E19270 


DOWEL PIN (2X12) 


19 


6E51530 


ROLLER SHAFT 
(250 SHEET) 
(W/TAG 1,44) 




6E51860 


ROLLER SHAFT 
(500 SHEET) 
(W/TAG 1,45) 


20 


38E15480 


GUIDE 


21 


4E8560 


FOAM PAD 


22 


28E10670 


WASHER 


23 


9E66730 


ACTUATOR SPRING 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.6 



12/95 
5-22 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.7 TRAY 2 FEEDER 

AN 




1 { 2 - 29 



rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


22K40710 


TRAY 2 FEEDER ASSEMBLY 
(REP 7.4) 


2 


13E9740 


BEARING 


3 


22E15890 


TRAY 2 TAKEAWAY ROLL 


4 


13E9750 


BEARING 


5 


7E29880 


GEAR (19T) 


6 


7E29870 


GEAR (24T) 


7 


-- 


DRIVE SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


121K8780 


TRAY 2 FEED CLUTCH 
(CL3) 


9 


29E19270 


DOWEL PIN (2X12) 


10 


5E9610 


COLLAR 


11 


9E69870 


WRAP SPRING 


12 


31E6990 


ROLLER RETRACT ARM 


13 


9E69860 


RETRACT SPRING 
(REP 7.6) 


14 


20E20710 


PULLEY (22T) 


15 


22E18280 


FEED ROLLER 


16 


— 


FEEDER DRIVE SHAFT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


17 


19E26710 


PLASTIC CLIP 


18 


22E15380 


NUDGER ROLL 


19 


23E11540 


DRIVE BELT 


20 


6E51530 


ROLLER SHAFT 


21 


49E13850 


FEED SUPPORT 


22 


38E 15480 


GUIDE 


23 


-- 


FRAME (P/O ITEM 1) 


24 


130E7000 


TRAY 2 JAM SENSOR 
(Q7) 


25 


162K8310 


HARNESS 


26 


28E10670 


WASHER 


27 


13E10120 


BEARING 


28 


19E29400 


PAD 


29 


19E29410 


PAD 



n 



ALB | PLOP | X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-23 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.7 



PL 4.8 BYPASS FRAME AND LATCH 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


162K2050 


BYPASS HARNESS 


2 


9E57850 


LATCH SPRING 


3 


3E27230 


REAR COPIER LATCH 


4 


3E27220 


FRONT BYPASS LATCH 


5 


9E57840 


LATCH SPRING 


6 


3E32940 


REAR BYPASS LATCH 


7 


3E27210 


FRONT COPIER LATCH 


8 


26E44300 


SCREW 


9 


6E42870 


LATCH SHAFT 


10 


-~ 


BYPASS SUPPORT 
(NOT SPARED) 



ALB | PLOP 1 7 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.8 



12/95 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.9 BYPASS ASSEMBLY (1 OF 3) 



(2-25,PL4.10ITEM1, 
lPL4.10a ITEM 1 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


22K37780 


BYPASS TRAY ASSEMBLY 
(REP 7.2) 


2 


9E57690 


SPRING 


3 


31E6930 


ACTUATOR ARM 


4 


48E4190 


SOLENOID HOUSING 


5 


121E10130 


BYPASS NUDGER SOLENOID 
(SOL3) 


6 


22E18270 


FEED ROLLER 
(REP 7.8) 


7 


7E 14840 


GEAR (20T) 


8 


13E9660 


BEARING (6MM) 


9 


5E9590 


SPACER 


10 


9E17190 


CLUTCH SPRING 


11 


16E9670 


CLUTCH SLEEVE 


12 


7E29660 


CLUTCH GEAR 


13 


6E42840 


CLUTCH SHAFT 


14 


7E29570 


GEAR (16T) 


15 


49E13530 


SUPPORT FRAME 


16 


22E15280 


NUDGER ROLLER 


17 


9E57700 


FEED ROLL SPRING 


18 


7E29580 


GEAR (22T) 


19 


6E42850 


IDLER SHAFT 


20 


4E8740 


CUSHION 


21 


22K37850 


RETARD ROLLER 


22 


49E13540 


SUPPORT 


23 


9E57720 


SPRING 


24 


— 


EXIT GUIDE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


25 


-- 


FRAME (P/O ITEM 1) 



EXPLODED 
ONPL4.10 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-25 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.9 



PL 4.10A BYPASS ASSEMBLY (2 OF 3) 

1{ 2-20 

18 

4' 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


- 


BYPASS ASSEMBLY 
(P/OITEM 1.PL4.9) 


2 


38E13580 


PLASTIC GUIDE 


3 


■- 


BYPASS FRAME 
(P/OITEM 1) 


4 


10E3550 


PAPER GUIDE SLIDE 


5 


38E13600 


PAPER GUIDE 


6 


121E10140 


BYPASS FEED SOLENOID 
(SOL 2) 


7 


19E27030 


RETARD PAD 


8 


38E14630 


BYPASS GUIDE 


9 


6E47750 


SHAFT 


10 


9E57090 


SPRING (IB) 


11 


9E66720 


SPRING (OB) 


12 


5E10360 


ROLL FLANGE 


13 


22E16560 


ROLL 


14 


38E14670 


UPPER GUIDE 


15 


38E15330 


GUIDE (D) (2 PLACES) 


16 


38E14640 


GUIDE (A) 

(1 PLACE FOR 8.5X11) 

(2 PLACES FOR A4) 


17 


38E14650 


GUIDE (B)(1 PLACE) 


18 


38E 14680 


FEEDER GUIDE 


19 


26E44030 


SCREW (M3X8) 


20 


38E15340 


GUIDE (E)(1 PLACE) 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL4.10A 



12/95 
5-26 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.1 OB BYPASS ASSEMBLY (3 OF 3) 

1{ 2-13 



TO BYPASS 
SOLENOID 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


BYPASS ASSEMBLY 
(P/OITEM 1.PL4.9) 


2 


48E4200 


BYPASS COVER 


3 


31E6940 


GATE ARM 


4 


50E10430 


BYPASS GATE 


5 


19E26740 


PLASTIC CLIP 


6 


38E13620 


TRAY FRONT GUIDE 


7 


12E7550 


FRONT LINK 


8 


50K21220 


BYPASS TRAY 


9 


38E13610 


TRAY REAR GUIDE 


10 


12E6970 


REAR LINK 


11 


— 


SIZE LABEL 


12 


160K1600 


CONNECTOR PWB 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-27 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.1 OB 



PL 4.11 PAPERFEEDING AND REGISTRATION 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


26E43680 


SCREW (M4X12) 


2 


13E9750 


BEARING 


3 


28E10530 


WASHER 


4 


5K3580 


REGISTRATION CLUTCH 
(CL6) 


5 


7E29790 


GEAR (25T) 


6 


31E6950 


ARM 


7 


9E57920 


SPRING 


8 


22E15540 


REGISTRATION ROLL 


9 


13E9740 


BEARING 


10 


20E20690 


PULLEY (24T) 


11 


9E63690 


SPRING 


12 


— 


FEED GUIDE 
(NOT SPARED) 


13 


22K45150 


RETARD ROLLER 
(REP 7.7) 


14 


49E13820 


SUPPORT 


15 


9E70250 


SPRING 


16 


19E26830 


PAD 


17 


23E11530 


TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVE 
BELT 


18 


9E66440 


GROUNDING SPRING 
(250 SHEET) 


- 


9E66430 


GROUNDING SPRING 
(500 SHEET) 


19 


38E14540 


GUIDE (3 PLACES) 


20 


38E14550 


GUIDE (2 PLACES) 


21 


600S7514 


ANTI-SKID PAD KIT 



21 

(2 PLACES) 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.11 



12/95 

www.prirfttSSpy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 4.12 UPPER REGISTRATION COMPONENTS 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


DEVELOPER HOUSING 
SUPPORT (NOT SPARED) 


2 


38E13650 


PAPER GUIDE 


3 


9E57830 


REGISTRATION PINCH ROLL 
SPRING 


4 


22E 15330 


REGISTRATION PINCH ROLL 


5 


49E13720 


REGISTRATION PINCH 
SUPPORT 


6 


26E44040 


SHOULDER SCREW 


7 


32E7470 


MYLAR GUIDE 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-29 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 4.12 



PL 5.2A DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY (1 OF 3) 

2 - 29 , PL5.2b, 
I PL5.3, PL5.4 




15 
EXPLODED 
ON PL5.3 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


48K19190 


DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY 
(W/TAG 2)(REP 9.3) 


2 


— 


REAR SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


3 


-- 


CENTER SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


-- 


COVER 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


5 


— 


MYLAR SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


6 


— 


BLADE SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


7 


~ 


METERING BLADE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


— 


REAR SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


9 


■" 


FRONT SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


_. 


HARNESS (P/O ITEM 1) 


11 


*■* 


REAR COVER 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


48E4310 


PLASTIC COVER 


13 


130E6680 


DRY INK SENSOR (Q15) 


14 


35E25940 


MAG ROLL REAR 
SEAL 


15 


— 


DEVELOPER BASE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


16 


35E25950 


MAG ROLL FRONT 
SEAL 


17 


35E31550 


SEAL 


18 


35E31570 


SEAL 


19 


26E44310 


SCREW (M3X6) 


20 


35E31560 


SEAL 


21 


35E31580 


SEAL 


22 


35E31540 


SEAL 


23 


50K22430 


DEVELOPER CARTRIDGE 
(INITIAL CHARGE) 
(REP 9.7) 


24 


"■ 


FRONT SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


25 


502S64233 


DEVELOPER 
(REPLACEMENT) 



17 
(2 PLACES) 



| 0017 



ALB | PL0O 1 7 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.2A 



12/95 
. 5-30 . r 

www.pnntcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 5.2B DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY (2 OF 3) 

1 {2-14 



EXPLODED 




15 

EXPLODED 
ON PL5.3 



rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY 
(P/O ITEM 1, PL5.2A) 
(REP 9.3) 


2 


49E31340 


SUPPORT 


3 


— 


FELT SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


" 


FOAM SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


5 


15E45220 


MAGNETIC PLATE 


6 


26E46060 


SCREW 


7 


-- 


FOAM SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


.- 


SEAL (P/O ITEM 1) 


9 


„ 


FRAME (P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


■■ 


FELT SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


11 


~ 


FELT SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


120E10290 


LINK 


13 


9E63680 


SPRING 


14 


31E7280 


POSITION LEVER 


15 


9E69560 


SPRING 



0041 



ALB | PLOP 1 7 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-31 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.2B 



PL 5.3 DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY (2 OF 2) 

17 



1{ 2-27 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


- 


DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY 
(P/O ITEM 1, PL5.2) 


2 


7E29740 


GEAR 


3 


13E9690 


BEARING 


4 


7E29750 


IDLER GEAR 


5 


7E29760 


GEAR 


6 


7E29770 


GEAR 


7 


14E27200 


MAG ROLL SPACER 


8 


13E9700 


MAG ROLL BEARING 


9 


35E25930 


SHAFT SEAL 


10 


22K37860 


MAG ROLL 


11 


— 


DEVELOPER BASE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


13E9710 


FRONT MAG ROLL 
BEARING 


13 


15E40580 


MAG ROLL CAM 
(ADJ 9.2) 


14 


- 


GATE (P/O ITEM 1) 


15 


-- 


SPRING 


16 


— 


CHUTE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


17 


35E25960 


AUGER SEAL 


18 


— 


STIR AUGER 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


19 


-- 


AUGER 2 (P/O ITEM 1) 


20 


.. 


AUGER 3 (P/O ITEM 1) 


21 


-- 


AUGER 4 (P/O ITEM 1) 


22 


-- 


PLATE (P/O ITEM 1) 


23 


15E45300 


SEAL 


24 


-- 


SEAL (P/O ITEM 1) 


25 


14E27900 


SPACER 


26 


7E34520 


GEAR 


27 


35E33840 


SEAL 



| 0018 



ALB | PLOP I X 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.3 



12/95 

www.prinicopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 5.4 TONER DISPENSER ASSEMBLY 

1 { 2 - 28 
33(13-17,23,24,30,32 3 

34 { 23, 32 




18 
(MOT10) 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


94K2940 


DRY INK DISPENSER 
ASSEMBLY 


2 


— 


DISPENSER SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


3 


-- 


COVER (P/O ITEM 1) 


4 


35E26040 


FELT SEAL 


5 


6E42950 


PIVOT SHAFT 


6 


7E29970 


GEAR (7T) 


7 


~ 


DISPENSER HOUSING 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


-- 


(PART NO LONGER USED) 


9 


■" 


PIVOT SHAFT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


7E29980 


GEAR (39T) 


11 


26E39270 


SHOULDER SCREW 


12 


7E29990 


GEAR (16T) 


13 




TONER HOPPER 
(P/O ITEM 33) 
(REP 9.6) 


14 


"■ 


GEAR (14T) 
(P/O ITEM 33) 


15 


** 


BEARING SEAL 
(P/O ITEM 33) 


16 


— 


TONER AUGER 
(P/O ITEM 33) 


17 


-- 


BEARING (P/O ITEM 33) 


18 


127E9130 


DRY INK MOTOR 
(MOT 10) 


19 


7E30010 


GEAR (29T) 


20 


-- 


SHAFT (P/O ITEM 1) 


21 


7E30020 


GEAR (11T) 


22 


7E34130 


GEAR (16T) 


23 


-- 


SEAL (P/O ITEMS 33/34) 


24 


~ 


SEAL (P/O ITEM 33) 


25 


28E10860 


WASHER 


26 


26E44340 


SHOULDER SCREW 


27 


— 


GROUND WIRE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


28 


7E34140 


GEAR (11T) 


29 


26E46100 


SHOULDER SCREW 


30 


-- 


WASHER (P/O ITEM 33) 


31 


28E10850 


WASHER (M6) 


32 


■" 


SCRAPE OFF SHEET 
(P/O ITEMS 33/34) 


33 


48K43010 


TONER HOPPER 
ASSEMBLY (WATAG P-001) 


34 


600K53110 


TONER DISPENSER AUGER 
REPAIR KIT (TAG P-043) 



| 0019 



ALB | PL00 | X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-33 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.4 



PL 5.5 EDGE ERASE AND CRU 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


160K1610 


EDGE ERASE LAMP 
(1:1)(CR1) 


- 


160K8220 


EDGE ERASE LAMP 
(R/E)(CR1) 


2 


26E44030 


SCREW (M3X8) 


3 


49E48230 


EDGE ERASE SUPPORT 


4 


122K1500 


DISCHARGE LAMP (DS1) 


5 


48E17010 


COVER 


6 


48E20410 


COVER 


7 


113R79 


CRU (USO) 


- 


113R80 


CRU (USO - PARTNERSH 


- 


113R81 


CRU (RX) 


- 


113R82 


CRU (XCL/XLA) 


- 


113R85 


(USO/XCL/XLA - RETAIL) 


- 


113R86 


CRU (RX - RETAIL) 


8 


26E48460 


SCREW 



| 0028 



ALB | PLOP |~X 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.5 



12/95 

www. prinfe^yjby. info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 5.6 T/D COROTRON ASSEMBLY 

1 { 2-11 
12 { 4, 5 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


125K2060 


TRANSFER/DETACK 
COROTRON ASSEMBLY 
(REP 9.1) 


2 


- 


GUIDE (P/O ITEM 1) 


3 




DETACK COROTRON 
(P/O ITEM 1) 
(REP 9.4) 


4 




TRANSFER COROTRON WIRE 
(P/O ITEM 12) 
(REP 9.5) 


5 


-- 


SCREW (P/O ITEM 12) 


6 


-- 


CONTACT (P/O ITEM 1) 


7 


~~ 


COROTRON HOUSING 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


8 


9E58010 


GROUNDING SPRING 


9 


-- 


SHIELD (P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


-- 


COROTRON GUIDE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


1 11 


48E17020 


COVER 


600K46290 


COROTRON WIRE REPAIR 




KIT (5/KIT) 



j 0016 
ALB I PLOP I X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-35 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 5.6 



I PL 6.1 FUSER ASSEMBLY 



1 { 2 - 33 




22 

(HTR1) 



| 0020 
ALB | PLOP \X 



ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


126K4230 


FUSER ASSEMBLY (120V) 
(REP 10.1) 


■ 


126K4220 


FUSER ASSEMBLY 
(220/240V) (REP 10.1) 


2 


96E20690 


LABEL 


3 


48E4240 


FUSER COVER 


4 


9E57760 


SPRING 


5 


22E15310 


ROLLER 


6 


19E26790 


STRIPPER FINGER 


7 


9E57770 


SPRING 


8 


115E4480 


ANTISTATIC BRUSH 


9 


— 


HEAT ROD SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


10 


130E6670 


THERMISTOR (RT1) 
(REP 10.5) 


11 


— 


FUSER UPPER FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


12 


-- 


UPPER PAPER GUIDE 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


13 


9E57780 


PAPER GUIDE SPRING 


14 


14E27170 


REAR PIVOT BLOCK 


15 


38E 13640 


LOWER GUIDE 


16 


14E27180 


FRONT PIVOT BLOCK 


17 


120E8390 


RETAINING RING 


18 


7E29650 


GEAR (48T) 


19 


26E43700 


SCREW 


20 


13E9680 


REAR BEARING 


21 


22E15320 


FUSER HEAT ROLL 
(REP 10.3) 


22 


122K1450 


FUSER HEAT ROD 
(120V)(HTR1)(REP 10.2) 




122K1490 


FUSER HEAT ROD 
(220/240V)(HTRl) 
(REP 10.2) 


23 


130E6660 


OVERTEMPERATURE 
THERMOSTAT (THS4) 
(REP 10.4) 


24 


__ 


SUPPORT 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


25 


9E66490 


SPRING (2 PLACES) 


26 


13E10300 


FRONT BEARING 


27 


115E4440 


STATIC BRUSH 


28 


52E10100 


HARNESS TUBE (2 PLACES) 


29 


115E4490 


ANTISTATIC BRUSH 
(3 PLACES) 


30 


115E4500 


ANTISTATIC BRUSH 


31 


115E4510 


ANTISTATIC BRUSH 
(2 PLACES) 


32 


33K2380 


FUSER ROLL CLEANING 
BLADE (REP 10.9) 


33 


38E15540 


PAPER GUIDE 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 6.1 



12/95 
5-36 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 6.2 FUSER OUTPUT ROLLS 



{ 15.17 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


26E43680 


SCREW(M4X12) 


2 


— 


CRU GUIDE 
(NOT SPARED) 


3 


9E57910 


CLEANING ROLL SPRING 


4 


9E57900 


PRESSURE ROLL SPRING 


5 


-- 


SUPPORT BRACKET 
(NOT SPARED) 


6 


13E9720 


PRESSURE ROLL BEARING 


7 


22E 15340 


PRESSURE ROLL 
(REP 10.6) 


8 


— 


DRIVE FRAME SUPPORT 
(NOT SPARED) 


9 


— 


REAR SUPPORT BRACKET 
(NOT SPARED) 


10 


~~ 


REAR PRESSURE ROLL 
SPRING (CANCELED) 


11 


22K37870 


FUSER CLEANING ROLL 
(REP 10.7) 


12 


6E46030 


CLEANING ROLL SHAFT 


13 


22E18440 


EXIT ROLLER (REP 10.8) 


14 


13E9760 


BEARING 


15 


38E13670 


SUPPORT GUIDE 
(ALSO P/O ITEM 26) 


16 


7E29780 


GEAR (22T) 


17 


19E26820 


PRESSURE ROLL STRIPPER 
FINGER (ALSO P/O 
ITEM 26, 5/KIT) 


18 


26E44320 


SCREW 


19 


— 


FRONT SUPPORT 
(NOT SPARED) 


20 


6E47560 


DRIVE SHAFT 


21 


22E16490 


TRANSPORT ROLLER SHAFT 


22 


23E12090 


BELT 


23 


13E10310 


BEARING 


24 


13E 10320 


BEARING 


25 


15E45240 


HEAT SHIELD 


26 


600K50430 


DUPLEX JAM REPAIR KIT 
(TAG P-047) 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-37 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 6.2 



PL 7.1 DOCUMENT COVER 




EM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


48E4370 


DOCUMENT COVER 


2 


36K810 


RIGHT COUNTERBALANCE 


3 


36K820 


LEFT COUNTERBALANCE 


4 


4K870 


PAD 


5 


48E4380 


DOCUMENT ORGANIZER 


6 


121E10960 


MAGNET 


7 


26E49130 


SCREW 



ALB I SM |"x 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 7.1 



12/95 
5-38 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 7.2 DOCUMENT GLASS, COVERS AND LABELS 




ITEM PART 



6 

7 

8 
9 

10 
11 

12 
13 
14 

15 

16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 

23 
24 



25 
26 
27 

28 



29 



30 



48E4150 
48E4100 
50E10420 
48E4110 

48E16620 

48E4120 

48E4130 

48E4140 
48E4160 

90E1700 
3E27200 



9E32760 
48E4170 
90E1880 

48E30720 

9E63260 

22E15730 

121E10500 

128E480 

96E25920 

26E48410 

62E7590 

62E7600 

96E25930 

96E25890 

96E50040 



26E54140 
26E54150 
26E52950 

96E67440 



96E25910 

96E62490 
109R269 



DESCRIPTION 

FRONT COVER 

LEFT COVER (REP 14.2) 

OUTPUT TRAY 

UPPER REAR COVER 

(PLATEN ONLY)(REP 14.3) 

UPPER REAR COVER 

(SDF ONLY)(REP 14.3) 

LOWER REAR COVER 

(120V) (REP 14.4) 

LOWER REAR COVER 

(220/240V) (REP 14.4) 

RIGHT COVER 

REGISTRATION GUIDE 

(W/O SDF) 

DOCUMENT GLASS (REP 6.1) 

FRONT INNER COVER 

(NOT SPARED)(REP 14.5) 

COPIER RELEASE HANDLE 

DRY INK CARTRIDGE 

LATCH 

RETURN SPRING 

CONNECTOR COVER 

SDF DOCUMENT GLASS 

(REP 5.11) 

SDF REGISTRATION GUIDE 

(REP 5.10) 

SDF SPRING 

SDF PINCH ROLLER 

MAGNET 

COPY COUNTER 

OPERATOR LABEL 

SCREW (M3X8) 

FILTER (SDF) 

FILTER 

TAG MATRIX LABEL 

STATUS CODE LABEL 

(5614)(USO) 

STATUS CODE LABEL 

(5614) (XCL/XLA) 

(NOTE:SEE ITEM 29) 

SHIPPING SCREW (1) 

SHIPPING SCREW (2) 

SHOULDER SCREW 

(SDF ONLY) 

STATUS CODE LABEL 

(5614, RX)(RETAIL) 

(NOTE: SEE ITEM 29) 

ERROR LABEL 

(5614.US/XCLVXLA) 

(RETAIL,US/XCL) 

ERROR LABEL 

(5614, RX)(RETAIL, RX) 

AUDITRON KEY COUNTER 

(24V) 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-39 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 7.2 



PL 7.3 MACHINE STORAGE CABINET 



1{ 2-7 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


STORAGE CABINET 
(P/O 98K26230) 


2 


- 


CABINET (P/O ITEM 1) 


3 


48K18890 


DOOR 


4 


17K590 


SWIVEL CASTER 
(ADJ 1.1) 


5 


17K600 


CASTER 
(ADJ 1.1) 


6 


26E46170 


THUMB SCREW (20MM) 
(USE W/O 2 TRAY MODULE) 


7 


26E46160 


THUMB SCREW (110MM) 
(USE W/ 2 TRAY MODULE) 



(2 PLACES) 



(2 PLACES) 



ALB | PLOP |~X 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 7.3 



12/95 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 8.1 SDF (1 OF 4) 




xts 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


22K40640 


SDF ASSEMBLY (220/240V) 
(REP 5.1) 






SDF ASSEMBLY (120V) 
(P/O KIT 98K35200) 
(REP 5.1) 


2 


50E 10500 


SDF EXIT TRAY 


3 


48E4470 


SDF DRIVES COVER 
(REP 5.2) 


4 


38E13730 


DOCUMENT GUIDE 


5 


~ 


FEED TRAY 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


6 


160K1720 


SDF PWB 
(120V) 


*■ 


160K8350 


SDF PWB 
(220/240V) 


7 


162K2240 


SDF INTERFACE HARNESS 


8 


36K1020 


RIGHT COUNTERBALANCE 


9 


36K1090 


LEFT COUNTERBALANCE 
(W/TAG 3)(ADJ 5.1) 




606K5610 


LEFT COUNTERBALANCE 
KIT(W/0 TAG 3) 
(ADJ 5.1) 


- 


605K7880 


ALTERNATE 


10 


4E6270 


PAD 


11 


10E3560 


DOCUMENT GUIDE SLIDE 


12 


110E6380 


SDF INTERLOCK SWITCH 
(S3) 


13 


38E13720 


PLASTIC GUIDE 


14 


96E26990 


WIDTH LABEL 


15 


3E33060 


HANDLE 


16 


50E11210 


TRAY EXTENSION 


17 


53E4610 


FILTER 


18 


-- 


FUSE (F301) 
(REP 1.8) 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 8.1 



PL 8.2 SDF (2 OF 4) 

1 { 4 - 20, 24 PL8.4 



25 
(RT2) 



EXPLODED ON 
4 




ITEM 


PART 


1 


22K41690 


2 


48E11870 


3 


9E58080 


4 


31E7010 


5 


50E10520 


6 


22E15280 


7 


22E18270 


8 


7E29570 


9 


7E 14840 


10 


49E13900 


11 


9E58150 


12 


13E9770 


13 


12E7020 


14 


120E8440 


15 


107E7470 


16 


162K2250 


17 


- 


18 


120E8450 


19 


19E27630 


20 


-- 


21 


22K44830 


22 


9E58130 


23 


48E11880 


24 


38E14260 


25 


130E7340 



DESCRIPTION 

SDF FEEDER ASSEMBLY 
(REP 5.5) 
EXIT COVER 
(REP 5.3) 
EXIT GUIDE 
GATE ARM 
SDF GATE 
NUDGER ROLLER 
FEED ROLLER 
GEAR (16T) 
GEAR (20T) 
SUPPORT 
FEED SPRING 
BEARING 
NUDGER LINK 
DOCUMENT PRESENT 
ACTUATOR 

DOCUMENT PRESENT SEN- 
SOR 

(Q1) 

SDF HARNESS 

PAPER GUIDE 

(P/OITEM 1) 

REGISTRATION SENSOR 

ACTUATOR 

RETARD PAD 

LOWER PAPER GUIDE 

(P/O ITEM 1) 

RETARD ROLLER 

(REP 5.6) 

SPRING 

ROLLER HOUSING 

PLASTIC GUIDE 

SDF DOCUMENT GLASS 

OVERHEAT THERMISTER 

(RT2) 



ALB | PLOP l~X 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 8.2 



12/95 
5-42 

www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



PL 8.3 SDF (3 OF 4) 



14 18 



(MOT2) 15 



1 { 2 - 20 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


~ 


SDF DRIVES 
(P/OITEM 1.PL8.1) 


2 


7E38220 


GEAR 


3 


23E11560 


DRIVE BELT 


4 


28E10220 


WASHER 


5 


127K13180 


SDF DRIVE MOTOR 
(MOT 2) (REP 5.4) 


6 


7E29910 


GEAR (28T) 


7 


7E29890 


GEAR (16T) 


8 


13E9750 


BEARING 


9 


6E42920 


SDF DRIVE SHAFT 


10 


49E13860 


DRIVE SUPPORT 


11 


20E22910 


IDLER PULLEY 


12 


20E20720 


PULLEY (40T) 


13 


7E14840 


GEAR (20T) 


14 


8E4910 


SDF NUDGER CLUTCH 
GEAR 


15 


162K2250 


SDF HARNESS 


16 


5E9620 


SDF NUDGER CLUTCH 
CAM (REP 5.7) 


17 


16E9690 


CLUTCH SLEEVE 


18 


9E58100 


CLUTCH SPRING 


19 


121E10200 


SDF NUDGER SOLENOID 
(SOL 1) (REP 5.9) 


20 


160K11280 


ENCODER SENSOR PWB 
(Q15) 



0026 



ALB | PLOP [~X 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-43 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 



PL 8.3 



PL 8.4 SDF (4 OF 4) 

7 



1 { 2 - 37 




rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


- 


SDF FEEDER ASSEMBLY 
(P/OITEM 1, PL8.2) 
(REP 5.5) 


2 


28E10220 


WASHER 


3 


13E9770 


BEARING 


4 


8E4910 


FEED CLUTCH 


5 


5E9640 


CLUTCH COLLAR 


6 


9E58140 


CLUTCH SPRING 


7 


6E42940 


FEED SHAFT 


8 


107E7470 


REGISTRATION SENSOR 

<Q2), 

SDF EXIT SENSOR 

(03) 


9 


162K2250 


SDF HARNESS 


10 


-- 


SDF FRONT FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


11 


13E10120 


BEARING 


12 


13E11170 


BEARING 


13 


22E15410 


SDF REGISTRATION ROLL 


14 


13E9820 


BEARING 


15 


22E15400 


SDF REGISTRATION 
PINCH ROLL 


16 


9E58160 


SPRING (REAR) 


17 


22E15420 


EXIT ROLLER 


18 


— 


TURN GUIDE 
(P/OITEM 1) 


19 


9E58180 


ACTUATOR RETURN SPRING 


20 


120E8460 


EXIT SENSOR ACTUATOR 


21 


22E15430 


SDF TAKEAWAY ROLL 


22 


9E58190 


FRONT SPRING 


23 


9E58170 


REAR SPRING 


24 


38E13770 


GUIDE 


25 


5K3550 


SDF REGISTRATION CLUTCH 
(CL1)(REP5.8) 


26 


20E20740 


PULLEY (22T) 


27 


23E 11570 


TRANSPORT BELT 


28 


-- 


SDF REAR FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 1) 


29 


125E2030 


STATIC BRUSH (FRONT) 


30 


125E2040 


STATIC BRUSH (CENTER) 


31 


125E2050 


STATIC BRUSH (REAR) 


32 


13E10590 


BEARING 


33 


15E45310 


PLATE 


34 


20E25460 


TENSION PULLEY 


35 


120E11010 


RETAINER 


36 


15K21180 


TENSION BRACKET 


37 


9E73990 


SPRING (FRONT) 



| 0027 
ALB | PLOP |"x 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 8.4 



12/95 

5-44 



www.printcopy.info 



5614/5113/5114 



I PL 9.1 COIN-OP 



1 { 2 - 22 
4(5-10,19 

10(11,12,21 
14(15,16,22 




17 








13 








°l 


0042 


A 




ALB 


PL |X 






rEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


~ 


COIN-OP KIT 

(TO ORDER, CONTACT 

SALES REP) 


2 


._ 


FRAME (P/OITEM 1) 


3 


84K790 


COIN CHANGER 
(US/XCL/XLA) 


- 


98K27600 


COPY TRON 
(RX)(CONTACT SALES) 


4 


101E7090 


CONTROL MODULE ASSEM- 
BLY 


5 


-- 


CONTROL PWB 
(P/O ITEM 4) 


6 


708W2501 


FUSE (1/10A,120V)(F2) 


7 


708W4001 


FUSE (1A,120V)(F1) 


8 


122E1280 


CORRECT CHANGE LAMP 
(LP1) 


9 


-- 


CONTROL MODULE FRAME 
(P/O ITEM 4) 


10 


110E4160 


BYPASS SWITCH ASSEMBLY 
(S2) 


11 


„ 


LOCK NUT (P/O ITEM 10) 


12 


— 


KEYS (QTY 2) 
(P/O ITEM 10) 


13 


60E490 


COIN BOX 


14 


3E17000 


LOCK ASSEMBLY 


15 


— 


SPRING CLIP 
(P/O ITEM 14) 


16 


~ 


KEYS (QTY 2) 
(P/O ITEM 14) 


17 


17E3730 


SWIVEL CASTER 


18 


-- 


INTERFACE CABLE 
(NOT SPARED) 


19 


■" 


POWER CORD 
(P/O ITEM 4) 


20 


420W20101 


CABLE TIE 


21 


— 


BYPASS SWITCH 
(P/O ITEM 10) 


22 


-- 


LOCK (P/O ITEM 14) 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-45 

www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 9.1 



I PL 9.2 FOREIGN INTERFACE (TAG P-049) 

3 



1{ 2-6 
7{4,5 




ITEM 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


-- 


FOREIGN INTERFACE KIT 
(FOR KIT SEE SALES REP) 


2 


-- 


CHASSIS (P/O ITEM 1) 


3 


26P80362 


CONNECTOR MOUNTING KIT 


4 


.. 


PWB (P/O ITEM 7) 


5 


108E3150 


FUSE(F1)(.1A) 


6 


162K6170 


HARNESS 


7 


160K4820 


FOREIGN INTERFACE PWB 
ASSEMBLY 



j 0043 
ALB I SD ]"x 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PL 9.2 



12/95 
5-46 



5614/5113/5114 



www.printcopy.info 



TEW 


PART 


DESCRIPTION 


A 


112W27651 


SCREW (M3X6) 


B 


112W36451 


SCREW (M4X12) 


C 


113W27451 


SCREW (M3X4) 


D 


113W27551 


SCREW (M3X4) 


E 


113W27651 


SCREW (M3X6) 


F 


113W27851 


SCREW (M3X8) 


G 


113W28051 


SCREW (M3X10) 


H 


113W28251 


SCREW (M3X6) 


J 


113W28451 


SCREW (M3X14) 


K 


113W28651 


SCREW 


L 


113W35651 


SCREW (M4X6) 


M 


113W35657 


SCREW (M4X6) 


N 


113W35851 


SCREW (M4X8) 


P 


113W36051 


SCREW (M4X10) 


R 


113W36251 


SCREW (M4X12) 


S 


113W36451 


SCREW (M4X14) 


T 


153W27650 


SCREW (M3X6) 


U 


153W27850 


SCREW (M3X8) 


V 


153W28050 


SCREW (M3X10) 


w 


153W28250 


SCREW (M3X8) 


X 


153W28850 


SCREW (M3X8) 


Y 


153W35850 


SCREW (M4X8) 


z 


153W36050 


SCREW (M4X10) 


AB 


153W42353 


SCREW(M4X12) 


AC 


158W35855 


SCREW (M4X10) 


AD 


220W20450 


NUT (M4) 


AE 


251W21151 


WASHER 


AF 


251W21251 


WASHER (M3) 


AG 


251W24451 


WASHER (M4) 


AH 


271 W1 6050 


DOWEL PIN (2X8) 


AJ 


271W28050 


DOWEL PIN (3X10) 


AK 


354W21251 


E-RING (3MM) 


AL 


354W24251 


E-RING (4MM) 


AM 


354W26251 


E-RING (6MM) 


AN 


354W28251 


E-RING (8MM) 


AP 


354W30251 


E-RING (10MM) 


AR 


356W26251 


GRIP RING (5MM) 


AS 


356W27251 


GRIP RING (5MM) 


AT 


356W29251 


GRIP RING (8MM) 


AU 


141W35651 


SET SCREW 


AV 


251W24251 


WASHER 


AW 


113W28851 


SCREW 


AX 


259W24250 


SCREW 



5614/5113/5114 



12/95 
5-47 



www.printcopy.info 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

COMMON HARDWARE 



PART 


PL 


PART 


PL 


PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 

9.1 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


3E17000 






3E27150 


4.1 


7E29570 


8.2 


9E57720 


4.9 


3E27150 


4.3 


7E29580 


4.5 


9E57760 


6.1 


3E27170 


3.3 


7E29580 


4.9 


9E57770 


6.1 


3E27170 


3.4 


7E29590 


2.3 


9E57780 


6.1 


3E27200 


7.2 


7E29600 


2.3 


9E57820 


1.2 


3E27210 


4.8 


7E29610 


2.3 


9E57830 


4.12 


3E27220 


4.8 


7E29620 


2.3 


9E57840 


4.8 


3E27230 


4.8 


7E29630 


2.1 


9E57850 


4.8 


3E27240 


1.1 


7E29630 


2.3 


9E57860 


2.1 


3E27250 


1.1 


7E29650 


6.1 


9E57900 


6.2 


3E32930 


4.1 


7E29660 


4.9 


9E57910 


6.2 


3E32930 


4.3 


7E29710 


2.1 


9E57920 


2.2 


3E32940 


4.8 


7E29720 


2.1 


9E57920 


4.11 


3E33060 


8.1 


7E29730 


2.1 


9E57960 


4.6 


3E34280 


3.5 


7E29740 


5.3 


9E58010 


5.6 


4K870 


7.1 


7E29750 


5.3 


9E58080 


8.2 


4E6270 


8.1 


7E29760 


5.3 


9E58100 


8.3 


4E8450 


3.4 


7E29770 


5.3 


9E58130 


8.2 


4E8560 


4.3 


7E29780 


6.2 


9E58140 


8.4 


4E8560 


4.6 


7E29790 


2.2 


9E58150 


8.2 


4E8620 


3.3 


7E29790 


4.2 


9E58160 


8.4 


4E8630 


3.1A 


7E29790 


4.4 


9E58170 


8.4 


4E8670 


3.2A 


7E29790 


4.5 


9E58180 


8.4 


4E8740 


4.9 


7E29790 


4.11 


9E58190 


8.4 


5K3550 


8.4 


7E29810 


2.2 


9E58200 


3.2B 


5K3580 


4.11 


7E29830 


2.2 


9E63260 


7.2 


5E9590 


4.9 


7E29840 


2.2 


9E63270 


1.2 


5E9610 


4.6 


7E29870 


4.5 


9E63280 


4.3 


5E9610 


4.7 


7E29870 


4.7 


9E63680 


5.2B 


5E9620 


8.3 


7E29880 


4.5 


9E63690 


4.11 


5E9640 


8.4 


7E29880 


4.7 


9E63710 


4.4 


5E10360 


4.10A 


7E29890 


8.3 


9E63720 


4.4 


5E10510 


3.1B 


7E29910 


8.3 


9E66360 


3.1A 


6K 13990 


3.1A 


7E29970 


5.4 


9E66370 


2.1 


6E42840 


4.9 


7E29980 


5.4 


9E66380 


3.1 B 


6E42850 


4.9 


7E29990 


5.4 


9E66430 


4.11 


6E42870 


4.8 


7E30010 


5.4 


9E66440 


4.11 


6E42880 


2.1 


7E30020 


5.4 


9E66450 


2.2 


6E42920 


8.3 


7E33880 


4.1 


9E66490 


6.1 


6E42940 


8.4 


7E34040 


4.2 


9E66510 


4.4 


6E42950 


5.4 


7E34060 


4.2 


9E66720 


4.10A 


6E45820 


4.1 


7E34120 


4.4 


9E66730 


4.6 


6E46030 


6.2 


7E34130 


5.4 


9E67170 


4.1 


6E47560 


6.2 


7E34140 


5.4 


9E67330 


3.1A 


6E47750 


4.1 OA 


7E34520 


5.3 


9E69560 


5.2B 


6E51530 


4.6 


7E38220 


8.3 


9E69610 


4.6 


6E51530 


4.7 


8E4910 


8.3 


9E69860 


4.6 


6E51860 


4.6 


8E4910 


8.4 


9E69860 


4.7 


7E11310 


2.2 


9E17190 


4.9 


9E69870 


4.6 


7E 14840 


4.9 


9E32760 


7.2 


9E69870 


4.7 


7E14840 


8.2 


9E57090 


4.1 OA 


9E70250 


4.4 


7E14840 


8.3 


9E57670 


3.2B 


9E70250 


4.11 


7E29550 


3.1B 


9E57690 


4.9 


9E70260 


4.5 


7E29570 


4.9 


9E57700 


4.9 


9E73990 


8.4 



PART 
NUMBER 



10E3550 

10E3560 

12K3290 

12E6960 

12E6970 

12E7020 

12E7550 

13E9660 

13E9680 

13E9690 

13E9700 

13E9710 

13E9720 

13E9740 

13E9740 

13E9740 

13E9740 

13E9750 

13E9750 

13E9750 

13E9750 

13E9750 

13E9760 

13E9770 

13E9770 

13E9790 

13E9820 

13E9920 

13E10120 

13E10120 

13E10120 

13E10300 

13E10310 

13E10320 

13E10590 

13E11170 

14E27170 

14E27180 

14E27200 

14E27900 

15K21180 

15E40530 

15E40580 

15E44330 

15E45220 

15E45240 

15E45300 

15E45310 

15E47600 

16E9670 

16E9690 

16E10340 

17K590 

17K600 



PL 
LOC. 

4.10A 

8.1 

3.1A 

3.2B 

4.10B 

8.2 

4.10B 

4.9 

6.1 

5.3 

5.3 

5.3 

6.2 

4.4 

4.6 

4.7 

4.11 

3.1B 

4.5 

4.7 

4.11 

8.3 

6.2 

8.2 

8.4 

3.1 B 

8.4 

2.3 

4.1 

4.7 

8.4 

6.1 

6.2 

6.2 

8.4 

8.4 

6.1 

6.1 

5.3 

5.3 

8.4 

3.5 

5.3 

4.1 

5.2B 

6.2 

5.3 

8.4 

1.1 

4.9 

8.3 

1.2 

7.3 

7.3 



PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


17E3730 


9.1 


19E23730 


3.2A 


19E23730 


3.4 


19E23730 


3.5 


19E26700 


3.4 


19E26710 


3.2B 


19E26710 


4.6 


19E26710 


4.7 


19E26740 


4.10B 


19E26790 


6.1 


19E26820 


6.2 


19E26830 


4.4 


19E26830 


4.11 


19E26890 


2.2 


19E26900 


3.3 


19E27030 


4.10A 


19E27130 


4.3 


19E27520 


4.1 


19E27630 


8.2 


19E29080 


2.3 


19E29210 


4.5 


19E29220 


1.3 


19E29380 


3.2A 


19E29390 


3.2A 


19E29400 


4.7 


19E29410 


4.7 


19E29570 


3.2B 


20E20690 


4.11 


20E20700 


4.6 


20E20710 


4.6 


20E20710 


4.7 


20E20720 


8.3 


20E20740 


8.4 


20E22910 


8.3 


20E23360 


1.2 


20E25460 


8.4 


22E15280 


4.9 


22E15280 


8.2 


22E15300 


4.4 


22E15310 


6.1 


22E15320 


6.1 


22E15330 


4.12 


22E15340 


6.2 


22E15360 


4.6 


22E 15370 


4.6 


22E15380 


4.6 


22E15380 


4.7 


22E15400 


8.4 


22E15410 


8.4 


22E 15420 


8.4 


22E15430 


8.4 


22E15540 


4.11 


22E15730 


7.2 


22E15890 


4.7 



PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


22E16490 


6.2 


22E16560 


4.10A 


22E18270 


4.9 


22E18270 


8.2 


22E18280 


4.6 


22E18280 


4.7 


22E18440 


6.2 


22K37780 


4.9 


22K37850 


4.9 


22K37860 


5.3 


22K37870 


6.2 


22K37920 


4.5 


22K40640 


8.1 


22K40670 


4.5 


22K40710 


4.7 


22K41690 


8.2 


22K44830 


8.2 


22K45150 


4.4 


22K45150 


4.11 


23E11530 


4.11 


23E11540 


4.6 


23E11540 


4.7 


23E 11560 


8.3 


23E11570 


8.4 


23E12090 


6.2 


23E13460 


4.6 


26E39070 


3.2A 


26E39210 


2.1 


26E39220 


1.2 


26E39270 


5.4 


26E43640 


1.3 


26E43660 


3.4 


26E43670 


3.3 


26E43680 


1.3 


26E43680 


2.2 


26E43680 


4.1 


26E43680 


4.3 


26E43680 


4.5 


26E43680 


4.11 


26E43680 


6.2 


26E43700 


6.1 


26E43990 


3.2A 


26E44000 


3.2A 


26E44020 


1.2 


26E44030 


4.1 OA 


26E44030 


5.5 


26E44040 


4.12 


26E44300 


4.8 


26E44310 


5.2A 


26E44320 


6.2 


26E44330 


4.4 


26E44340 


5.4 


26E46000 


2.1 


26E46010 


3.2A 


5614/5113/5114 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PART NUMBER INDEX 



12/95 
5-48 



www.printcopy.info 



PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


26E46020 


3.1 B 


26E46030 


3.1B 


26E46040 


3.1A 


26E46060 


5.2B 


26E46100 


5.4 


26E46110 


4.4 


26E46130 


4.4 


26E46160 


7.3 


26E46170 


7.3 


26E48410 


7.2 


26E48460 


5.5 


26E49130 


7.1 


26E52950 


7.2 


26E54140 


7.2 


26E54150 


7.2 


26E54360 


3.1 B 


26P80362 


9.2 


28E10220 


8.3 


28E10220 


8.4 


28E10530 


4.11 


28E10670 


4.6 


28E10670 


4.7 


28E10680 


2.1 


28E10700 


2.2 


28E10840 


3.4 


28E10850 


5.4 


28E10860 


5.4 


29E19270 


4.6 


29E19270 


4.7 


30K52780 


3.4 


30K52790 


3.5 


30K52800 


3.5 


31E6930 


4.9 


31E6940 


4.10B 


31E6950 


4.5 


31E6950 


4.11 


31E6960 


2.2 


31E6970 


2.2 


31E6990 


4.6 


31E6990 


4.7 


31E7010 


8.2 


31E7280 


5.2B 


31E7290 


4.4 


31E7300 


4.2 


32E7450 


3.1B 


32E7460 


3.4 


32E7470 


4.12 


32E7700 


3.1 B 


33K2380 


6.1 


35E25930 


5.3 


35E25940 


5.2A 


35E25950 


5.2A 


35E25960 


5.3 


35E26040 


5.4 


5614/5113/5114 



PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


35E31540 


5.2A 


35E31550 


5.2A 


35E31560 


5.2A 


35E31570 


5.2A 


35E31580 


5.2A 


35E33840 


5.3 


36K810 


7.1 


36K820 


7.1 


36K1020 


8.1 


36K1090 


8.1 


38E13530 


4.3 


38E13540 


4.3 


38E13580 


4.1 0A 


38E13600 


4.1 OA 


38E13610 


4.10B 


38E13620 


4.10B 


38E13640 


6.1 


38E13650 


4.12 


38E13670 


6.2 


38E13720 


8.1 


38E13730 


8.1 


38E13770 


8.4 


38E14180 


4.1 


38E14190 


4.1 


38E14260 


8.2 


38E 14540 


4.11 


38E14550 


4.11 


38E14630 


4.10A 


38E 14640 


4.10A 


38E14650 


4.1 OA 


38E14670 


4.10A 


38E14680 


4.10A 


38E15330 


4.10A 


38E15340 


4.10A 


38E15480 


4.6 


38E 15480 


4.7 


38E15540 


6.1 


41K4540 


3.3 


41K4550 


3.3 


48E4010 


3.1A 


48E4100 


7.2 


48E4110 


7.2 


48E4120 


7.2 


48E4130 


7.2 


48E4140 


7.2 


48E4150 


7.2 


48E4160 


7.2 


48E4170 


7.2 


48E4190 


4.9 


48E4200 


4.10B 


48E4240 


6.1 


48E4310 


5.2A 


48E4350 


1.1 


48E4370 


7.1 



PART 


PL 


PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


48E4380 


7.1 


53E4610 


8.1 


48E4470 


8.1 


54E4760 


3.1 B 


48E10970 


4.1 


54E4930 


3.1A 


48E10980 


3.1A 


54E4940 


3.1A 


48E11870 


8.2 


54E5070 


3.1A 


48E11880 


8.2 


55E28370 


3.2B 


48E12020 


4.4 


55E28380 


3.2B 


48E12030 


4.4 


55E28430 


1.3 


48E16620 


7.2 


55E28440 


1.3 


48E16710 


1.2 


55E31290 


3.2B 


48E17000 


2.1 


55E31750 


3.1 B 


48E17010 


5.5 


55E31820 


1.3 


48E 17020 


5.6 


55E31880 


3.2B 


48K18890 


7.3 


55E31890 


3.2B 


48K19190 


5.2A 


60E490 


9.1 


48E20410 


5.5 


62E7100 


3.2A 


48E30720 


7.2 


62E7110 


3.4 


48K43010 


5.4 


62E7120 


3.4 


49E 13440 


3.2A 


62E7140 


3.5 


49E 13520 


3.1A 


62E7150 


3.5 


49E13530 


4.9 


62E7170 


3.3 


49E13540 


4.9 


62E7590 


7.2 


49E13680 


1.2 


62E7600 


7.2 


49E13720 


4.12 


84K790 


9.1 


49E13750 


2.1 


90E1700 


7.2 


49E13770 


3.1B 


90E1880 


7.2 


49E13780 


3.1B 


94K2940 


5.4 


49E13800 


1.1 


96E20690 


6.1 


49E13820 


4.4 


96E20740 


1.1 


49E13820 


4.11 


96E20750 


1.1 


49E13830 


1.3 


96E25890 


7.2 


49E13850 


4.6 


96E25910 


7.2 


49E13850 


4.7 


96E25920 


7.2 


49E13860 


8.3 


96E25930 


7.2 


49E13900 


8.2 


96E25990 


1.1 


49E31340 


5.2B 


96E26010 


1.1 


49E35640 


4.5 


96E26990 


8.1 


49E35800 


4.4 


96E43620 


1.1 


49E39570 


1.1 


96E50040 


7.2 


49E39900 


1.1 


96E52290 


1.1 


49E42940 


4.6 


96E62490 


7.2 


49E48230 


5.5 


96E67170 


1.1 


50E10420 


7.2 


96E67180 


1.1 


50E10430 


4.10B 


96E67190 


1.1 


50E10500 


8.1 


96E67440 


7.2 


50E 10520 


8.2 


98K27600 


9.1 


50E11210 


8.1 


101E7090 


9.1 


50K21160 


4.1 


105K10360 


1.3 


50K21220 


4.10B 


105K10400 


1.3 


50K22430 


5.2A 


105K10420 


1.3 


50K22820 


4.3 


107E7470 


4.4 


50K25650 


4.3 


107E7470 


4.5 


52E10100 


6.1 


107E7470 


8.2 


53E4140 


1.2 


107E7470 


8.4 




12/95 








5-49 








www.printcopy.i 


ifo 





PART 


PL 


PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC. 

3.3 


NUMBER 


LOC. 


108E3110 


125E2040 


8.4 


108E3150 


9.2 


125E2050 


8.4 


109R269 


7.2 


125K2060 


5.6 


110E2780 


1.2 


126K4220 


6.1 


110E4160 


9.1 


126K4230 


6.1 


110E6350 


1.2 


126K4770 


3.2A 


110E6360 


1.2 


126K4780 


3.2A 


110E6370 


1.2 


127E9120 


1.2 


110E6380 


8.1 


127E9130 


5.4 


110E6750 


3.1 B 


127E9360 


3.1A 


113R79 


5.5 


127E9390 


4.2 


113R80 


5.5 


127K13140 


3.1B 


113R81 


5.5 


127K13150 


3.2A 


113R82 


5.5 


127K13170 


2.3 


113R85 


5.5 


127K13180 


8.3 


113R86 


5.5 


127K14220 


4.2 


115E4440 


6.1 


127K17150 


3.1B 


115E4480 


6.1 


128E480 


7.2 


115E4490 


6.1 


130E6650 


3.1A 


115E4500 


6.1 


130E6660 


6.1 


115E4510 


6.1 


130E6670 


6.1 


116E6670 


1.3 


130E6680 


5.2A 


117K22310 


1.3 


130E6690 


2.2 


120E8390 


6.1 


130E6690 


3.2A 


120E8430 


4.6 


130E6690 


4.2 


120E8440 


8.2 


130E6690 


4.4 


120E8450 


8.2 


130E7000 


4.7 


120E8460 


8.4 


130E7340 


8.2 


120E10290 


5.2B 


130K54030 


4.5 


120E10320 


4.4 


130K54060 


4.5 


120E10520 


4.1 


160K1570 


3.1A 


120E10530 


4.5 


160K1600 


4.10B 


120E10560 


1.3 


160K1610 


5.5 


120E10880 


3.1A 


160K1640 


1.1 


120E10890 


3.2A 


160K1650 


1.3 


120E10900 


3.2A 


160K1660 


1.3 


120E11010 


8.4 


160K1670 


1.3 


121K8780 


4.5 


160K1720 


8.1 


121K8780 


4.7 


160K1730 


1.2 


121K8790 


2.3 


160K1740 


1.2 


121E10130 


4.9 


160K4820 


9.2 


121E10140 


4.10A 


160K8220 


5.5 


121E10170 


2.1 


160K8320 


1.1 


121E10200 


8.3 


160K8330 


1.1 


121E10500 


7.2 


160K8340 


1.3 


121E10910 


4.4 


160K8350 


8.1 


121E10960 


7.1 


160K 11280 


8.3 


122E1280 


9.1 


160K13990 


1.2 


122K1450 


6.1 


160K14190 


1.1 


122K1490 


6.1 


162K2030 


3.2A 


122K1500 


5.5 


162K2040 


3.3 


122E1810 


3.3 


162K2050 


4.8 


122E1820 


3.3 


162K2070 


2.1 


125E2030 


8.4 


162K2140 


2.1 



PARTS LIST SECTION 

PART NUMBER INDEX 



PART 


PL 


NUMBER 


LOC 


162K2150 


2.1 


162K2160 


2.1 


162K2220 


4.5 


162K2240 


8.1 


162K2250 


8.2 


162K2250 


8.3 


162K2250 


8.4 


162K2260 


2.2 


162K2300 


1.3 


162K6170 


9.2 


162K7770 


3.2A 


162K8310 


4.7 


162K8320 


4.4 


162K11070 


4.5 


162K11080 


1.2 


162K11090 


1.3 


162K14130 


1.2 


420W20101 


9.1 


502S64233 


5.2A 


600S7514 


4.11 


600K46290 


5.6 


600K50430 


6.2 


600K53110 


5.4 


600K56760 


3.3 


605K7880 


8.1 


606K5610 


8.1 


708W2501 


9.1 


708W4001 


9.1 



PARTS LIST SECTION 12/95 

PART NUMBER INDEX 5 50 56u«iia«ii4 

www.printcopy.info 



6. GENERAL PROCEDURES /INFORMATION 



TITLE PAGE 

GENERAL PROCEDURES 

DIAGNOSTICS 

Entering the Diagnostic Mode 6-2 

Exiting the Diagnostic Mode 6-2 

Entering a Diagnostic Code 6-2 

Clearing a Diagnostic Code 6-2 

Reset Codes 6-2 

Secondary Status Code 6-2 

Input Component Codes 6-3 

Output Component Codes 6-4 

Copier Counter Data Codes 6-4 

Control Panel Display Test 6-4 

Control Panel Switch Test 6-4 

NVM Examine Modify Table 6-5 

Configuration Codes 6-7 

Copy Cartridge Types 6-8 

USCO Copy Cartridge Warranty 

Strategy 6-8 

Copy Cartridge Warranty 

Replacement 6-8 

Customer Programming 6-9 

COPIER PROCEDURES 

GP1 Image on Photoreceptor 

Procedure 6-11 

GP2 Optics/Xerographies Isolation 

Procedure 6-11 

GP3 Processor Skew Isolation 

Procedure 6-11 



TITLE PAGE 
GENERAL INFORMATION 
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 

Space/Leveling Requirements 6-12 

Physical Characteristics 6-12 

Capabilities 6-13 

Paper /Document Specifications ... 6-13 

Electrical Power Requirements 6-13 

Environmental Data 6-13 

SUPPLEMENTAL TOOLS AND SUPPLIES 

Tools 6-14 

Supplies 6-14 

Service Log N/A 

Warranty Form N/A 

GENERAL SERVICE NOTES 

Dry Ink Cartridge Yield 6-15 

Manufacturing Adjustments 6-17 

Multiplexing Circuits 6-17 

Ozone Filter 6-17 

Developer Housing Guide Pin 6-17 

Wire Colors 6-18 

Tray 2 Plug 6-18 

Tags 6-19 



TITLE PAGE 
INSTALLATION / REMOVAL 

Installation 6-21 

Commissioning 6-43 

Installation/Commissioning Checklist 6-46 

Relocation 6-48 

Removal 6-49 

Relocation/Removal Checklist 6-58 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc6tfy.info 



Section Contents 



DIAGNOSTICS 

ENTERING THE DIAGNOSTIC MODE 

1. Ensure that the Front Cover is closed, or 
that the Interlock Switch is cheated. 

2. Switch off the copier. 

3. Press and hold down the button and 
then switch on the copier. Release the 
button. 

The copier is in the diagnostic mode, and a 
diagnostic code can be entered. All the lamps 
on the control panel should be illuminated at 
this time. After entering the diagnostic mode, 
press and release the Start button to switch off 
the Control Panel lamps if desired. 

The lamps for the copier diagram are used to 
indicate the actuation and deactuation of 
Input Components. Other codes use other 
lamps for indicating selections and conditions. 
After entering the diagnostic mode, always 
ensure that all the lamps are illuminated, or a 
false indication will occur. 



EXITING THE DIAGNOSTIC MODE 

Use one of the following methods. 

• Switch off the copier and then switch on 
the copier. 

• Remove the interlock switch cheater and 
then install the interlock switch cheater. 

• Open the Front Cover and then close the 
Front Cover. 



ENTERING A DIAGNOSTIC CODE 

1 . Enter the diagnostic mode. 

2. Enter the one or two digits of the 
diagnostic code that are to the left of the 
dash. 

3. Press the Start button. 

4. Enter the one or two digits of the 
diagnostic code that are to the right of the 
dash. 

5. Press the Start button to enable an input 
component to be checked, energize an 
output component, or begin any of the 
other diagnostic routines. 

CLEARING A DIAGNOSTIC CODE 

Except Adjustment Codes, all the other codes 
are cleared by pressing the Stop/Clear button 
twice and then pressing the Zero button twice. 
The display becomes blank, and another 
diagnostic code can be entered at this time. 
Adjustment Codes cannot be cleared without 
exiting the diagnostic mode. 



RESET CODES 

Reset codes are used to initiate diagnostic 
actions when specific status codes are 
displayed. 



Code 


Description 


20-52 


Fuser Overtemperature or 
Undertemperature status code 
clearance 


20-96 


Control Logic Memory reset 



SECONDARY STATUS CODE 

Press the Stop button to display a secondary 
status code. 



Diagnostics 



4/97 

www.printcopx.info 



5614 5113/5114 



I NPUT COMPONENT CODES 

An Input Component Code is entered to check 
the operation of a sensor or a switch. Enter 
the code for the component. Manually 
actuate the component while observing the 
appropriate lamp on the Control Panel. 
Testing input components requires that the 
lamps on the Control Console function 
correctly. 



Code 


Input Component 


Component 


Control 
Panel 
Lamp 


2-2 


Control Panel 
buttons (except the 
Stop/Clear button) 


Display 

Window 

LED 


5-1 


SDF Interlock 
Switch 


SDF Jam 


5-1 


SDF Document 
Present Sensor 


Dry Ink 


5-1 


SDF Registration 
Sensor 


Copier Jam 


5-1 


SDF Exit Sensor 


CRU 


6- 2 


Lens Home Sensor 


Dry Ink 


6- 2 


Carriage Home 
Sensor 


CRU 


6- 6 


Document Cover 
Open Switch 


CRU 



Code 


Input Component 


Component 


Control 
Panel 
Lamp 


7-1 


Tray 1 Position 
Sensor (500 sheet) 


Tray 1 


7-1 


Tray 1 Empty 
Sensor 


Tray 1 
(Tray 1 250) 

Tray 2 
(Tray 1 500) 


7-1 


Paper Size Sensor 


Dry Ink 


7-1 


Paper Feed Sensor 


Copier Jam 


7-1 


Exit Sensor 


CRU 


7-2 


Tray 2 Jam Sensor 


Copier Jam 


7-2 


Tray 2 Empty 
Sensor 


Tray 1 


7-2 


Transport Open 
Sensor 


Dry Ink 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcogw.info 



Diagnostics 



OUTPUT COMPONENT CODES 

An Output Component Code is entered to 
check the operation of an output component 
such as a clutch or a motor. 



Code 


Output Component 


2-1 


Control Panel Lamps 

All lamps light for five seconds 


4-1 


Main Drive Motor 


4-1 


Dry Ink Sensor output to Control 
Panel display in Hex 


5-2 


SDF Drive Motor 


5-3 


SDF Nudger Solenoid 


5-4 


SDF Registration Clutch 


5-5 


Optics Cooling Fan (SDF) 


6-1 


Scan Drive Motor (1 scan) 


6-3 


Lens Drive Motor (1 R/E cycle) 


6-4 


Exposure Lamp/Optics Cooling 
Fan (on for 3 sceonds) 


8-1 


Stripper Finger Solenoid (cycle for 
3 seconds) 


8-2 


Tray 1 Lift Motor (500 sheet tray 
only) 


8-3 


Tray 2 Feed Clutch 



Code 


Output Component 


8-4 


Bypass Feed Solenoid (on for 5 
seconds) 


8-5 


Bypass Nudger Solenoid (on for 3 
seconds) 


8-6 


Feed / Transport CI utch 


8-7 


Tray 1 Feed Clutch 


8-8 


Registration Clutch (on for 3 
seconds) 


9-2 


Charge Corotron 
Transfer Corotron 


9-5 


Detack Corotron 


9-6 


Discharge Lamp 


9-7 


Edge Erase Lamp 


9-8 


Dry Ink Motor (Do not energize 
with Dry Ink cartridge installed) 


10-1 


Fuser Heat Rod (cycles for 3 
seconds) 


10-2 


Fuser Cooling Fans (on for 3 
seconds) 



COPIER COUNTER DATA CODES 

A code is entered to determine the usage on 
the CRU. 



Code 


Copier Counter Data 


3-2 


CRU Copies Made (US Only) 


3-3 


CRU Type 

4= 18,000 copies 

7= run to life 


3-6 


Hard Stop Limit 
18= 18,000 copies 
64 = 64,000 copies 



CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY TEST 

Enter the diagnostic mode and all the control 
panel lamps will illuminate. The component 
control codes for input components use the 
lamps that are in the copier diagram to 
provide feedback. If these lamps are 
inoperative, false indications will occur. 



CONTROL PANEL SWITCH TEST [2 - 2] 

Enter [2-2]. Press any control panel switch 
and the numeric display should increase by 
two digits. The Stop / Clear button is tested 
when it is used to clear the second digit of a 
diagnostic code. If the second digit cannot be 
cleared, the Stop / Clear button is inoperative. 



Diagnostics 



4/97 

www.printc<gpy.info 



5614 5113/5114 





NVM EXAMINE /MODIFY 






Code 


Function 


Range 


Default 


ADJ 


Description 


20-1 


Dry Ink Concentration Ratio 


0to99 


— 


— 


The setup is automatic, and takes 3-5 
minutes. It is used for developer changes 
only. 


20-2 


Fuser Temperature 


75 to 00 
00=100 


90 


10.1 


The value that is displayed represents the last 
two digits of the presently set temperature 


20-3 


Lens Identification 


00 to 21 


11 


6.17 


The number on the lens tag (for lens 
characteristics) is stored in this location 


20-4 


Exposure Level Text Lighter/Darker 

Photo Lighter/Darker 
Auto 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 
00 to 99 


- - 


6.1 
6.1 
6.1 


This location stores a value that correspond 
to the exposure lamp voltage in the Auto, 
Normal, and Photo modes. 


20-5 


Auto Exposure Sensor 


Hex 
Code 


N/A 




This program allows the control logic to read 
relative values via the Auto Exposure Sensor 
when the Exposure Lamp is energized with 
several different voltages. 


20-6 


Magnification (Frontto Rear) 


00 to 99 


50 


6.2 


The position of the lens is adjusted. 


20-7 


Magnification (Lead Edge to Trail Edge) 


00 to 99 


50 


6.2 


This location stores a value for Lead Edge to 
Trail Edge Magnification. 


20-8 


SDF Magnification 


00 to 99 


50 


5.2 


This location stores a value for Lead Edge to 
Trail Edge Magnification (SDF). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printdfe|!ty.info 



Diagnostics 





NVM EXAMINE /MODIFY 






Code 


Function 


Range 


Default 


ADJ 


Description 


20-9 


Lead Edge Registration 1 : 1 only 

w/R/E 
w/R/E/SDF 


00 to 99 





8.2 


This location stores a value for Lead Edge 
Registration. The on timing of the 
Registration Clutch is adjusted. 


20-10 


Registration Buckle Tray 1/2 

Bypass Tray 


00 to 99 


25 

50 


8.1 


This location stores a value for Registration 
Buckle. The off timing of the Feed/ 
Transport clutch is adjusted. 


20-11 


Lead/Trail Edge Deletion Lead Edge 

Trail Edge 


00 to 99 
00 to 99 


50 
50 


8.3 


This location stores a value for Lead Edge 
Deletion. The timing of the energizing of 
the charge corotron grid is adjusted. 


20-12 


Metric or Inch Size paper 1 : 1 

R/E Fixed 
Zoom 


01 or 03 
53 

11 or 13 






This location stores a value for the size of 

copy paper. 

01 = Metric, 03 = Inches 

11 = Metric, 13 = Inches 


20-14 


RX and XCL only: CRU Reorder Signal 


0or1 





- 


This location stores a value to enable or 
disable the reorder signal. = off, 1 = on 


20-15 


SDF Exposure 


00 to 99 


- 


5.3 


This location stores a value to match SDF and 
Document Glass exposure level. 


20-16 


Tray 1 Size 250 w/w/oSDF 

500w/w/oSDF 


00 to 03 


- 


- 


00 =250w/oSDF/01=250w/SDF 
02 = 500 w/o SDF / 03 = 500 w/SDF 


20-17 


Xerographic Auto Correct 


6or16 


16 


- 


Automatic density compensation factor 


50-01 


Foreign Interface Enable 


0or1 





" 


This location stores a value to enable or 
disable the Foreign Interface. = Off, 1 = 
On 



Diagnostics 



4/97 

www.printc6fly.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CONFIGURATION CODES 



Product 
Code 


Market / Configuration 


Diagnostic Codes 


20- 12 


20- 15 


20- 16 


20- 17 


OKU 


USCO, 1:1, 500 Tray 1 


03 





2 


6 


1KU 


USCO, R/E, 500 Tray 1 


13 





2 


6 


2KU 


USCO, R/E, SDF, 500 Tray 1 


13 





3 


6 


3KU 


XCL, 1:1, 500 Tray 1 


03 





2 


6 


4KU 


XCL, R/E, 500 Tray 1 


13 





2 


6 


5KU 


XCL, R/E, SDF, 500 Tray 1 


13 





3 


6 


6KU 


RX, 1:1, 500 Tray 1 


01 





2 


6 


7KU 


RX, R/E, 500 Tray 1 


10 





2 


6 


8KU 


RX, R/E, SDF, 500 Tray 1 


10 





3 


6 


2KV 


Retail, non-RX, R/E, 250 Tray 1 


13 








6 


3KV 


Retail, non-RX ,R/E, SDF, 250 Tray 1 


13 





1 


6 


4KV 


RX Retail, R/E, 250 Tray 1 


13 








6 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgpy.info 



Diagnostics 



COPY CARTRIDGE TYPES [3 - 3] 

USCO is type number 4 (16k warranty, 18k 
copy limit), and RX is type number 7 (run to 
failure copy limit). Enter [3 - 3] to display the 
type number. 

USCO COPY CARTRIDGE WARRANTY 
STRATEGY 



Determine that the 

customer copy cartridge 

is defective 



Customer 

orders new 

copy cartridge 

at cost to 

customer 




Go to the Copy 
Cartridge Warranty 

Replacement 

procedure on this 

page 



COPY CARTRIDGE WARRANTY REPLACEMENT 
[50-35] 

1 . Ensure that the defective copy cartridge is 
installed. 

2. Enter [50 -35]. 

3. Press the Start button. The letters Ed are 
displayed. 

4. Remove the defective copy cartridge. 

5. Install a new copy cartridge and close the 
front cover. The display shows a flashing 
35. 

6. Press the Start button. The letters Ed are 
displayed- If the status code J8 is 
displayed, the copy cartridge is used. 

7. Exit the diagnostic mode. 



NOTE: Copy Cartridge warranty period to 16k 
copies. The maximum copies is 18k copies for 
USCO. Other markets run to failure. 



Diagnostics 



4/97 

www. printc©fjy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



CUSTOMER PROGRAMMING 

NOTE: Pressing the Stop/Clear button twice 
will cause the default selections to be 
displayed. 

Priority Tray 

This feature allows you to identify the paper 
tray that the copier automatically selects after 
the following conditions: 

• when the power is switched on. 

• when the timeout occurs and a different 
tray is selected by the operator. 

Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 

button down for approximately 4 seconds 

or until the red and yellow lights flash on 

the Copier Diagram. 

Press the button. 

Press the Start button to display the 

current program selection. 01, 02, or 03 is 

displayed. 

Press the 1 button to select Tray 1 , the 2 

button to select Tray 2, or the 3 button to 

select the Bypass Tray, to overwrite the 

right digit. 

Press the Start button to store the 

selection. 

Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 

the programming mode. 



1. 



5. 



6. 



Timeout to Auto Clear 

This feature allows you to select the time it 
takes for the copier to return to the 
preprogrammed copy mode after a copy cycle 
is complete. 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 1 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 10, 11, 12, 13, 
or 14 is displayed. 

Press the button to select no timeout, 
the 1 button to select 30 seconds, the 2 
button to select 60 seconds, the 3 button 
to select 90 seconds, or the 4 button to 
select 1 20 seconds, to overwrite the right 
digit 

Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode. 



4. 



6. 



Timeout to Power Saver 

This feature automatically reduces power 
consumption of the copier if the copier is not 
used for a period of time. 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 2 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 20, 21, 22, 23, 
or 24 is displayed. 

Press the to select off, the 1 button to 
select 4 minutes, the 2 button to select 30 
minutes, the 3 button to select 90 minutes, 
or the 4 button to select 120 minutes, to 
overwrite the right digit. 
Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode. 



4 



5. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc(gpy.info 



Diagnostics 



Power Saver Recovery Time 

This feature allows you to select the time it 
takes for the copier to return to the "Ready to 
copy" condition, from the Power Saver mode. 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 3 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 31 or 32 is 
displayed. 

4. Press the 1 button to select 10 seconds, or 
the 2 button to select 30 seconds, to 
overwrite the right digit. 

5. Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

6. Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode. 

Default Magnification (R/E only) 
This feature allows you to automatically make 
the copies slightly larger, the same size, 
slightly smaller than the original. 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 4 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 41 , 42, or 43 is 
displayed. 



4. Press the 1 button to select 1 00%, the 2 
button toselect99%,orthe3 button to 
select 1 01 % , to overwrite the right digit. 

5. Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

6. Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode. 

Default Exposure 

This feature allows you to identify the Copy 
Quality mode that the copier automatically 
uses , unless a different selection is made by 
the operator. 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 5 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 51 or 52 is 
displayed. 

4. Press the 1 button to select Text, or the 2 
button to select Auto, to overwrite the 
right digit. 

5. Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

6. Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode. 



R/E Preset (R/E only) 

This feature allows you to set a specific 
reduction or enlargement setting. You may 
choose 1 29% (factory setting), 94% (A4 to 1 1), 
84%(13to11)or89%(13toA4). 

1 . Press and hold the Paper Tray Select 
button down for approximately 4 seconds 
or until the red and yellow lights flash on 
the Copier Diagram. 

2. Press the 6 button. 

3. Press the Start button to display the 
current program selection. 60, 61 , 62, or 
63 is displayed. 

4. Press the to select 1 29% (default), the 1 
button to select 94% (A4 to 1 1), the 2 
button to select 84 (13 to 11), or the 3 
button to select 89% (13toA4),to 
overwrite the right digit. 

5. Press the Start button to store the 
selection. 

6. Press the Paper Tray Select button to exit 
the programming mode.. 



Diagnostics 



4/97 

www. print(jpjp(j[. info 



5614 5113/5114 



COPIER PROCEDURES 

GP1 IMAGE ON PHOTORECEPTOR 
PROCEDURE 

NOTE: The area of the document that will be 
visible on the photoreceptor is approximately 
a 25 mm wide band that goes from long edge 
to long edge of the document. 

1. Place the copy face up on the Document 
Glass. 

2. Make a copy and open the Front Cover 
when the top of the number 1 mirror of 
the exposure lamp carriage is under the 
area of the document to be checked. 

3. Remove the Copy Cartridge and inspect 
the photoreceptor. 

4. Return to the diagnostic procedure for 
analysis. 



GP2 OP71CS/XEROGRAPHICS ISOLATION 
PROCEDURE 

1 . Remove the copy cartridge. 

2. Fold a sheet of A4 or 8.5 x 1 1 inch paper 
several times along the long edge. 

3. Block the opening that is between the 
Discharge Lamp and the Edge Erase Lamp 
with the folded paper so that the opening 
is blocked along most of its length (Figure 
D- 

4. Reinstall the copy cartridge and make a 
copy. 

5. Check the copy. If the problem is visible, a 
xerographic problem exists. If the problem 
is not visible, an optics problem exists. 

6. Return to the diagnostic procedure for 
analysis. 



GP3 PROCESSOR SKEW ISOLATION 
PROCEDURE 

1 . Remove the copy cartridge. 

2. Tear off a small piece of paper and fold it 
so that it measures approximately 25 mm 
by 25 mm. 

3. Block the middle of the opening that is 
between the Discharge Lamp and the Edge 
Erase Lamp with the folded piece of paper 
(Figure 1). 

4. Reinstall the copy cartridge and make a 
copy with the Document Cover or SDF 
closed. 

5. Check the copy. Skew between the black 
strip and the edge of the copy indicates a 
paper path problem. No skew between 
the black strip and the edge of the copy 
indicates an optics problem. 

6. Return to the diagnostic procedure for 
analysis. 



Discharge 
Lamp 




Edge 
Erase 
Lamp 



0> o 

o O 

Figure 1 . Blocking the Opening 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcgpyi info 



Copier Procedures 



PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 
SPACE / LEVELING REQUIREMENTS 

Overhead clearance requirement is 1981 mm (78 inches) over the area shown as the floor space 
requirement, shown below (Figure 1). 



I 



63" 

1592mm 



A" I 100mm 



9.1" 
231mm 



^. 



.> 



19.5" 
492 mm 



16" 
410mm 



20" 
500mm 



A 



20" 
500mm 



40" 
100mm 



56" 

1410mm 

Figure 1. Floor Space Requirement 

CAUTION: The copier is sensitive to unlevel mounting surfaces. If the level condition of the 
surface that supports the copier is unknown, refer to Copier Level (ADJ 1. 1) 



PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Height - with Document Cover Weight 



Configuration/ 
Component 


Height inch/ mm 


250 Tray 1 


12 /305 


500 Tray 1 


13.75 /295 


SDF 


Add 2.25 / 57 


Tray 2 


Add 3.5 / 89 



Weights are ready to ship. Copier weights 
include developer, copy cartridge, dry ink 
cartridge, customer documentation, 50 sheets 
of paper, and packaging materials. 



Configuration/ 
Component(s) 


Weight kg/lbs. 


5614 1:1 


33/73 


5614 R/E 


35/77 


5614 R/E SDF 


37.5/83 


51 13 R/E 


34.5/76 


51 14 R/E SDF 


37/82 


Tray 2 


4.95/11 


Copy Cartridge, 

Dry Ink Cartridge, 

Developer Cartridge 


4.5/2.1 



Product Specifications 



4/97 

www. print<S>|l£. info 



5614 5113/5114 



CAPABILITIES 
Product designations 

5113R/E*** 

51 14 R/E and SDF 

56141:1 

5614 R/E 

5614 R/E and SDF 

Copying speed 



Size of 
Copy 


CPM 


Closed*** 

document 

cover 


Open* 

document 

cover 


SDF** 
extended 

run 


B4 


10/11 


5.8 


8 


8.5x14 


10/11 


5.8 


8 


A4 


13/14 


5.8 


10 


8.5x11 


13/14 


5.8 


10 


5.5x8.5 


13/14 


5.8 


10 



* The rate shown occurs with 2 or more 
copies. 

** When feeding more than 20 documents 
in the SDF, copy speed may slow down so 
that safe temperatures are maintained 
on the SDF Document Glass. 

*** Early build 5113 will operate at the same 
speed as 5614. Later production copiers 
will run at the specified CPM rate. 

Warm-Up Time - 30 seconds 

First Copy Out - 8 seconds, 8.5" x 11" / A4, 

Tray 1 



PAPER/ DOCUMENT SPECIFICATIONS 

Paper Tray Capacity: 

Tray 1 -250 or 500 sheets 
Tray 2 - 250 sheets 
Bypass Tray - 50 sheets 

Copy Paper Sizes: 

USCO: 10x14 inches to 5.5X8.5 inches 
RX: B4,A4,A5 

Copy Paper Weight: 

USCO/XCL: 16to24poundsTrays1and2 
1 4 to 1 1 pounds Bypass 

RX: 60 to 80 gm 2 Trays 1 and 2 

52 to 1 60 gm 2 Bypass 

80 gm 2 /20 pound minimum for two-sided 

copying 

SDF Document Size: 

10 x 14 inches/ B4 maximum 

Output Tray Capacity: 

100 sheets maximum 20 lb. /80gm 2 



ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS 

USCO: 115VAC ± 10%, 60 Hz, single phase 

15 AMP service 
RX: 220/240 VAC ± 10%, 50 Hz, single 

phase 

Power Consumption - 

725 watts or 6 amps @ 1 15 VAC with SDF and 

copier running (maximum) 

1 2 watts with copier switched off 



ENVIRONMENTAL DATA 

Ambient Temperature and Humidity 
requirement: 

10°C/50°Fat 15% humidity 
32°C/90°Fat85% humidity 

Heat output in BTU/hr.: 

2389 copier running 

2474 SDF and copier running 

358 standby 

188 fast recovery power saver 

65 slow recovery power saver 
41 copier switched off 

Sound Level: 

40 dBa standby 

66 dBa copier running 

GFI 

The electrical design of the copier makes 
ground fault interrupter unnecessary. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcg)p^info 



Product Specifications 



SUPPLEMENTAL TOOLS AND SUPPLIES 






TOOLS 




Heavy-Duty 


USCO/XCL-35F 


Test Pattern 


RX - 82P523 


Towels 






USCO/XCL - 
82P524 


Cleaning Cloth 


RX-8R90019 




82P284 


Cotton Pad 


RX/USCO/XCL- 


Black Bag 


95P2362 


1.5 mm hex 


19P580 
600T41107 


Formula A 


RX-8R90175 


wrench 






USCO/XCL-43P48 


Star point 


600T41300 


All Purpose 


RX-8R90175 


screwdriver 




Cleaner 








Lint-Free Cloth 


RX/USCO/XCL- 
600S4372 







Lens and Mirror RX-8R901784 
Cleaner USCO/XCL-3P81 



Film Remover 


USCO/XCL-43P45 


Grease 


RX - 600T90429 
USCO/XCL - 70P53 


Oil 


RX - 70P95* 
USCO/XCL -70P23* 


General 

Cleaning 

Solvent 


RX-8R90176 
USCO - 43P78 



Antistatic Fluid 8R90273 

* Do not use L017 on drive gears. Do not use 
70P23/95 on the developer housing parts or 
the Copy Cartridge. 

CAUTION: Do not use Kynar on the 
Photoreceptor. 



SUPPLIES 

Developer 



PL 5.2A 



Dry Ink Cartridge* 
RX Direct 6R90223 

RX Retail 6R90290 

Other Direct 6R752 

Other Retail 6R751 

Copy Cartridge** PL 5.5 

NOTES: 

* Store at 41° to 113°F (5° to 45°C), 85% 

relative humidity. 

** Store at 41° to 122° F (5° to 50°C), 85% 

relative humidity. 



Supplemental Tools and Supplies 



4/97 

www.printc&flyiinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



GENERAL SERVICE NOTES 

5614 5113/5114 DRY INK CARTRIDGE YIELD 

The expected dry ink cartridge yield of 4,000 
copies is based on an average area coverage of 
6 percent per 8.5 X 11 copy. However, yield 
varies with area coverage of customer 
documents, document size, copy lighter and 
copy darker setting, and percent of copies 
made with the document cover open. 
Therefore, the 4,000 copies yield cannot be 
guaranteed. 

It is important to understand that some of the 
customer documents are greater than 6% area 
coverage. 

The 4000 copy yield applies only when these 
conditions are met: 

• Copies made with the copy lighter/darker 
control set at its normal (middle) position 

• Document cover is closed 

• Size of the document is A4or8.5x 1 1 

Any document which contains more area 
coverage than the samples that are 
represented in Figures 1 and 2, will result in a 
yield of less than 4,000 copies. Figures 3 and 4 
on the next page show examples of area 
coverages that exceed 6% . 



'■ 


■"«—*-— 


nt gray tines develop nearly as corrpletely as Mack 


2. 


H.i. Indluu, ,„, h 


gh contrast which may be obtained with this type 




of development. 




3- 


However, the deposit 


on of DOwder in any area is approximately propor- 




tional to the electr 


pstatic contrast between that area and its background. 


if. 


A black line on a gr 


ly background will reproduce as a dense line on a 




C, " rb3Ck9rOUndbeC 


use only potential differences are developed. 


5. 


Summarising, we may 


ay that cascade-development xerography has the 




following characteri 


tics: 


6. 


a. Narrow Hnesar 


developed to a density approximately proportional 




to the contra 


between the line and its background density. 


7. 


b. Wide areas .re 


eve loped at the edqes to about the same degree, 




and are essenti 


My underdeveloped internally. 


8. 




a developer having a high tr iooeiecrr tc difference 




have less background 


and sharper, more well defined characters of jooe- 




what lo^r density » 


Jn those made with a developer having a low tribo- 




electric difference. 




3- 


If, however, the trit 


orlectric differe.ee is too great, very little 




powder position wi 






(Text frcr 


XEROGRAPHY TOUAY , I955 "Photographic Engineer int.") 



Figure 1. Area Coverage -3% 



i by corona charging the loo surface to a potential 
■Ids a charge density of lo"-10 lz unit charges/cm*. 



of 600-800 v, which yields a charge <J 

Normally, selenlun is a p-type conductor, and thus Is usually sensitised 

with positive charging. 

Actinic light produces electron-hole pair), which under the Influence of 
the electric field are separated; the electron moves to the lurface to 
neutralise a positive charge, and the positive hole I* accelerated to the 
conductive base where It neutralized the induced negative charge. 

The spectral sens 
chromatic emuliioi 

The maximum sensitivity occurs at 275 mu- 

The quantum efficiency (number of surface charges neutralized per Incident 
photon) is roughly 0.25 at the blue end of the spectrum, Falling to lerc 
ol 560-570 mu. 

The effective photographic speed of a standard amorphous selenium plate is 
equivalent to ASA Exposure Index 2.0 and compares with orthoehroroatlc 
silver nalide projection or enlarging paper. 

Selenium-tellurium alloys have a spectral response extending Into the red 
portion of the spectrum. — IHH1 

As the tellurium content of the alloy is increased, spectral response is 
extended to longer wavelengths, but there Is a sharp drop in resistlv.ty 
above 6% tellurium. 

Therefore, the rapid dark decay of a surface charge makes such a plate 
unsuitable for xerographic purposes. 

It might be expected that red-sensitivity could be introduced by hexagonal 
selenium, but the conductivity is at least 6 to 3 powers of ten greater 
than that of vitreous selenium. 

Because of the low resistivity of these more panchromatic photoconductors 
such as crystalline selenium and selenium-tel lur ium alloys, these materials 
cannot be used alone as xerographic plates. 



In these photoreceptors the "charge storage" properties and the photocon- 
ductlve "control" properties are separated into distinct layers. 



Figure 2. Area Coverage - 6% 



5614 5113/5114 



♦ 4/97 * 

www.pnntcpD^info 



General Service Notes 









oiiufiw am Ms smabttoin aff muorttat wsUfflhKliw 



pi ndWiU^, OMKUh i«!i«rffcfc., sj 



tu.tlti » WbriWh^ m 



r„ ul'BiypU rr^pttiwJ^ &w ™ 









at •«• a^twrt lio 



;; fit*)) lTte n) < mjiprf WtgiijE IrwaJVwK 



Figure 3. Area Coverage - 1 1 % 




Figure 4. Area Coverage - 23% 



General Service Notes 



4/97 

www.printcoiw.info 



5614 5113/5114 



MANUFACTURING ADJUSTMENTS 

Several optics adj ustments and a f user 
adjustment are made during the 
manufacturing process with setup tools. The 
adjustments are secured with screws that are 
colored red, or a drop of adhesive or similar 
material is applied to the screw head and 
adjacent surface. Do not loosen these screws. 
Service of these adjustments is not required 
during the life of the copier. 

MULTIPLEXING CIRCUITS 

The copier is equipped with multiplexing 
circuits that use a single wire to feed signals 
from two or more sensors to a single port in 
the control logic. At the output of the sensor, 
the Low voltage level is approximately VDC 
and the Hi voltage level is approximately +5 
VDC. However, after the signals are combined 
through diodes with additional circuitry into 
one wire, the voltage levels change. A low 
voltage level or a high voltage level may be 
+ 4.3 VDC A 0.5 VDC change in voltage level 
when the sensor is actuated is the indication 
the sensor is operating. 



DEVELOPER HOUSING GUIDE PIN 

On copiers without Tag 2, some Developer 
Assemblies may not move close enough to the 
Photoreceptor when the Dry Ink Cartridge is 
pivoted to the operating position. This may 
cause light copies, blank copies, uneven 
density, or J1 faults. This is caused in two 
ways. Either the Green Panel is not used to 
move the Dry Ink Cartridge to the operating 
position, or the plastic molded end cap of the 
Developer Assembly is not within tolerance. 
Perform the following procedure to eliminate 
this problem as a possible cause for the copy 
quality problems and fault code listed above. 

1 . Remove the Developer Assembly (REP 9.3). 

2. Use the flat file to remove material from 
the rear Guide Pin so that 3.0 mm can be 
measured across the flat part that remains 
(Figure 1). 




Figure 1. Removing Material from the 
Guide Pin 



OZONE FILTER 

The Ozone Filter is designed for the life of the 
copier. If the customer calls for smells, and no 
other problems are found, replace the Ozone 
Filter (PL1. 2). 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpDty.info 



General Service Notes 



WIRE COLORS 

Wire colors on replacement components may 
be different from the colors shown in Sections 
2 and 7 of the service manual. Control of the 
wire colors throughout the life of the product 
is relatively expensive compared to the benefit 
gained for troubleshooting a problem when 
the entire wire is visible from the component 
to the control logic. Wire colors will not 
change within the wiring harness that 
interconnects the subsystems when the entire 
wire is not visible without major disassembly 
of the copier. 



TRAY 2 PLUG 

The Tray 2 P/J can be partially disassembled to 
allow electrical measurements to be made 
with the DMM. After removing the covers 
from the P/J as shown in figure 1, connect the 
P/J to the copier but leave 2mm of the 
connector pins exposed so that they are 
accessible to the meter probe. 

CAUTION 

The Lower PWB will be shorted and fail if the 
probe touches the metal frame that is above 
the plug while using the meter probe to make 
measurements. 




^M^J\ 



1 

Use a small 
screwdriver 
to release 
the locking 
tabs (2) and 
remove the 
black cover 



Turn over 
the P/J and 
use a small 
screwdriver 
to release 
the locking 
tabs (2) and 
remove the 
metal cover 



Pin 1 



2.0 mm 




Connect the 
plug to the 
copier and 
leave 2mm 
Pin 12 of the pins 
exposed 



Figure 1. 
Plug 



Partially disassembling the Tray 2 



General Service Notes 



4/97 

www.printwDu.info 



5614 5113/5114 



The Tag Matrix is located on the Lower Rear 
Cover (REP 14.4). 



TAG: 

CLASS: 

USE: 

MFG SERIAL 

NUMBERS: 

NAME: 

PURPOSE: 

KIT NUMBER: 

REFERENCE: 

TAG: 

CLASS: 

USE: 

MFG SERIAL 

NUMBERS: 

NAME: 

PURPOSE: 



KIT NUMBER: 
REFERENCE: 



1 



ALL 

N/A 

TONER DISPENSER AUGER 

REPAIR 

TO IMPROVE THE RELIABILITY 

OF TONER DISPENSING 

N/A 

PL 4.6 

2 

o 

ALL 

N/A 

DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY GUIDE 

PIN 

TO ENSURE THAT THE 
DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY 

ENGAGES THE DRIVES 

CORRECTLY, TO REDUCE DRIVE 
NOISE AND TO IMPROVE COPY 
QUALITY. THE END CAP ON 
THE DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY IS 
REDESIGNED AT THE GUIDE 
PIN. 
N/A 

GENERALSERVICENOTEIN 
SECTION 6, PL 5.2A 



TAG: 

CLASS: 

USE: 

MFG SERIAL 

NUMBERS: 



3 

M/O 

ALL 

MANDATORY ON THE 
FOLLOWING COPIERS. 

RX/XLA: 

8KU298 100001 through 

8KU298 100817 

USCO: 

2KU030001 through 

2KU031775 

XCIVXLA: 

5KU035001 through 
5KU035796 

OPTIONAL ON THE 
FOLLOWING COPIERS. 

RX' 

8KU298100818through 
8KU298 102654 

USCO: 

2KU03 1776 through 

2KU040438 

XCL/XLA: 

5KU035797 through 
5KU037570 

XLA: 

8KU298 10081 8 through 
8KU298 102654 
8KU298 500001 through 
8KU298 500050 



NAME: 


SDF LEFT COUNTERBALANCE 




RETROFIT KIT 


PURPOSE: 


THE MANDATORY RETROFIT 




INCORPORATES SAFETY 




FEATURES IN THE LEFT 




COUNTERBALANCE. THE 




OPTIONAL RETROFIT 




IMPROVES THE ABILITY OF THE 




LE FT COU NTE RBALANCE TO 




POSITION THE SDF TO 




PREVENT DOCUMENT 




DAMAGE AND MISFEEDS. 


KIT NUMBER: 


605K07880 MANDATORY 




606K05610 OPTIONAL 


REFERENCE: 


PL 8.1 


TAG: 


4 


CLASS: 


R 


USE: 


ALL 


MFG SERIAL 




NUMBERS: 


N/A 


NAME: 


TONER HOPPER ASSEMBLY 


PURPOSE: 


TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY OF 




DRY INK DISPENSING, 




SUPERCEDES TAG 1 AND TAG 




43 


KIT NUMBER: 


N/A 


REFERENCE: 


PL 5.4 


TAG: 


5 


CLASS: 


R 


USE: 


ALL 


MFG SERIAL 




NUMBERS: 


N/A 


NAME: 


DEVELOPER HOUSING 




ASSEMBLY 


PURPOSE: 


TO ENSURE THE BEARINGS DO 




NOT RELEASE OIL INTO THE 




DEVELOPER. 


KIT NUMBER: 


N/A 


REFERENCE: 


PL5.2A 



Copier Tags 



4/97 

www.printcony.info 



5614 5113/5114 





■ 


TAG: 


46 


TAG: 


43 


CLASS: 


R 


CLASS: 


R 


USE: 


ALL 


USE: 


ALL 


MFG SERIAL 




MFG SERIAL 




NUMBERS: 


N/A 


NUMBERS: 


N/A 


NAME: 


SWISS ENERGY ORDINANCE 


NAME: 


TONER DISPENSER AUGER 




COMPLIANCE KIT(RX ONLY) 




REPAIR KIT 


PURPOSE: 


TO ENSURE THAT VOLTAGE 


PURPOSE: 


TO IMPROVE DRY IMAGER 




DOES NOT ENERGIZE THE 




TRANSPORTATION. 




OPTICS HEATER WHEN THE 


KIT NUMBER: 


600K53110 




MAIN POWER SWITCH IS IN 


REFERENCE: 


PL 5.4 




THE OFF POSITION. 






KIT NUMBER: 


600K52640 


TAG: 


44 


REFERENCE: 


N/A 


CLASS: 


R 






USE: 


ALL 


TAG: 


47 


MFG SERIAL 




CLASS: 


R 


NUMBERS: 


N/A 


USE: 


ALL 


NAME: 


250 SHEET TRAY / FEEDER 


MFG SERIAL 






REPAIR KIT 


NUMBERS: 


N/A 


PURPOSE: 


IMPROVE THE RELIABILITY OF 


NAME: 


DUPLEX JAM REPAIR KIT 




FEEDING IN THE 250 SHEET 


PURPOSE: 


A NEW EXIT ROLLER FRAME 




TRAY1. 




ASSEMBLY THAT IMPROVES 


KIT NUMBER: 


600K50480 




THE TRANSPORTATION OF 


REFERENCE: 


PL 4.6 




TWO-SIDED COPIES THROUGH 
THEFUSER. 


TAG: 


45 


KIT NUMBER: 


600K50430 


CLASS: 


R 


REFERENCE: 


PL 6.2 


USE: 


ALL 






MFG SERIAL 




TAG: 


48 


NUMBERS: 


N/A 


CLASS: 





NAME: 


500 SHEET TRAY/ FEEDER 


USE: 


ALL 




REPAIR KIT 


MFG SERIAL 




PURPOSE: 


IMPROVE THE RELIABILITY OF 


NUMBERS: 


N/A 




FEEDING IN THE 500 SHEET 


NAME: 


AUDITRON KEY COUNTER 




TRAY1. 


PURPOSE: 


TO ENABLE THE USE OF A KEY 


KIT NUMBER: 


600K50480 




COUNTER. 


REFERENCE: 


PL 4.6 


KIT NUMBER: 


98K27590 






REFERENCE: 


PL 7.2 



TAG: 


49 


CLASS: 


O 


USE: 


ALL 


MFG SERIAL 




NUMBERS: 


N/A 


NAME: 


FOREIGN INTERFACE KIT 


PURPOSE: 


TO ENABLE INSTALLATION OF 




A FOREIGN INTERFACE KIT ON 




A 5614 COPIER. 


KIT NUMBER: 


98K26400 


REFERENCE: 


PL 9.2 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcga^ info 



Copier Tags 



Prepare the Second Tray Module 
(if supplied) 

1. Unpack the Tray 2 module (Figure 1). 



2. Place the Tray 2 module on a level surface. 



1 Cut tape and open box 

2. Lift out the second 
tray module 

3 Remove packing 



4 Remove plastic bag 




0D048A 



Figure 1. 



3. Remove the tape, packing, and the 
hardware bag (Figure 2). 



1 Remove mounting 
hardware 



2 Remove the tape 
and the cardboard 



3 Remove the 
other tape 




0D092A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printoDpy.info 



INSTALLATION 



4. Remove the tape (Figure 1). 



5. Remove the foam block (Figure 1). 



1 Remove the tape from each end of the drawer 



/ 



2 Open the drawer 
and remove the 
packing 




6. Remove the tape hold i ng the wi ri ng harness 
(Figure 2). 



7. Position the wiring harness (Figure 2). 



2 Ensure wiring 
harness is in slot 
so it will not get 
pinched 




1 Remove tape 



0D051B 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www.printcg>4U.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Unpacking the Document Cover 
Copier 

Unpack the copier (Figure 1). 

1 . Lift out the top tray with its contents and set 
on a flat surface. 

• Copy Cartridge (non-RX) 

• Developer Charge 

• Literature (Operator Guide, etc.) 

• Copy paper 

• Dry Ink Cartridge (non-RX) 

2. Lift out the Output Tray. 

3. Carefully cut and open the plastic bag over 
the copier. 

NOTE: In RX copiers, the Dry Ink Cartridge and 
the Copy Cartridge is installed during 
manufacture of the copier. 



Literature and copy 
paper 



Dry Ink Cartridge 
Note 

Top packing 



Output Tray 



Developer Charge 



Bottom foam tray 




DOCUMENT 
COVER COPIER 



Copy Cartridge 
Note 



Top tray with contents 



Tape and open box 



0D038A 



Figure 1. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print6o£ty. info 



INSTALLATION 



Unpacking the SDF Copier 

Unpack the copier (Figure 1). 

1 . Lift out top tray with its contents and set on 
a flat surface. Contents of the top tray are: 






• 



Copy Cartridge (non-RX) 

Developer Charge 

Literature (Operator Guide, etc.) 

Copy paper 

SDF Catch Tray 

Dry Ink Cartridge (non-RX) 



2. 

3. 



Lift out Output Catch Tray. 

Carefully cut and open the plastic bag over 
the copier. 



NOTE: In RX copiers, the Dry Ink Cartridge and 
the Copy Cartridge are installed during 
manufacture of the copier. 



Literature and copy 
paper 

SDF Catch Tray 



Dry Ink Cartridge 
NOTE 



Developer Charge 



Top packing 



Output Tray 



Bottom packing 




SDF COPIER 



Copy Cartridge 
NOTE 



Top tray with contents 



Tape and open box 



0D039A 



Figure 1. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www.printccfip^info 



5614 5113/5114 



Lifting the Copier 

WARNING 

The copier is heavy. Two people are required to 
lift it. If special care is not used when lifting 
the copier, personal injury or damage to the 
copier could occur. 

CAUTION 

Lift the copier only at the comers. Do not lift on 
the Bypass tray. Lift with one person at the 
front and one at the rear, not at the sides. 

1 . Lift the copier out of the shipping box and 
place on a level surface (Figure 1). 



Lift at the front and the rear 




Figure 1. 



0D060A 



Preparation of the Processor 

1 . Remove the tape and plastic film (Figure 2). 



1. Remove the 
tape on the 
front door 



5. Remove the 
plastic over the 
control panel 



4. Remove the 
tape from the 
paper tray 




2. Remove the 
tape from the 
rear 



3. Remove the tape 
from the Bypass 
tray 

0D005B 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpQy.info 



INSTALLATION 



2. Remove the tape, tag, and thumbscrew 
(Figure 1). 



3. R/E Machines only: Remove the two 
thumbscrews and tags (Figure 2). 



2. Remove the 
thumbscrew 




2. Remove the two 
thumbscrews _ 
(R/E copiers 1 
only) J 

1. Open the Bypass 
tray 



Figure 1. 



1. Remove the tape 



3. Remove the 
red tag 



4. Remove the 
tape from the 
paper tray 



0D006B 




R/E COPIER ONLY 



3. Remove the 
red tags (R/E 
copiers only) 



4. Close the Bypass 
Tray 



0D007B 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www.printc©flS6info 



5614 5113/5114 



4. 500 Sheet Tray Only: Remove the hold 
down screw and tag (Figure 1). 



5. Remove the packing and envelope 

containing the Fault Code labels (Figure 2), 



6. Place the envelope containing the Fault 
Code labels and place it in the Customer 
literature package. 



; !. Remove hold down 
screw and red tag 



1. Open tray by lifting upon 
front, then pulling out 




3. Close 
the 
Tray 



0D061A 



Figure 1. 



1. Remove the packing. Keep the packing. 



COPIERWITH 

DOCUMENT 

COVER 




0D081C 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcggu.info 



INSTALLATION 



7. SDF Copiers only: Install the SDF Document 
Catch Tray (Figure 1). 



1. Insert front end 
of tray into slot 




2. Snap rear end of 
tray into holes 



3. Remove the tape 




0D009A 



Figure 1. 



8. Non-RX Only: Remove the power cord from 
the cardboard sleeve (Figure 2). 

9. RX Only: Connect the power cord to the 
copier. 



Remove power 
cord from sleeve 




0D067C 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www.printo642!ftinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



Installation on Second Tray Module 
(if supplied) 

1 . Place the copier on the Tray 2 module 
(Figure 1). 




0D052A 



Figure 1. 



2. Remove Tray 1 (Figure 2). 



Remove Tray 1 by pulling it out, 
lifting the front upwards, and then 
continuing to pull it out 




0D053A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpf^info 



INSTALLATION 



3. Locate the Tray 2 module installation 
hardware bag and remove the 2 short 
thumbscrews and 2 long thumbscrews 



4. Install the two short thumbscrews down 
through the bottom of the copier frame and 
into the second tray module (Figure 1). 



5. Reinstall Tray 1 into the copier. 



6. Open the front door on the copier 
(Figure 2). 



Press raised 
dots to open 
door 



Figure 1. 



1. Install two short 
thumbscrews 




2. Reinstall tray 1 



0D054A 




0D025A 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. printqpgg. info 



5614 5113/5114 



7. Open the copier (Figure 1). 



8. Install the longest thumbscrew down 

through the copier and into the second tray 
(Figure 2). 



9. Discard the shorter thumbscrew of the two 
long thumbscrews. 




Press Green latdi 
toopenclamshel 




0D036A 



Figure 1. 




Longest thumbscrew 



0D062A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printofepy.info 



INSTALLATION 



10. Connect the wiring harness (Figure 1). 



Wiring harness 




0D056A 



Figure 1. 



Assemble the Processor 

NOTE : Steps 1 to step 6 on page 6-35 is for all 
copiers except RX. 

1 . Open the copier and swing out the Dry Ink 
Dispenser housing (Figure 2). 



Dry Ink Dispenser 
Housing 




0D012A 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www.printc@fj2.info 



5614 5113/5114 



2. Non-RX Only: Remove the Copy 
Cartridge from the box (Figure 1). 



3. Remove copy cartridge 
wrapped in foil 



2. Remove end caps 




1. Open carton 



0D063A 



Figure 1. 



3. Non-RX Only: Remove the Copy 
Cartridge from the bag (Figure 2). 




Tear foil at notch and 
remove copy cartridge 



Figure 2. 



0D078A 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgj^info 



INSTALLATION 



CAUTION 

Handle the copy cartridge only by the ends. Do 
not touch the copper colored photoreceptor 
roller. 

4. Non-RX Only: Grasp the black protective 
covering at the arrows and carefully remove 
the covering from the copy cartridge 
(Figure 1). 




Black protective 
covering 



Figure 1. 



0D079A 



5. Non-RX Only: Install the copy cartridge 
(Figure 2). 



Align the rails on the copy 
cartridge with the slots in the 
copier < 




Gear at lower right rear 



0D011B 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. print(gD^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



6. Non-RX Only: Push the copy cartridge all 
the way into the copier until it latches and 
close the copier (Figure 1). 




0D046A 



Figure 1. 



7. Get the Developer Cartridge from the top 
tray of the packing. 

CAUTION 

Do not press on the soft plastic face of the 
Developer Cartridge. 



8. Insert the Developer Cartridge into the 
copier until it latches in place (Figure 2). 

NOTE: If the Developer Cartridge stops moving 
while being pushed in, move the end up or 
down slightly and try again. 



1. Align with rails in 
copier 




2. Slide into copier until it 
clicks into place 



0D040A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printfojb^. info 



INSTALLATION 



9. Remove the seal from the cartridge after 
the cartridge is installed (Figure 1). 



1 0. Unpack and shake the dry ink cartridge 
(Figure 2). 




Seal 



Figure 1. 




0D047A 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. printopsfef. info 



5614 5113/5114 



11. Install the dry ink cartridge (Figure 1). 




1. Align the pins on 
the cartridge with 
the slots on the dry 
ink housing and 
insert the cartridge 
into the housing 



2. Rotate the dry ink cartridge 
counterclockwise 90° 



0D014B 



Figure 1. 



12. If no white plastic sealing tape is present on 
the Dry Ink Cartridge, go to the next page. 

If white plastic sealing tape is present on 
the Dry Ink Cartridge, pull out the sealing 
tape completely while holding the Dry Ink 
Cartridge (Figure 2). 



1. Hold the dry ink 
cartridge 



2. Remove the plastic 
sealing tape if present 




0D016A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print&^fy.info 



INSTALLATION 



13. Swing the Dry Ink Dispenser Mousing closed 
(Figure 1). 



Dry Ink Dispenser 
Housing 




0D017A 



Figure 1. 



CAUTION 

It is important to push on the Green Panel and 
not the Dry Ink Cartridge to avoid problems 
associated with an incorrect interface between 
the photoreceptor and the Mag Roll of the 
Developer Assembly. 

14. Press the green label on the dry ink housing 
firmly until the housing latches (Figure 2). 

1 5. Close the front door on the copier. 




1. Press firmly on the 
green label on the 
dry ink housing until 
the housing latches 



2. Close the front door 
on the copier 

0D082A 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. printing, info 



5614 5113/5114 



Unpacking the Cabinet Stand 

NOTE: The copier mounting screws are taped to 
the bottom of the cabinet stand. Remove and 
retain the screws before removing the stand 
from the box. 

1. Unpackthe cabinet stand (Figure 1). 



1. Open box and 
remove cardboard 
and inserts 




4. Raise bottom end up 





2. Remove copier 
mounting screws 



3. Place box on side 



5. Lift off box 



0D003A 



Figure 1. 



Lifting the Copier 

WARNING 

The copier is heavy. Two people are required to 
lift it. If special care is not used when lifting 
the copier, personal injury or damage to the 
copier could occur. 

CAUTION 

Lift the copier only at the bottom corners. Do 
not lift on the Bypass tray. 

1. Lift the copier (Figure 2). 




Bypass tray 



0D073A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcg1u9.info 



INSTALLATION 



Installation on Cabinet Stand 

1 . Place the copier on the cabinet stand while 
aligning the feet of the copier with the 
indentations in the top of the stand 
(Figure 1). 

NOTE: The indentations are difficult to see 
when placing the copier on the stand. Align 
the covers of the copier with the edges of the 
stand to help place the copier correctly. 




Align feet of copier 
with indentations on 
top of stand 



0D074A 



Figure 1. 



2. Secure the copier to the stand with two 
thumbscrews from the plastic bag packed 
with the stand (Figure 2). Insert one screw 
in the right rear corner and one in the left 
front corner. 

NOTE: The longer thumbscrews must be used 
if the copier has the second tray module. 

NOTE: Slightly lifting the front left corner of 
the copier will make insertion of the screw 
easier. 




Lift slightly on left front corner 
while inserting screw 



0D075A 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. print(g3|ijjf. info 



5614 5113/5114 



Installation on a Customer Stand 

NOTE: The 5614 copier may be mounted on a 
customer supplied stand with or without 
casters. The stand must be rigid, stable, and 
capable of supporting a weight of 150 pounds 
in a level condition. An installation on a 
Customer supplied stand must meet the 
applicable space requirements. Xerox 
assumes no responsibility for such a stand and 
Xerox also reserves the right to refuse to 
install or service a copier on any customer 
supplied stand which, in the opinion of Xerox, 
presents a safety hazard to personnel and/or 
property. 

NOTE: The minimum allowable size of the stand 
is shown in Figure 1 . The stand must provide a 
level mounting surface for the copier. If the 
stand is too small abort the installation. 



533mm (21 inches) 
minimum width 



458mm (18 inches) 
minimum height and 
914mm (36 inches) 
maximum height 




533mm (21 inches) 
minimum length 



0D004A 



Figure 1. 



1 . Place the copier on the stand provided by 
the customer (Figure 2). 

2. Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 




0D076A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print<fcfty.info 



INSTALLATION 



Final Processor Unpacking 

1 . Remove the tape from Tray 2 (Figure 1 ). 



2. Remove the packing (Figure 2). 



Tape 




Figure 1. 



0D065C 



COPIER WITH 
PLATEN COVER 




0D081C 



Figure 2. 



INSTALLATION 



4/97 

www. printog>p2. info 



5614 5113/5114 



Copier Initialization 

1 . Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

2. Plug the power cord into the power 
receptacle. Switch on the power to the 
copier (Figure 1). 




Power Switch 



0D001A 



Figure 1. 



Install the Output Tray 

1 . Install the Output Tray on the left side of the 
copier (Figure 2). 



Output Tray 




0D018A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgj^info 



COMMISSIONING 



Prepare the Bypass Tray 

1. Prepare the Bypass Tray (Figure 1). 




1. Unfold the Bypass tray 



2. Pull out the extension 



0D027B 



2. Adjust the paper guide (Figure 2). 



Figure 1. 




Figure 2. 



Set the paper guide to the 
width of thecopy paper 



0D028A 



COMMISSIONING 



4/97 

www.print<gDj^-i n f° 



5614 5113/5114 



Alternate Language Status Code Label 

1 . Ask the Customer if they want the Status 
Code Label in either Spanish or Canadian 
French. 



2. If required, open the label envelope (packed 
with the Customer literature) and apply the 
appropriate language Status Code Label as 
shown in Figure 1. 




Install alternate language 
label above existing label 



0D083A 



Figure 1. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc&j^.info 



COMMISSIONING 



Install Checklist 

□ Unpack and prepare the Tray 2 module (if 
supplied). 

□ Unpack the copier. Keep the plastic bag 
for reuse. 

□ Remove the tape on the: 

□ Frontdoor 

□ Top rear 

□ Bypass tray 

□ Paper tray 

n Remove the plastic film from the control 
panel. 

□ Remove the optical tie down thumbscrew 
from the left side of the copier and discard 
the red notification tag. 

R/E copier only: 

□ Open the Bypass tray and remove the two 
optical tie down thumbscrews. Discard the 
red notification tags. Close the Bypass 
tray. 

□ 500 Sheet Tray Only: Open the paper tray 
and remove the hold down screw. Discard 
the red notification tag. Close the paper 
tray. 

□ Place the copier on the second tray 
module. 

□ Open the copier and secure to the second 
tray module with the screws provided (2 in 
front and 1 in the rear) and connect the 
wiring harness. 

□ Install the power cord or remove the 
power cord from the cardboard sleeve on 
the left side of the copier. 

□ Lift the document cover or SDF and 
remove the packing. 



SDF copier only: 

□ Install the SDF document catch tray. 

□ Open the copier and swing out the dry ink 
housing. 

n If required, install the copy cartridge and 
push the cartridge all the way into the 
copier until it latches. Close the copier 
clamshell. 

n Install the developer cartridge. Remove 
the plastic seal from the cartridge after 
you push the cartridge all the way into the 
copier. 

□ If required, unpack and shake the dry ink 
cartridge. Install the dry ink cartridge and 
remove the sealing tape on the cartridge. 

□ Swing in the dry ink housing and press in 
firmly on the green panel. 

□ Plug the power cord into the power 
receptacle and turn on the power. 

n Load paper into the paper trays. Load the 

paper short edge feed. 
D Install the output tray. 

□ Unfold the Bypass tray and pull out the 
tray extension. Set the paper guide to the 
width of the paper. 



Run the functional check: 
Both 1 :1 and R/E Copier 

n Position the original on the document 
glass 

□ Make 5 copies from tray 1 

□ Make 5 copies from tray 2 (if present) 

□ Place 2 sheets of paper in the Bypass 
tray 

□ Make 2 copies from the Bypass tray 

R/E Copier Only 

□ Select paper tray 1 

□ Make 1 copy at 64% and check that 
the copy is smaller than the original 

□ Make 1 copy at 1 29% and check that 
the copy is larger than the original 

SDF Copier Only 

□ Remove the original from the 
document glass 

n Select paper tray 1 

□ Place 5 of the copies in the SDF feed 
tray 

□ Press the Start button and check that 
the sheets are fed and copied correctly 



INSTALLATION / COMMISSIONING 



4/97 

www.print^pjjg'.info 



5614 5113/5114 



n Switch off the copier and reinstall the 

packing to protect the document glass. 
□ Remove the output tray. 

SDF Copier Only 

n Disconnect the copier power cord from the 

power outlet. 

Secure the paper tray 2 closed with tape. 

Place the copier in the original box on the 

bottom packing. 

Place the catch tray along side the copier 

and place the customer I iterature on top 

of the copier. 

Cover the copier with plastic and, if no tray 

2 is present, cover with the original top 

packing. 

Secure the box closed with tape. 



Commissioning Checklist 



□ 
□ 

□ 



□ 



□ 



Document Cover Copier Only 

□ Disconnect the copier power cord from the 
power outlet. 

Secure paper tray 2 closed with tape. 
Place the copier in the original box on the 
bottom packing. 

Place the catch tray along side the copier 
and place the customer literature on top 
of the copier. 

Cover the copier with plastic and, if no tray 
2 is present, cover with the original top 
packing. 

□ Secure the box closed with tape. 



□ 
□ 

□ 



□ 



□ 

□ 

□ 
□ 
□ 

□ 
□ 
□ 

□ 

□ 
□ 



Check the customer site for adequate 

space for the copier. 

Check the receptacle polarity at the 

customer site. 

Unpack the Cabinet Stand (if supplied). 

Install on cabinet stand or customer stand. 

Plug in the power cord and turn on the 

copier. 

Install the output tray. 

Perform the Functional Check. 

Give Customer the Product 

Demonstration. 

Apply the second language Fault Code 

label if required. 

Obtain the copy counter reading. 

Complete the Installation. 



5614 5113/5114 



www.pnntcopv.info 



INSTALLATION / COMMISSIONING 



Relocation of Copier 

1 . Check the new site for the proper space 
requirements and for the proper electrical 
requirements. 

2. Switch off the copier. 

3. Remove the output catch tray (Figure 1). 




0D018B 



Figure 1. 



4. Disconnect the copier power cord from the 
power outlet. 

5. Position the Output Tray upside down on 
the copier (Figure 2). 

6. Position the power cord on the copier (SDF 
shown) (Figure 2). 

7. Move the copier to its new location. 

8. Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

9. Reinstall the Output Tray. 

1 0. Connect the copier power cord to the power 
outlet. 



Output catch tray on 
top of copier 



Power cord in 
document catch tray 




0D064A 



Figure 2. 



RELOCATION 



4/97 

www.printoDpv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Removal 

1. Switch off the copier. Disconnect the power 

cord. Packing Material 



2. Secure packing material over the Document 
Glass with tape (Figure 1). 




0D096A 



Figure 1. 



3. Remove the Output Tray (Figure 2). 




0D018B 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcpDv.info 



REMOVAL 



SDF Copier Only 

1 . Position the Output Tray upside down on 
the top of the copier. 

2. Position the power cord in the Document 
Tray (Figure 1). 



Output catch tray 
on top of copier 



Power cord in 
document catch tray 




0D064A 



Figure 1. 



3. Secure the copier components (Figure 2). 

a. Secure the Front Door and Output Tray 
with one piece of tape that runs from 
front to back. 

b. Secure the bypass tray and power cord 
with one piece of tape running sideways 
across the top of the copier. 

c. Secure the paper tray with tape. 

d. Secure Tray 2 and the Transport Cover 
closed (if equipped). 



Front to back 




Side to side 



Tray 1 



Tray 2 and Transport 
Cover if equipped 



0D065A 



Figure 2. 



REMOVAL 



4/97 

www.printqjpjgg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



Document Cover Copier Only 

1 . Secure the copier components (Figure 1). 

a. Wrap the output catch tray in bubble 
wrap and position it on top of the copier 

b. Secure the power cord and Output Tray 
with tape. 

c. Secure the front door with tape. 

d. Secure the Document Cover on the right 
sidewithtape. 

e. Secure the paper trays with tape. 



1. Output Tray 



3. Paper trays 




2. Document Cover 
and Bypass Tray 



0DO72B 



Figure 1. 



Remove from Cabinet Stand (if present) 

WARNING 

The copier is heavy. Two people are required 
to lift it. If special care is not used when 
lifting the copier, personal injury or damage 
to the copier could occur. 

1. If there is a cabinet stand, remove the two 
thumbscrews and lift the copier off the 
stand (Figure 2). If the customer does not 
want the cabinet stand, remove the cabinet 
stand from the customer site. 



Thumbscrews 




0D077A 



Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcgpuJnfo 



REMOVAL 



Remove Copier from Second Tray 
Module 



1 . Remove the tape and remove Tray 1 from 
the copier by tipping the front upwards and 
pulling it out completely (Figure 1). 



Tray 1 




0D053A 



Figure 1. 



2. Remove the two short thumbscrews that 
secure the Tray 2 to the copier (Figure 2). 



Two short 
thumbscrews 




0D054A 



Figure 2. 



REMOVAL 



4/97 

www. printcoB^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



3. Remove the tape and open the front door 
on the copier (Figure 1). 



Press the raised dots 
to open the door 




Figure 1. 



4. Open the copier (Figure 2). 




Press green 
to open copier 




Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcfppy. info 



REMOVAL 



5. Remove the long thumbscrew at the right 
rear corner of the copier (Figure 1). 



Thumbscrew 




Figure 1. 



6. Disconnect the wiring harness (Figure 2). 



Wiring harness 




Figure 2. 



REMOVAL 



4/97 

www.printcpg^j.info 



5614 5113/5114 



7. Lift the copier off the second tray module 
(Figure 1). 




Figure 1. 



Continue to Prepare the Copier for 
Removal 

1 . Swing out the Dry ink Cartridge and remove 
it (Figure 2). 




Figure 2. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printfc5BK.info 



REMOVAL 



2. Insert the sealing caps to prevent leakage of 
the dry ink (Figure 1). 



3. Recycle the used dry ink cartridge. 



Sealing Caps 




Figure 1. 



4. Remove the Developer Assembly (Figure 2). 




1. Remove screw at rear of dry ink housing 



2. Remove the Developer Assembly by 
pulling it straight out of the copier 



Figure 2. 



REMOVAL 



4/97 

www.printcgjsjginfo 



56145113/5114 



5. Secure the Developer Assembly (Figure 1). 

a. Place the Developer Assembly in a bag 
and seal the bag. 

b. Wrap the Developer Assembly with 
packing material. Secure with tape. 



1. Developer Assembly 




2. Packing Material 



6. Close the copier and secure the covers with 
tape. 



Figure 1. 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.print6G5jy.info 



REMOVAL 



Relocation/Removal Checklists 



Relocation of Copier 

n Check polarity at new site. 

□ Switch off copier. 

□ Remove the output tray and position it 
on top of copier. 

□ Unplug power cord and position it on 
top of copier. 

□ Move the copier to the new site. 

□ Check the Copier Level (ADJ 1.1). 

□ Reinstall the output catch tray. 

□ Connect the copier power cord to an 
outlet and turn the copier on. 



Removal of Copier 

□ Obtain a copy counter reading. 

□ Switch off copier. 

□ Secure packing material over the 
document glass with tape. 

□ Remove the output tray. 

SDF Copier Only 

n Put "the output tray upside down on the 
top of the copier. 

□ Disconnect the copier power cord from the 
power outlet and put it in the document 
catch tray. 

□ Tape the front door and across the top of 
the copier front to back. 

□ Secure the Bypass tray and power cord 
with tape running side to side. 

□ Secure the paper trays and tray 2 transport 
cover closed with tape. 

□ Remove the copier from the cabi net stand 
if one is present. 

□ Move the copier to the warehouse. 



Document Cover Copier Only 

□ Wrap the output tray in packing material 
and tape it to the top of the copier. 

n Secure the front door the Document Cover 

closed with tape, 
n Secure the paper trays closed with tape. 

□ Remove the copier from the cabinet 
stand if one is present. 

n Move the copier to the warehouse. 

□ SDF copiers only: Remove the SDF Exit 
Tray and tape to output tray. 

□ With Tray 2 module only: Remove the 
copier from the Tray 2 module. 

□ Remove tray 1 and remove the two 
short thumbscrews that secure the 
copier to the tray 2 module. 
Open the copier and remove the long 
thumbscrew at the right rear that 
secures the copier to the Tray 2 
module. 

Disconnect the wiring harness. 
Lift the copier off of the Tray 2 
module. 

□ Remove the dry ink cartridge, insert the 
sealing caps and discard the used 
cartridge. 

□ Remove the developer housing assembly, 
place in a plastic bag, and wrap with 
packing material. 



□ 



□ 
□ 



□ Secure the copier to a suitable pallet with 
strapping. Run the strapping front to back 
and inside the hinges on the SDF or 
document cover. Ensure the strapping is 
not run over the registration area at the 
left end of the document glass. 

□ Wrap the second tray in packing material 
and place in a box, or stand the tray 
upright against the left side of the copier 
and secure with filament tape. 

□ Place the output tray on top of the copier 
and secure with tape. 

□ Place the developer assembly, wrapped in 
packing material, at the right rear of the 
copier and secure with tape. 

□ Attach coding labels and tracingsto the 
copier. 

□ Position the the stand on its back on a 
pallet and secure with strapping. 

□ Attach coding labels and tracings. 



RELOCATION /REMOVAL 



4/97 

www.printqjigg.info 



5614 5113/5114 



XEROX 

561 4F Service Log 


Reason 
For 
Call 


PH - Paper Handling SOR - Sorter 
DH - Document Handler Oth - Other 
KO - Key Operator CQ - Quality 
Ret - Retrofit F - Fuser 


Service 

Call 

Classification 


CB - Call Back 
NC - NormallCall 
XI - XEROX Initiated 


Action 
Codes 


A - Adjust R - Replace 

C - Clean Ro - Rotate 

L - Lube W - Wash 

P - Polish X - Check/Perform 


UM Identifier 




SDF 


OPTICS 


FUSING 


XEROGRAPHIC 


PAPER FEED & 
REGISTRATION 




MISC. 


Account 




ROLLS: 
NUDGER 

FEED 

RETARD 

EXIT 
DOC GLASS 
PAD 


DOC GLASS 
MIRRORS 1-6 
LENS 

EXPOSURE LAMP 
REFLECTOR 
SCAN RAILS 
EXPOSURE LAMP 
REFLECTIVE STRIP 


PRESSURE ROLL 
PRESSURE ROLL 
FINGER 
FUSER ROLL 
FUSER ROLLVFINGERS 
THERMISTOR 
CLEANER ROLL (40K) 
EXIT ROLLERS 
EXIT PINCH ROLLER 


COROTRON 

COPY CARTRIDGE 

DISCHARGE ERASE 

LAMP 

MAG ROLL SPACER 


FEED ROLLS 
REG IDLER ROLL 
REG ROLL 
RETARD ROLL 






.eriat Number 


Service Rep. 


Install Date 


Primary Contact 


Date 


Meter 


Service 
Rep 


Reason 
For 

Call 


Serv. 
Call 
Class 


Incl. 
Call 
Code 


I 
























































































































I 




' 













www.printcopy.info 



www.printcopy.info 



s 

m 

3D 

H 
X 
33 
O 
TJ 

m 

33 

r- 
-< 
o 
o 

-0 

r 
m 

nl 



o 

3D 

S 
> 

z 
o 
o 
o 
■o 
•< 

o 

C 
> 



0) 

> 



m 
to 



O 
o 
O 

T) 

-< 

o 

> 
30 



a 
o 

m 

CD 

O 
?< 

1 

2 



z x 

is 

12 
II 

O) 3 



O 

8 

m 

§ 
s 

o 
m 

o 

i 



□ □□□□□□□ 



C 
M 
M 
-< 



> 



n 

r~ 
m 

> 



H 

m 
> 



x 1> X 

"h. 2C — : 

3 m rn 



3 

n 
o 
3 

3 



o 

c 
n 

m 

a 



22 T3 

fit JL 

** -^* 

mtn 

i 

m 



ro 

din 

m n 

73 

> 

H 

n 

x 

m 
en 



Z 

o 
o 

73 



VI 



H 

O 

Z 
u* 



X 
m 

73 



Om 

m § 

o 

m 
O 
C\ 
m 



a a □ □ □ 



H 

X 


-< 

en 

H 


m 


m 


73 


2 


n 







"n 


<; 




< 


r- 


m 

z 


d 



s g 



S3 

n 
z^ 



«/> 



00 00 

>> 
no 

7\7s 

G\C\ 

OO 
CC 

zz 

00 

00 
> 

z 

D 



QUO 
>rn-o 
3D<-< 
30m_ 



a a n n 



00 

Tim 

m 

O 
30 

c 

2 



o 
b 
> 



c 


p- 


z 


O 


m 

< 
m 


I 
H 


Z 


2 


O 


> 


m 


C\ 


z 


m 



en 



a 


z 


en 


> 


H 
73 


m 


r> 


. . 


H 





m 

n 



n 

o 

z 



O rn 

H -O 
m 



in 
m 
50 

< 
n 



-o 

m 
^J to 
? m 

m ^ 
*° —4 

Z < 

h m 



O 

33 



n n 
O O 

"O -O 
-< -< 

n n 

> > 
30 30 

-\ -\ 

E5 2E 

O O 

c\ c\ 

m rn 

to -p 
m > 

5 30 

> H 

«- Z 

z c 

II 

m 73 

73 " 



z 


2 
> 


ui 


UI 




03 

m 


01 


01 


nT 


n 

X 




«* 
5 


2 




73 


z 

m 


-A 


m 


a. 


O 


en 








-n 


m 






Z 


O 
O 


7) 
> 


UI 

Ml 


ui 


c 
3 


12 
m 
en 


1— 
Z 

c 


UJ 


£h 





n 
73 



a 
at 

H 

o 
o 
o 

00 
at 

-*i 

n 
o 



7) 



o 

Z CD 

"n m 

> 30 



m 
O 

n 

O 

-o 

-< 

n 
> 

30 
H 
30 



O 
CD 



O 
> 

2 

c 

m 
O 
-n 
O 
30 

n 
o 



c 
o 

c 

i 

-o 

30 
O 

< 




o 
n 
o 

-< 



30 

H 
30 

O 
(~1 
m 



> 

IS) 



30 

m 



www.printcopy.info 



www.printcopy.info 



Section Contents 

Plug /Jack Locations Page 

Plug /Jack Listings and Locations 7-1 

Plug /Jack Location Drawings 

SDF 7-3 

Upper Rear Frame, Main PWB 7-4 

Lower PWB 7-4 

Tray 2 7-5 

Fuser 7-5 

Input Power PWB 7-5 

Leftside 7-6 

Control Console 7-7 

Bypass Feeder 7-7 

Copy Cartridge Cavity 7-8 

Developer Assembly 7-8 

Plug / Jack Listings and Locations 

Connector / Component Figure Page 

CL1 SDF Registration Clutch ... 1 7-3 

CL2 Tray 1 Feed Clutch 3 7-4 

CL3 Tray 2 Feed Clutch 4 7-5 

CL4 Feed/Transport Clutch 2 7-4 

MOT1 Main Motor 2 7-4 

MOT2 SDF Motor 1 7-3 

MOT3 Tray 1 Lift Motor 3 7-4 

MOT4 Lens Drive Motor 2 7-4 

MOTS Scan Drive Motor 2 7-4 

MOT6 SDF Optics Fan 2 7-4 

MOT7 Optics Cooling Fan 2 7-4 

MOT8 Fuser Cooling Fan 7 7-6 

MOT9 Fuser Cooling Fan 7 7-6 

MOT10 Dry Ink Motor 11 7-8 



Connector Component Figure Page 

Q1 Document Inserted Sensor . 1 7-3 

Q2 SDF Registration Sensor ... 1 7-3 

Q3 SDF Exit Sensor 1 7-3 

Q4 Tray 1 Empty Sensor 3 7-4 

Q5 Tray 1 Position Sensor 4 7-5 

Q6 Tray 2 Empty Sensor 4 7-5 

Q7 Tray 2 Jam Sensor 4 7-5 

Q8 Transport Open Sensor 4 7-5 

Q9 Paper Feed Sensor 4 7-5 

Q10 Paper Size Sensor 4 7-5 

Q1 1 Auto Exposure Sensor 8 7-7 

Q1 2 Carriage Home Sensor 7 7-6 

Q13 Lens Mirror Home Sensor 2 7-4 

Q1 4 Exit Sensor 7 7-6 

Q1 5 Dry Ink Sensor 11 7-8 

Q1 6 Encoder Sensor PWB 1 7-3 

51 Main Power Switch 7 7-6 

52 Interlock Switch 7 7-6 

53 SDF Interlock Switch 1 7-3 

54 Fuser Thermostat 5 7-5 

SOL1 SDF Nudger Solenoid .... 1 7-3 

SOL2 Bypass Feed Solenoid 9 7-7 

SOL3 Bypass Nudger Solenoid . 9 7-7 

SOL4 Stripper Finger Solenoid . 2 7-4 



7. WIRING DATA 



Connector Component Figure Page 

CNA SDF PWB 1 7-3 

CNA Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNA Lower PWB 3 7-4 

CNA Input Power PWB 6 7-5 

CNA Control Panel PWB 8 7-7 

CNB SDF PWB 1 7-3 

CNB Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNB Lower Unit PWB 3 7-4 

CNB Input Power PWB 6 7-5 

CNB Control Panel PWB 8 7-7 

CNC SDF PWB 1 7-3 

CNC Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNC Lower PWB 3 7-4 

CNC Input Power PWB 6 7-5 

CND Main PWB 2 7-4 

CND Lower PWB 3 7-4 

CNE Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNE Lower PWB 3 7-4 

CNE Input Power PWB 6 7-5 

CNF Lower PWB 3 7-4 

CNF Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNG Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNH Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNI Main PWB 2 7-4 

CNJ Main PWB 2 7-4 

CN1 Main Motor PWB 2 7-4 

CN2 Main Motor PWB 2 7-4 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcQRy.info 



Section Contents 



Terminal /Component 

BIAS Lower PWB 

CGR(BK) Input Power PWB 
WH(BK) Input Power PWB 
YE(BK) Input Power PWB . 
YE(WH) Input Power PWB 
GND Input Power PWB ... 
WH(WH) Input Power PWB 
BK(BK) Input Power PWB . 
WH(BK) Input Power PWB 

Connector (intermediate) 

CP1 

J1 

J2 

P/J3 

P/J4 

J5 

J6 

J7 

J8 

J9 

J10 

J11 

J12 

J13 

J14 

J15 

J16 

J17 



Figure 

3 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 



Page 

7-4 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 
7-5 



Figure Page 

. 4 7-5 

. 7 7-6 

. 7 7-6 

. 5 7-5 

. 5 7-5 

. 7 7-6 

. 7 7-5 

. 6 7-5 

. 5 7-6 

. 5 7-6 

. 2 7-4 

. 2 7-4 

. 5 7-5 

. 5 7-5 

. 3 7-4 

. 4 7-5 

. 10 7-8 

. 10 7-8 



Block Schematic Diagrams 

1.1 AC Power, 50/50 Hz 7-9 

1.2 DC Power, 50/60 Hz 7-10 

2.1 Selection/Indication 7-11 

3.1 Billing, Machine Lockout, 
Communication 7-12 

3.2 Auditron/Foreign Interface 7-13 

4.1 Main Drive Motor Control 7-14 

5. 1 Document Input 7-15 

5.3 Document Registration 7-16 

5.4 Document Exit 7-17 

5.5 Document Drive Control 7-18 

5.6 SDF Interlock 7-18 

5.7 SDF Overheat 7-18 

6.1 Exposure Lamp Control 7-19 

6.2 Document Illumination 7-20 

6.3 Image Projection 7-20 

6.4 Optics Positioning 7-21 

6.5 Optics Cooling 7-22 

7.1 Tray 1(250 sheet) 7-23 

7.2 Tray 1 (500 sheet) 7-24 

7.3 Tray 1 Lift (500 sheet) 7-25 

7.4 Tray 1 Drive (250 sheet/500 sheet) . . 7-26 

7.5 Tray 2 7-27 

7.6 Tray 2 Drive 7-28 

7.7 Bypass Tray 7-29 



8.1 Transport Drive 7-30 

8.2 Paper Feed and Transportation 7-31 

8.3 Paper Registration 7-32 

9.1 Charging 7-33 

9.2 Exposure 7-33 

9.3 Development 7-34 

9.4 Image Transfer 7-35 

9.5 Photoreceptor Cleaning 7-35 

9.6 Copy Stripping 7-36 

9.7 Dry Ink Dispensing 7-37 

9.8 Discharge Erase 7-38 

9.9 Edge Erase 7-38 

9. 1 Corotron and Developer Bias Power 7-39 

10.1 Fusing Heat Control 7-40 

10.2 Fuser Drive 7-40 

10.3 Fuser Exit 7-41 

10.4 Fuser Cooling 7-42 



Section Contents 



4/97 

www.print«)gy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



S0L1 



CN-A 




Figure 1. SDF 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcQpy.info 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 



CN-A 



M0T6 




CN-D 




Figure 2. Upper Rear Frame Components 



CN-F 
Figure 3. Lower PWB 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 



4/97 

www.printc^oy.info 



5614 5113/5114 



P15 CP1 CL3 




Figure 4. Tray 2 




Figure 5. Fuser 



HLL 
GR(BK)> 



CLL 
WH(BK) 



No 
E(WH) 

L2 BK(WH) 
CND 

N1 
WH(WH) 




L1 
WH(BK) 



Figure 6. Input Power PWB 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc7fly.info 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 




Figure 7. Left Side 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 



4/97 

www.printcaw.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CN-B pj8 



CN-A 




S0L3 



S0L2 



P/J7 




Figure 8. Control Console 



Figure 9. Bypass Feeder 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc7fly.inf0 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 



P/J16 



P/J17 





Figure 10. Copy Cartridge Cavity 



MOT 10 
Figure 1 1 . Developer Assembly 



Plug/Jack Location Drawings 



4/97 

www.printc^y.info 



5614 5113/5114 




THIS SIGNAL A PWB 
CIRCUIT THAT IS USED IN 
CHAIN 6 AND CHAIN 10 

PIN 3, WHITE WIRES 
WITH BLACK COVER 

FUSE DATA ARE LISTED 
IN REP 1.8 IN SECTION 2 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc74gy.info 



Chain 1 Standby Power 




WITHOUT 
SDF, CNB IS 
SHOWN ON 
BSD 6.2 



Chain 1 Standby Power 



4/97 

www.printo^tyinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



(S 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



2.1 SELECTION/ INDICATION 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 






CONTROL 
LOGIC 


B 

1 




1 


b 

1 


4 

1 


A 

1 


I 








+ 5 VDC 


y 




DC COM 



CNA 



CNA 




INDICATOR 
LAMPS 




5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printflbtbl.info 



Chain 2 User Interface 



^ 



6.2 



DOCUMENT 
COVER CLOSED 
(L) + 5 VDC 







BLK 



3.1 BILLING, MACHINE LOCKOUT, COMMUNICATION, and COPY SPEED 



CNB 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



+ 5 VDC 

,3- 



DC COM 




CNA 



CNA 



CONTROL 
PANEL PWB 
PL1.1 



^L7 



LTBLU 



-X- 



+ 5 VDC 
DC COM 



BLU 



CNI 



" 30 ' 

I 
■ 32 - 



-2 *- 




COPY 
CARTRIDGE 



CNA 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 


3 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 


I 

I 

2 

I 


9 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



<D 



THE COPY SPEED 
SLOWST0 6CPM 
WHEN THE SDF OR 
DOCUMENT COVER 
IS OPEN 



Chain 3 Run Control 



4/97 

www. printqaifjj. info 



5614 5113/5114 



-J 



I 



D 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



3.2 AUDITRON /COIN - OP ACCESSORY 




]— 7 ^ tff* 

I I PNK \\ I 

T BLU W ' 



AUDITRON 
PL 7.2 



\Q 



& 



TO 

AUDITRON 

OR 

FOREIGN 

INTERFACE 

PWB 



KEY COUNTER 






USCO 
AUDITRON 


RX 
COPYTRON 


US 
COINOP 


SW1 


OPEN 


OPEN 


OPEN 


SW2 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 


SW3 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 


SW4 


OPEN 


CLOSED 


OPEN 



FOREIGN 
INTERFACE PWB 
PL 9.2 



i® 




SU-- 



L; 



4 ACCESSORY 

5 

6 

i COPIER 

~7 ENABLED 

, (U+23VDC ^ 

i 

~9 

i 

10 



12 

■ 
13 



i AUDITRON 
-4 



X" 



NOTES: 

SW1 DISABLES AN ACCESSORY THAT 
IS CONNECTED TO THE FOREIGN 
INTERFACE PWB. 

SW2 ENABLES THE RX COPYTRON 
COPY COUNT 

SW3ANDSW4 ENABLES OPTIONAL 
COPIER FEATURES 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printje^.info 



Chain 3 Run Control 



_J 



4.1 MAIN DRIVE MOTOR CONTROL 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



zzzzzz 



[4-1] 

MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR ON 
CHG (2.5) + 5 VDC 



MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR 
MOT1 
PL2.3 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+32 VDC 


JP47 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



Chain 4 Start Power 



4/97 

www.printo^tyinfo 



5614 5113/5114 



I 



5.1 DOCUMENT INPUT 



MAIN 
PWB 
PL1.2 

+ 5 VDC 



CNB CNA 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



CNB 



"37 



nr 



DOCUMENT 
PRESENT SENSOR 
Q1 
PL8.2 



enD 



DC COM 



" 6 -* 



DC COM 







CNB 



LT BLU I 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



SDF EXIT SENSOR 



G 



10 -VW-° 



X 



BLU BLU 



SDF 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 

PL8.1 

[magnet] 



-X- 



SDF 
PWB 
PL8.1 



BLU PNK 



12 -H 


1 


CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 


m 



[5-1] 

DOCUMENT 
rMA PRESENT rMD 

CNA <L) + 5VDC CNB 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



+ 5 VDC 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 







5.2 FEED AND SEPARATION 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




+ 24 VDC 



[5-3] 
IMUDGER 
SOLENOID ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 



CNA 



LT 

BLU 



SDF PWB 

PL8 1 



-XT 



LT 
BLU 













SDF 

IMUDGER 

SOLENOID 

SOL1 

PL83 










1 RED 

1 

1 




2 




RED 










DOCUMENT 
PRESENT 
SENSOR 
01 



DOCUMENT TO 
REGISTRATION 



5.3 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



<D 



® 



THE CIRCUITS FOR THESE 
COMPONENTS ARE SHOWN 
ONBSD'S5.4AND5.6 

+ 4.3 VDC HI 
VDC LOW 



/™\ +4-3 VDC HI 
rT Z} 1.8 VDC LOW 

2 ' WHEN THE NOTE 1 
COMPONENTS ARE HI 

fJD\ +24 VDC HI 

3 / + 1 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print<73f)y. info 



Chain 5 Document Transportation 




+ 5VDC 



SDF 

REGISTRATION 
SENSOR 
Q2 



SDF 

REGISTRATION 
CLUTCH 
CL1 



CNA 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



BLU 



GRY 



"37 

+ 5 VDC 



CNB 



SDF REGISTRATION 

SENSOR 

Q2 

PL8.4 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



rx- 

DC COM 



BLU 



(EK) 



^O I GRY 

DC COM 



GRY 



'TD> 

[5-1] **' 
DOCUMENT ATSDF 
REGISTRATION 
CNA SENSOR (H) +5 VDC CNB 

VIO 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



NOTES: 
fyoK +24 VDC HI 

+ 1 VDC LOW 



+ 5VDCHI 
™ ) VDC LOW 



Chain 5 Document Transportation 



4/97 

www. print^o^. info 



5614 5113/5114 



B 



I 



5.3 



DOCUMENT 
TO EXIT 



5.4 DOCUMENT EXIT 



MAIN 
PWB 
PL 1.2 

+ 5VDC 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



SDF EXIT SENSOR 

Q3 

PL8.4 



"37 



r*r 




CNB 



M> 



DC COM 



GRY 







DOCUMENT 

PRESENT 

SENSOR 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 

io -VW-i 







DC COM 



BLU BLU 



SDF 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 

PL8.1 

| MAGNET | 

-F'o- 



SDF 
PWB 
PL8.1 



DOCUMENT 
TO TRAY 



BLU PNK 



12 — < 


1 


CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 


m 



TD 

15-11 ^ 

DOCUMENT 
AT EXIT 
SENSOR 
CNA (LJ+5VDC CNB 

BRN 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



i — * % A1 7/ 



A2 



6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



NOTES: 

THE CIRCUITS FOR THESE 
SENSORS ARE SHOWN ON 
BSD'SS.1 AND 5.6 

/j"d\ +4.3VDCHI 
\ 1 / 0VDCLOW 

j y +4.3VDCHI 

(™) +2.5VDCLOW 
\_L/ WHEN NOTE 1 

COMPONENTS ARE HI 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc7ift7.info 



Chain 5 Document Transportation 



I 



B 



I 



5.5 DOCUMENT DRIVE CONTROL 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 


~L 

+ 32VDC 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 


11 


IP 

ill 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



[5-2] 

SDF DRIVE 
MOTOR ON 
(H) +5VDC 



+ 30vdc — o^-On 

POWER 



BRN / TD \ 




SDF DRIVE MOTOR 

MOT2 

PL8.3 




<D 

CNE 


ENCODER SENSOR PWB 

Q16 

PL 8.3 








i 
i 




1 BLU 




r 


( 










\ 


1 GRY 


{ 


BRN 











5.6 SDF INTERLOCK 





SDF INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 

PL8.1 

|magnet~| 
-O O- 



CNB 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 



[5-1] 

SDF CLOSED 

7777771 (HJ+5VDC 

2222 CNA 0.5 VDC 

TRANSITION 



PNK I 



1 



i' ... i 







SDF EXIT lj_ 1Q ^AA^ ( 
SENSOR VI, 



SENSOR 
DOCUMENT 
PRESENT 
SENSOR 



BRN 




5.7 SDF OVERHEAT 



SDF DOCUMENT 
GLASS OVERHEAT 
THERMISTER 

PL 8.2 rUfA- 



SDF v 

INTERLOCK (~ 



CNB 



SDF PWB 
PL8.1 



■2 T 



1 -L 



12 ■ 

CND ' 
1 - 2 



-J- 1 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



CNA 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



"27 



' I 
■2 ->- 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



3_ in 



2 



fci 



"^L 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



5.1 
5.2 



SDF 
THERMISTER 




SDF INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S3 



NOTES: 








/td^ 



VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS ARE 
TO MACHINE FRAME. 

THE COPY SPEED SLOWS TO 6 
CPM WHEN THE SDF IS OPEN 

THE CIRCUITS FOR THESE 
SENSORS ARE SHOWN ON BSD'S 
5.1 AND 5.4. 

y 5 VDC MOTOR OFF 
y 2.8 VDC MOTOR ON 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 32 VDC 


JP47 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



+ 29 VDC MOTOR OFF 
+ 21 VDCMOTORON 

CNE2 

+ 0.1 OR +5 VDC MOT OFF 

+ 2.3 VDC MOTOR ON 

+ 4.3 VDC INTERLOCK CLOSED 
+ 4.9 VDC INTERLOCK OPEN 
WHEN NOTE 1 SENSORS ARE HI 

+ 1 VDC LOW 

PINS 1 AND2 0FRT2 
+ 4VDC/1.7KOHMSATROOM 
TEMPERATURE 
+ 2.6VDC/1 KOHMSWITH U7 
DISPLAYED 



Chain 5 Document Transportation 



4/97 

www.print<^D|j>£.info 



5614 5113/5114 



I 



B 



6.1 EXPOSURE LAMP CONTROL 







ACH 
INTERLOCKED 



ACN 
INTERLOCKED 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




1b 


WWa 




ii 

1 



[6-4] 
EXPOSURE 
LAMP ON /TD 
CNI (H)+5VDC \ 1 / CNC 



INPUT POWER 

PWB 

PL 1.3 



LTBLU 



POWER 

RELAY ON /TD\ 

(H) + 24 VDC 

VIO 



-C 



GATE 
CONTROL 




- 1 - 4 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


ACH 
INTERLOCKED 


P/J1-4 


1.1 


ACN 
INTERLOCKED 


P/J1-1 


1.1 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



J7~ 

DC COM 
L2 BL(BK) 



POWER 
RELAY 



-o^^- 



OPTICS 

OVERTEMP 

FUSE 

F1 



■ WH(BK) 



EXPOSURE 
LAMP ON 
(H) 
CLL 120/220/240 
VAC 




EXPOSURE LAMP 

OVERTEMPERATURE 

FUSE 

F1 

PL3.3 

cr^-o 



EXPOSURE 
LAMP 




□ 



F504 



teS 



LO 

n n ° 
u D 



151 CZICNA 



INPUT 

POWER 

PWB 



D 6 



N1 
O 



NOTES: 







1 \ THIS SIGNAL IS A PWB 
CIRCUIT 



THE LAMP VOLTAGE 
VARIES WITH COPY 
LIGHTER/DARKER 
SELECTIONS. 60 VAC 
FROM CLL TO CND ON 
THE INPUT POWER 
PWB IS TYPICAL. 



NOTES: 

VDC LAMP OFF 

+ 0.2- +0.5VDCLAMPON 

MEASURED TO FRAME 

VDC RELAY OFF 
2 / +24 VDC RELAY ON 
MEASURED TO FRAME 

+ 2.7 mVDC STANDBY 
4 / +4.0TO 1.5TO4.0mVDC 
FROM CN117 TO 19 DURING 
SINGLE COPY RUN IS TYPICAL 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcSbfrJJ.info 



Chain 6 Optics 



B 



6.1 



I 



ILLUMINATION 



6.2 DOCUMENT 
ILLUMINATION 



ACH POWER OFF 



DOCUMENT 
COVER OPEN 
SWITCH 
S5 
PL3.1B 



[MAGNET | 

V 
-o o- 



ACN 



[6-6] 

DOCUMENT 
COVER CLOSED 
(L) + 5 VDC 



BLK 




---o 



1 > DOCUMENT 

COVER 



DOCUMENT 




DOCUMENT 
COVER CLOSED 
(L) + 5 VDC 



EXPOSED 

IMAGE 



6.3 IMAGE PROJECTION 



HALF RATE 
CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY 



LENS 
ASSEMBLY 




FULL RATE 
CARRIAGE 
ASSEMBLY 



MIRROR 
ASSEMBLY 



•2 *■ 





OPTICS 
HEATER 
HTR2 
PL3.2A 
_nJ"LTLrLT1 




I WHT 











FOCUSED 

IMAGE 



NOTE: 





THE COPY SPEED 
SLOWST0 6CPM 
WHEN THE SDF 
OR DOCUMENT 
COVER IS OPEN. 



Chain 6 Optics 



4/97 

www.printgogijr.info 



5614 5113/5114 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


+32 VDC 


JP47 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



6.4 OPTICS POSITIONING 





+ 32 VDC 



+ 5 VDC 



DC COM 



'28 



1-5VDC 



22 



DC COM 





CNH 



CARRIAGE HOME 

SENSOR 

Q12 

PL3.1A 



CNH 



LENS HOME 
SENSOR 
Q13 
PL3.2A 



GRY 



( 

2 ' 

1 


1 1 



CARRIAGE HOME 

SENSOR 

Q12 



LENS HOME 

SENSOR 

Q13 




[6-2] 

CARRIAGE AT / TD 

HOME POSITION \ 3 

(H) + 5 VDC 

LTBLU 



[6-2] (J) 

LENS AT HOME 
POSITION 
(H) +5VDC 

LTBLU 




+ 24 VDC MOTOR OFF FROM CNE1 THROUGH CNE5 TO 
MACHINE FRAME. 

+ 15 VDC MOTOR ON FROM CNE1 THROUGH CNE4 TO 
MACHINE FRAME. + 24 VDC MOTOR ON FROM CNE5 TO 
MACHINE FRAME. 

+ 35VDC(0VAC) MOTOR OFF FROM CNC1 THROUGH CNC5 
TO MACHINE FRAME. 

+ 30 VDC (32 VAC) MOTOR ON FROM CNC1 THROUGH CNC5 
TO MACHINE FRAME. 

+ 5 VDC HI 
VDC LOW 
MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printqogf.info 



Chain 6 Optics 



6.5 OPTICS COOLING 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




5 


•1 


+ 24VDC 



[6-4] 
OPTICS 
COOLING 
FAN 
CNH (L) 



OLING Afg\ 

M ON \ 1 / 

+ 24VDC ^— J 



LTBLU 



> 


OPTICS 

COOLING FAN 
MOT7 
PL3.1B 


1 BLK 





RED 





SDFONLY 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




lb 


1 


+ 24VDC 



[5-5] 

OPTICS COOLING 

FAN(SDF)ON 

(L) + 24 V DC 



VIO 



© 


OPTICS COOLING 
FAN <SDF) 
MOT6 
PL3.1A 


I 1 

1 BLK 


_0 


1 ' 

RED 





OPTICS 

COOLING FAN 
MOT7 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



NOTES: 

/^|J\ +0.8VDCLOW 
( ! ) +24VDCHI 
> ' MEASURED TO FRAME 



Chain 6 Optics 



4/97 

www.printmDv.info 



5614 5113/5114 



I 



7.1 TRAY 1 (250 SHEETS) 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 


+ 5VDC 




| 12 

1 




I 

» 10 


DCC 


OM 



CNI CNA 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



■x 



CONTROL 
LOGIC h 2 



TRAY 1 EMPTY 

SENSOR 

Q4 

PL2.2 



© 



» 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 



i— N-f 







PAPER SIZE/ 
FEED PWB 
PL4.5 



PAPER 
FEED 
SENSOR ' 
Q10 



[7-1] 



[7-11 j v 

TRAY 1 EMPTY / T D\ 

CNA (L) + 5VDC \jj CNI 

BRN 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



i-SVDC 



X 



TRAY 1 EMPTY 

SENSOR 

Q4 





6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



NOTES: 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO 
MACHINE FRAME 







1> THE COMPLETE SENSOR CIRCUIT 
IS SHOWN ON BSD 8.3 



fTD\ +0.2VDCLOW 
1 / +1.2VDCHI 



fTD\ +4.1 VDCLOW 
2 / +4.7VDCHI 

+ 4.4 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printfcdp^. info 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 



I 



7.2 TRAY 1(500 SHEETS) 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CNI CNA 



LOWER PWB 
PL 1.3 



PAPER 

SIZE/ 

FEED 

PWB 

PL4.5 



JT" 



-x 



I 6 RY i 



CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 




TRAY 1 EMPTY 

SENSOR 

Q4 

PL4.5 



PAPER 

SIZE/ 

FEED 

PWB 

PL4.5 



CNA CNB 



LOWER 

PWB 

PL1.3 



i — 1 — i 



BRN | BRN j 



<D 



TRAY 2 EMPTY [7-2] CNF 

SENSOR X r 7 

Q6 ' WHT | 

t I 
1 
TRAY 2 JAM [7-2] I 

SENSOR X 1- t 

Q7 *■ BLU 




[7-1] \1 
TRAY 1 

CNA EMPTY CNI 
(L) + 5 VDC 
4 — 29 ' 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



+ 5 VDC 



TRAY 1 EMPTY 

SENSOR 

Q4 



PAPER 
TRANSPORT 




TRAY 1 FEED 

CLUTCH 

CL2 




6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



NOTE: 

VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 







DASHED LINES WITH TRAY 2 OPTION. THE 
COMPLETE SENSOR CIRCUITS ARE SHOWN 
ONBSD'S7.5AND7.6 



/td\ +4.4 VDC LOW 
\ 1 1 / +4.9 VDC HI 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 



4/97 

www. printroay. info 



5614 5113/5114 



A I B I 

7.3 TRAY 1 LIFT CONTROL (500 SHEETS) 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



CNI CNA 




[8-2] 

TRAY 1 LIFT 
MOTOR ON 
(H) 11 VAC 



JT :3 



6RY 



GRY 



6 


+ 5 VDC 


it 


7 -*- 

i 


CONTROL 
" LOGIC 


— 2 


I 

8 — ' 

i 





BLK 

[8-2] 

TRAY 1 LIFT 
MOTOR ON 
(H) 1 1 VAC 



© 



BLK 



TRAY 1 LIFT 
MOTOR 
MOT3 
PL4.2 




TRAY 1 LIFT 

MOTOR 

MOT3 




TRAY 1 POSITION 

SENSOR 

Q5 

PL4.2 




„-« 

TRAY 2 JAM SENSOR A J 8 1^- 



Q7 

VIA LOWER PWB 



ORN 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



[7-1] 
TRAY 1 
CLOSED 
(H) + 5 VDC 



BRN 




NOTES: 

VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 







DASHED LINES WITH TRAY 2 OPTION. THE 
COMPLETE SENSOR CIRCUITS ARE SHOWN ON 
BSD'S7.5,7.6,AND8.2. 



/td\ 11 VAC MOTOR ON 
\ 1 1 / VAC MOTOR OFF 

/td\ +4.7 VDC HI 
\ 2 / +4.2 VDC LOW 

/td\ +5 VDC HI 

\ 3 / +4.4 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printa3oy.info 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 



I 



I 



I 



7.4 TRAY 1 DRIVE (250 SHEET / 500 SHEETS) 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




JT : 



LOWER PWB 

PL1.3 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




vMWa 





[8-7] 

FEED CLUTCH ON 

(L) + 24 V DC 

ViO 



-XT 



TRAY 1 

FEED 

CLUTCH 

CL2 

PL4.5 




3 

1 






1 







PAPER 
FEED 



8.2 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 



4/97 

www. printcfigfc}. info 



5614 5113/5114 




6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE 
FRAME. 

CP1 PINS 1,3, 5, AND 7 ARE IN A ROW. 
ALSO PINS 2, 4, 6, AND 8 

THE COMPLETE CIRCUITS FOR THE 
SENSORS CAN BE FOUND ON BSD'S 
7.3, 7.6, AND 8.2. 

TD\ + 4.6VDCHI 
1 / + 3.9 VDC LOW 

+ 4.3 VDC HI 
+ 3.6 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. print2o$ty. info 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE 
FRAME. 



CP1 PINS 1, 3, 5, AND 7 ARE IN A ROW. 
ALSO PINS 2, 4, 6, AND 8 



THE COMPLETE CIRCUITS FOR THE 
SENSORS ARE ON BSD'S 7.5, AND 8.2 



+ 4.9VDCHI 
+ 4.2VDCLOW 



+ 4.3VDCHI 
+ 3.6VDCLOW 



+ 4.3 VDC HI 
+ 3.6 VDC LOW 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 



4/97 

www.printc9J28info 



5614 5113/5114 




MANUALLY 

INSERTED 

PAPER 



7.7 BYPASS TRAY 



© 



CONNECTOR 
PWB 



BYPASS 
NUDGER 
SOLENOID 
SOL2 




BYPASS 
TRAY 



BYPASS TRAY 
INSTALLED 
(L) + 5 VDC ( 

/ BRN 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



+ 5 VDC 



— [8-4] — 5 



C2 



v/////: 



BYPASS FEED 
SOLENOID ON 
CND (L) +24 VDC 



CONNECTOR 

PWB 

PL 4.10 



4T 



t-5VDC 
J- [8-5] — - 



%| DC COM 



PNK 



VIO 



BLU 

BYPASS NUDGER 
SOLENOID ON 
<L) +24 VDC 



BRN 



GRY 



A 





BYPASS 

FEED 

SOLENOID 

SOLS 

PL4.10A 












2 i 

I BLU 




1 

BLU 













BYPASS 
NUDGER 
SOLENOID 
SOL3 
PL 4.9 












I BLU 




2 

BLU 









TRAY 1 PAPER 
BAFFLE ON BYPASS 



GRY ASSEMBLY 



BRN 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



PAPER 
FEED 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED 
TO MACHINE FRAME. 

fTD\ +1 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printc^ogy. info 



Chain 7 Paper Supplying 




8.1 TRANSPORT DRIVE 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




2 


W//////A 






+24 VDC 



[8-6] 

FEED/TRANSPORT 
CLUTCH ON 
(L) + 24 VDC 



VIO 



MAIN DRIVE MOTOR 

MOT1 

PL2.3 



MAIN DRIVE 
MOTOR PWB 



CN2 



FEED/ 

TRANSPORT 
CLUTCH 
CL4 



FEED/ 

TRANSPORT 

CLUTCH 

CL4 

PL2.3 




MAIN DRIVE 

MOTOR 

MOT1 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED 
TO MACHINE FRAME 

^TDX +1 VDC LOW 



Chain 8 Paper Transportation 



4/97 

www. printo^j^ info 



5614 5113/5114 



8.2 PAPER FEED AND TRANSPORTATION 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



7.3 
7.5 
7.7 
7.8 



LOWER 
PWB 
PL 1.3 



PAPER SIZE /FEED PWB 
PL4.5 



CON- 
TROL 
LOGIC 



W. 



6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


G.F. 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



PAPER SIZE 

SENSOR 

Q9 



(fiD 



J 



TD> 
CNA \ 1 



LOWER PWB 
PL1.3 



PAPER FEED 

SENSOR 

Q10 



W) 



[ VIO 




] TRAY 2 EMPTY 


CNF 


SENSOR 


v WHT | 


1 r-^ Q6 


: 


1 
1 


, TRAY 2 JAM 




1 SENSOR 


( BLU 


1 07 


! ^> 




|W 


CNB 



500 SHEET 



TRAY 1 

POSITION 

SENSOR Q5 ) [7-1] CND 



T <> 



TRAY 
EMPTY 
SENSOR Q5 



BLK 







CNF 
TRANSPORT OPEN ) [7 - 2] 

SENSOR Q8 C-Tl'BLTr, 2 

e-2i — ._„ 



TRAY 2 JAM SENSOR 

07 

VIA LOWER PWB 



P 



ORN 



PAPER FEED 

SENSOR 

Q10 PAPER SIZE 

SENSOR 

09 



-K 



-H- 



-H- 



-K- 



+*- 




[7-1] 
,— ^ WIDE PAPER 
/TD\ SENSED 
CNA \{J (L)+ 5VDC CNI 

LTBLU 



[7-1] 

y v PAPER FEED 

MT>\ SENSED 
V 1 / (L) + 5 VDC 

BRN 




PAPER TO 
REGISTRATION 



JE 



NOTES: 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE 
FRAME 







DASHED LINES WITH TRAY 2 OPTION 
1 > (500 SHEET TRAY 1 ONLY). THE 
COMPLETE CIRCUITS FOR THE 
SENSORS ARE ON BSD'S 7.5, AND 8.2 

/7T\ +4.9 VDC HI 
\ 1 / + 3.4 VDC LOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printcfejity. info 



Chain 8 Paper Transportation 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



NOTES: 

VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 
/td\ + 1 VDC LOW 

My 



Chain 8 Paper Transportation 



4/97 

www.print^oj^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



CHARGE 



9.1 CHARGING 



i 



CHARGE 
COROTRON 



6.3 



9.8 



FOCUSED IMAGE 



CLEAN DRUM 



9.2 EXPOSURE 




CHARGE 
COROTRON 



LATENT IMAGE 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printobfJ^. info 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



9.4 



3 9.10 



LATENT IMAGE 



TONER DISPENSED 



DEVELOPER BIAS 




9.3 DEVELOPMENT 



DEVELOPER 
HOUSING 






6ooci 

QOOO 





J11 ON THE 
REAR FRAME AS 
VIEWED FROM 
THE REAR 



DRY INK IMAGE 



© 



VOLTAGE IS MEASURED TO 
THE MACHINE FRAME 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



4/97 

www.print^Qjj^.info 



5614 5113/5114 



I B 



I H I 









PAPER TO 
TRANSFER 


k 


9.4 IMAGE TR> 


\N 


SFFR 




k. 


UNFUSED COPY 






| 8.3 








'I 




TRANSFER 
COROTRON 
PL 5.6 












" 








TRANSFER/ ^^. ^^vl^s* 
DETACK ^^^ x^^Q?*! 
ASSEMBLY ^4\fU?>^ 




| 








TRANSFER 


f 


9^ 




9.8 




s 








r 


RESIDUAL IMAGE 








TONER IMAGE 






L!^ 










9 5 1 




93 


k 


















f 
















I 


r 























^ RESIDUAL IMAGE 



9.8 



^ DISCHARGE ERASE 



9.5 PHOTORECEPTOR CLEANING 




CLEANING 
BLADE 



^ WASTE TONER 



^ CLEAN PHOTORECEPTOR 



DISCHARGE LAMPS 




EDGE ERASE LEDS 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcprggjnfo 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



_J 



UNFUSEDCOPY 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




y 


WfzM 








+ 24VDC 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


G. F. 


+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 




STRIPPED COPY 



NOTES: 



VOLTAGE IS MEASURED TO THE 
MACHINE FRAME 



^fjj\ + 1 VDC LOW 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



4/97 

www. printpoRy. info 



5614 5113/5114 



9.7 DRY INK DISPENSING 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 



+24 VDC 



- 1 ? 



DRY INK 
SENSOR Q1 5 
PL 5.2A 






4 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 




1 


mm 


W^f 


- 3 


LJl 


S^^J 





MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



[9-8] 
DRY INK 
MOTOR ON 
CNF Jn (H) 11 VAC 

1 




DRY INK 
MOTOR 
MOT 10 
PL5.4 




/77 



TONER 
DISPENSED 



9.3 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST POiNT 


BSD 




+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 



NOTES: 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 



THE FOLLOWING VOLTAGES ARE TYPICAL 
+ 1 .7 VDC STANDBY MODE SDF / RE 
+ 2.6 VDC STANDBY MODE RETAIL 1:1 
+ 1 .4 VDC RUN MODE SDF / RE 
+ 2.3 VDC RUN MODE RETAIL 1 : 1 

11 VAC MOTOR ON 
VAC MOTOR OFF 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printcoau.info 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



I 



9.8 DISCHARGE ERASE 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 




ill 


5 

I 






+ 24 VDC 



DISCHARGE \ i 7 

LAMPS ON N ' 

CNI (L) +24 VDC J17 



LT8LU 



DISCHARGE 
LAMP 
DS1 
PL 5.5 



-VW^ 



eOn 
&J&1 



9.9 EDGE ERASE 



MAIN PWB 

PL1.2 




[9-7] /7BA 

EDGE ERASE \ 2 / 

LEDSON ^ ' 

CNI +24VDC J16 



LTBLU 



~T" 



GRY 



+ 5 VDC 



EDGE ERASE PWB 
PL5.5 




-y^-^wvi 



-{5*)— a/\a^ 






DISCHARGE ERASE 



12 CIRCUITS) 



E 



ra 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5 VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



EDGE ERASE LEDS 



DISCHARGE LAMPS 




NOTES: 



VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME. 



/Td\ +1 VDC LOW 



VOLTAGE GOES FROM +24 VDC TO +1.8 VDC IN 
TEN STEPS AS THE EDGE ERASE LEDS ARE 
ILLUMINATED. WHILE RUNNING [9 - 7], A 
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT WILL INDICATE THE 
VOLTAGE GOES FROM +24 VDCT021.8TO 19.6 
TO 13.3 TO 15T0 12.9TO 10.7 TO 8.5 TO 6.2 TO 4 
TO 1.8 VDC. 



'TD\ R/E COPIERS, 12 LEDS 
3 / 1:1 COPIERS, 5 LEDS 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



4/97 

www.print7qHy.inf0 



5614 5113/5114 



9.10 COROTRON AND DEVELOPER BIAS POWER 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 






CONTROL 
LOGIC 






■ 


1 


30 
1 


JH 




47" 

+5VDC j 


+ 24VDC 


A 

+ 32 V 


DC 
12 

j 


DCC 


1 10 

OM 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



© 



GRY 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 


+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


+ 32VDC 


JP47 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 




o 

1 


+ 32VDC ' 


7 * 
1 


DC COM 





+ 32VDC 



DC COM 



HVPS 




DETACK 



TRANSFER 



NOTES: 

IN DIAGNOSTICS MODE 
VOLTAGES ARE POSITIVE AND 
MEASURED TO MACHINE FRAME 



<2) 
© 

/td> 

/™> 
<tdN 

'TD> 



STANDBY 9-2 9-5 

4.8 3.8 4.5 

0.12 0.31 1.6 

4.3 3.6 4.1 

27.8 0.8 

6.5 3.4 

6.6 0.7 
6.6 0.7 
6.6 0.7 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www.printc^jg^info 



Chain 9 Xerographies 



A 



B 



10.1 FUSING HEAT CONTROL 



[10-1] 

FUSERHEAT y y 

ROD ON ( T P> 

(H) +5VDC \U CNC 



MAIN PWB 
PL1.2 




CONTROL 
LOGIC 


_ 21 
- 11 


« 



BRN 



POWER /TD\ 

RELAY ON \ 2 
(H) + 24VDC 



1 



INPUT 
POWER 


SSR 






PWB 
PL1 3 


/^ 


S 






GATE 
CONTROL 


n 






DC COM 











VIO 







ACH 
INTERLOCKED 



ACN 
INTERLOCKED 



DC COM 
L2 BL(BK) 



POWER 
RELAY 



-°s|^- 



■ GR(BK) 5 

BLK 



FUSERHEAT 
ROD ON 
(H) 

120/220/240 
VAC 



BLK 



FUSER 

THERMISTOR 

RT1 

PL6.1 



-HAAH 



INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

S2 

PL 1.2 



5r5- 7 



8-OTO- 



77 3 — O Q— 4 r * 



FUSER 

HEAT 

ROD 

HTR1 

PL6.1 

j-LTLnjl 




FUSER 

OVERTEMP 

THERMOSTAT 

S4 

PL6.1 

2 — O-T"*- 



T13 



STRIPPED COPY 




INPUT POWER BLOCK 





VOLTAGE 


TEST 
POINT 


BSD 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




+ 24VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


b 


ACH 
INTERLOCKED 


P/J1-4 


1.1 




ACN 
INTERLOCKED 


S2-3 


1.1 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



FUSER 
TEMP 


20-2 


C° 


# 


175 


75 


180 


80 


185 


85 


190 


90 


195 


95 


200 


00 



10.2 FUSER DRIVE 



FUSER 
OVERTEMP 
THERMOSTAT 
S4 



FUSER HEATER 

ROD 

HTR1 




VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED 
TO COPIER FRAME. 



THIS PWB SIGNAL IS A 
PWB CIRCUIT. 

[20-52] CLEARS 
-01 AND -03 



/Fd\ +1.2VDCHI 
\ 1 / 0VDCLOW 



0VDC RELAY OFF 
+ 24VDCRELAYON 



'TD 1 



750 OHMS AT ROOM 
TEMPERATURE. 
WITH [20-2] ADJUSTED 
TO 75, THE FUSER AT 
ROOM TEMPERATURE, 
AND THEN THE POWER 
SWITCHED ON, THE 
VOLTAGE FROM J2 -4 
TOJ2-5GOESFROM 
+ 4VDCTO +1.9 VDC 
T0 2.75VDC. THEN THE 
VOLTAGE CONTINUES 
TO CHANGE FROM 2.75 
TO2.6T0 2.75VDC. 



Chain 10 Fusing 



4/97 

www.prinl3Da||0y.info 



5614 5113/5114 



10.2 



FUSED COPY ■ 




10.3 FUSER EXIT 



MAIN PWB 

PL 1-2 J2 

CNH 
26 I 



EXIT SENSOR 

Q14 

PL 1.2 



[7-1] 

COPY AT EXIT 
SENSOR /7\ 

J2 (H) + 5VDC \_y CNH 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 

+ 5VDC 




C^tT) 



2 2 

VI 



CLEANING 
ROLLER 



PRESSURE 
ROLLER 




EXIT 
ROLLER 



VIO 



X- 



'S/SSSSS, 



EXIT 

SENSOR 

Q14 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



i 





COPY TO EXIT 
TRAY 



6 


INPUT POWER BLOCK 




VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 




+ 5VDC 


JP1 


1.2 




DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 







, \ + 5VDCHI 
0VDCLOW 



5614 5113/5114 



4/97 

www. printc^p|<j info 



Chain 10 Fusing 



10.4FUSER COOLING 



FUSER 
THERMISTOR 



FUSER 
OVERTEMP 
THERMOSTAT 
S4 




FUSER HEATER 

ROD 

HTR1 







FUSER COOLING FAN MOT8 OPERATES AT 
SLOW SPEED, VIA THE FAN PWB, WHEN THE 
COPIER POWER IS SWITCHED ON. 



0+ 12 VDC HI MOT8 ON SLOW 
+ 1 VDC LOW MOT8 ON FAST 



0+24 
+ 1V 



VDC HI 
VDC LOW 



INPUT POWER BLOCK 



VOLTAGE 


TEST POINT 


BSD 


+ 24 VDC 


JP3 


1.2 


DC COM 


JP2 


1.2 



MAIN PWB 
PL 1.2 




CNH 



J12 




[10-2) 

FUSER COOLING FAN ON 

(L) +24 VDC 



GRY 



LTBLU 



FAN 
PWB 



(,0-21 Q 

FUSER COOLING 

FAN ON 

(L) +24 VDC 



FUSER 

COOLING FAN 
MOT8 /-^ 
PL1.2 (*_) 

I MOT J 



FUSER COOLING 
FAN MOT8 
WITH SLOW 
SPEED PWB 



J13 [10-2] 



GRY 



3 FUSER COOLING 
FAN ON 
(L) +24 VDC 



FUSER 

COOLING FAN 
MOT9 
PL1.2 

( MOT J 



Chain 10 Fusing 



4/97 

www.prinfc4py.info 



5614 5113/5114